The TAA Productivity Tools are updated periodically for new tools, enhancements, and fixes. New versions are shipped a few times per year.
This document combines the refresh notes that were previously in separate documents for new tools, enhanced tools, fixes, and incompatibilities. The document is organized by refresh with the most recent refresh listed first.
All refreshes since V5R2 are included.
Refresh T101 (January 15, 2024) is for IBM i 7.3, 7.4, and 7.5.
No further refreshes will be made for IBM i 7.2. However, fixes to 7.2 tools will continue to be supplied on an “as needed” basis until April 30, 2024.
No further refreshes or fixes will be made for IBM i 7.1 or earlier releases.
IBM has made a couple of changes in IBM i 7.5 that affect the results returned to the tools. The tools have been modified to accomodate these changes. You will have issues on IBM i 7.5 with CVTEDTD, CVTIFSAUT2, and DSPIFSOWN and tools that depend on them until you install this refresh. See the notes for the individual tools below.
CVTEDTD was affected by a spooled file output change.
While not technically incompatible the QSYLOBJA API now reports IFS path data in CCSID 1200 rather than the job CCSID. CVTIFSAUT2 and DSPIFSOWN were affected by this change. CVTIFSAUT2 is used by RVKIFSAUT, RVKIFSPGP, RNMIFSAUT, and RNMIFSPGP.
It should also be noted that the CVTIFSOWN command also uses QSYLOBJA. Since the reporting CCSID is included in the CVTIFSOWN output, the path name data in the output file is also reported in this CCSID. If are using CVTIFSOWN you may need to make changes to convert from the reported CCSID.
We are adopting a new scheme for naming our refreshes. Our Rxx numbering was being confused with IBM’s numbering of their releases. Refreshes are now named Tnnn, beginning with T101, this refresh. The T is either for “Tools” or “TAA” depending on your preference. We hope this makes things a bit less confusing.
The numbering of previous refreshes in our release notes will remain the same.
There are no new tools in this refresh. There are some new ones planned for the next refresh.
CVTDEVPRT
The output file for Convert Device Printer command has a new field for the last activity date added to the end of the record format. This can be useful if you have a large number of printers to track down the ones that are no longer being used.
CVTIFSOWN
Convert IFS Owners has been updated as described in our newsletter to convert path names on IBM i 7.5 from CCSID 1200 to the job CCSID so that they are more compatible with previous TAATOOL refreshes and IBM i releases.
CVTMSGQ
Convert Message Queue had a restriction that limited it to about 30,000 messages. This limit has been removed.
DSPJOBLOG3
The Display Job Log 3 tool has a new REFRESH keyword that is used to
view all the messages in the current job in a more convenient form than
that provided by F10 or by DSPJOBLOG. Try it with
DSPJOBLOG3 REFRESH(*YES).
DSPRCDLCK2
The Display Record Locks 2 command would complain about duplicate job names if duplicates existed even if only one of the duplicates was in active state. Since record locks can only exist in active jobs, the tool was enhanced to look for duplicates only in active jobs rather than all jobs.
DUPFILFMT
Duplicate File Format is extended to remove some limits on the file being created. This is important for RTVDLTRCD to handle extremely large files.
RTVDEVPRT
The Retrieve Device Printer command has a new keyword for the last activity date.
RTVDLTRCD
Retrieve Deleted Records was enhanced to allow for much larger files than it previously handled. See also DUPFILFMT enhancements needed for RTVDLTRCD.
WRKJOB2
WRKJOB2 now includes the completion date and time as the last column of the display for jobs in *OUTQ status.
WRKJOBSTS
Option 5 now does a WRKJOB immediately rather than prompting. Disconnect has moved from Option 7 to Option 13 to be consistent with WRKACTJOB.
ANZOUTQ
The Analyze Output Queue could run out of array space for very large queues. The tool now stops recording unique values in each section after 9998 have been found so the arrays never overflow.
CHGUSRPWD3
The CHGUSRPWD3 command did not monitor for the possible CPD escape messages sent by the APIs. The command now monitors for those.
CHKINACT
The Check Inactive Job Timeout tool would ignore a *ALL *ALL entry if
one was entered using WRKINACT. This entry is no longer ignored. This
has the effect of overriding the default action stored in the
application value TAASECURE/CHKINACT. If such an entry is
not present then the application value becomes the default.
CMPJRNIMG2
The tool was incorrectly checking for a limit of 199 on the number of fields. This has been corrected to 998.
CPYSRCFIFS
CPYSRCFIFS did not issue reasonable error messages if the user was not authorized to the source file. New error messages have been added.
CPYUSRPRF2
Copy User Profile 2 is used on the SECOFR2 menu option 7. Code from the SECOFR2 menu was moved to the prompt override program to avoid a security exception when using option 7.
CVTCFGSTS
This tool would fail if executed in a server job such as one running SQL Scripts in ACS. This has been fixed.
CVTIFSOWN
There was a change in the IBM i 7.5 IFS APIs that returns path names in CCSID 1200 which is a UTF-16 CCSID. The code in CVTIFSOWN now takes the path name CCSID into account and converts it to the job CCSID for display and for use in commands.
CVTNETSTAT
The CVTNETCNN command of the CVTNETSTAT tool was failing when there was a large number of connections. The limits have been increased and the problem fixed.
CVTOUTQ
CVTOUTQ could receive a CPF3C44 exception if the output queue being converted had been moved from one ASP to another. CPF3C44 indicates that the internal spool id for a spooled file is no longer valid. CVTOUTQ was changed to not rely on internal spool ids. In addition CVTOUTQ could receive a CPF3C43 exception if the internal job id was no longer valid. This has been fixed.
DLTIFS
The DLTIFS command would not delete files if the file name contained trailing blanks. This has been corrected.
DLTOLDQRPL
The DLTOLDQRPL command would send an escape message if the total size of the objects remaining in QRPL exceeded 99,999,999,999 bytes. This has been increased.
DSPALLSAVF
The DSPALLSAVF command would not work when used from the FNDCMD list. This was due to conflicting overrides which have been fixed.
DSPDLTSPC
There was a possibility receiving a library not found message if the time between gathering the list of libraries and examining them was large enough for the library to be deleted in the interim. An additional test was added so that the timing window is now much smaller.
DSPJOBLOG3
The Display Job Log 3 tool would occasionally get lost when viewing large job log spooled files. The tool has been rewritten to avoid this issue.
DSPJOBLOG5
The Display Job Log 5 tool will filter just the last escape message and its related messages from a spooled job log file. If the job log being analyzed was too long this would fail with an array indexing error. This has been fixed.
DSPJOBSCDC
The Display Job Scheduler Calendar would fail with an exception if a *WEEKLY entry had *NONE for the days. This circumstance would be unusual, but valid. This has been fixed.
DSPMSG2
The Display Message 2 had an issue with filtering messages when used with explicit start and end times. This has been fixed.
DSPOBJD3
Display Object Description 3 allows for the examination of all libraries for objects. It would fail if the number of libraries examined was over 999. The limit has been extended.
DSPPWDLMT
Display Password Limit was not using the time and date ranges specified on the command. This has been fixed.
DSPTAACAT
DSPTAACAT would fail in Refresh R73 since we finally exceeded the array length for the number of tools in the product. We should have caught this one before shipping. Mea culpa.
GENRANPWD2
GENRANPWD2 would accidentally modify the PWDLEN parameter when used due to a parameter mismatch. This has been fixed.
MOVSPLF
MOVSPLF could fail in the cases where job numbers wrap so there are two identical job names with the same spooled file with the same spooled file number. While unlikely, this can happen when there are report jobs that are run every day for years. MOVSPLF will now pick one of those files instead of failing.
RMVMSGQMS2
Remove Message Queue Message 2 would fail if examining multiple queues and a queue was deleted after the list of queues was constructed. Any queues not found are now just skipped.
RTVFLDDTA
Retrieve Field Data would get a CPF0006 if run a second time before finalization. This was due to a working variable holding a constructed CHKOBJ command not being initialized. This has been fixed.
RTVJOBA2
The RTVJOBA2 command could fail in circumstances with a subscripting error when the information to be retrieved was too long for the area allocated. The area has been extended to handle that case.
RTVSPLSIZ
The Retrieve Spool Size tool could run out of room in a temporary file when working with a very large QSPL library. This would result in messages to QSYSOPR and possible cancellation. The maximum number of records in this temporary file has been increased substantially.
SECOFR2
Code from the SECOFR2 menu was moved to the prompt override program of CPYUSRPRF2 to avoid a security exception when using option 7.
CVTDEVPRT
The outfile for CVTDEVPRT has been modified to add a new field to the end of the record format. Outfiles from previous versions of the tool may need to be deleted. The tool will re-create these on first use.
There are no known incompatibilities in this refresh.
Refresh 73 (June 15, 2022) is for IBM i 7.3, 7.4, and 7.5.
No further refreshes will be made for IBM i 7.2. However, fixes to 7.2 tools will continue to be supplied on an “as needed” basis until April 30, 2024.
No further refreshes or fixes will be made for IBM i 7.1 or earlier releases.
IBM has made a couple of changes in IBM i 7.5 that affect the results returned to the tools. The tools have been modified to accomodate these changes. If you are migrating from a previous IBM i release such as 7.3 or 7.4 you should update your tools to refresh R73 prior to the upgrade. If you do not update your tools you will have issues with the CVTEDTD, CVTIFSAUT2, and DSPIFSOWN and tools that depend on them. See the notes for the individual tools below.
CVTEDTD was affected by a spooled file output change.
While not technically incompatible the QSYLOBJA API now reports IFS path data in CCSID 1200 rather than the job CCSID. CVTIFSAUT2 and DSPIFSOWN were affected by this change. CVTIFSAUT2 is used by RVKIFSAUT, RVKIFSPGP, RNMIFSAUT, and RNMIFSPGP.
It should also be noted that the CVTIFSOWN command also uses QSYLOBJA. Since the reporting CCSID is included in the CVTIFSOWN output, the path name data in the output file is also reported in this CCSID. If are using CVTIFSOWN you may need to make changes to convert from the reported CCSID.
We are changing the way tools are packaged as source files.
Each tool has a “builder”, a set of commands that is used by CRTTAATOOL that are used to build the tool from its source code. These builders were packaged in monolithic programs used by CRTTAATOOL. We are now packaging these builders with the tool itself.
Likewise the command help for a tool was packaged with the command help for other tools in large panel groups. Now the command help will be packaged in a separate panel group and packaged with each tool.
The intent of these changes is to make the tools a bit more self-contained so that enhancements can be made more easily.
These changes will be made over time to existing tools and will have no external effects other than you may see extra members if you unpack the source for a tool.
Many of the tools existed prior to the introduction of the ILE program model. As tools are modified for fixes and enhancements we may elect to convert them to the ILE program model.
All new tools will be written to the ILE program model. In addtion, all new RPGLE code will be written as fully free-format.
The intent of this change is to make the future creation and modification of tools more robust.
These should be no external effects of these changes.
CPYSRCFIFS
This tool will copy selected members of source files in a library into the IFS. It is meant to provide an easy way to populate an IFS directory from source physical files. You may wish to do this if comparing sources across systems or when you wish to establish a source directory usable with Source Control Management tool that operates on Unix or Windows style directories.
RUNTAABLDR
This command will compile and run a builder program for a tool. All new tools are written with these builder programs, allowing them to be easily patched onto existing systems.
CPYFRMCSV
Copy From Comma Separated Values tool has two commands: CPYFRMCSV and CPYFRMCSV2. Both were enhanced to allow DOC objects to be used in addition to STMF object in the FROMSTMF keyword. The commands also now allow using a | as a field separator character.
CPYSPLFIFS
Copy Spooled File to IFS would create the spooled file with AUT(NONE) if the PDF option was used. This was changed to use the authorities of the containing directory similar to the system’s CPYSPLF.
CPYUSRPRF2
The Copy User Profile 2 command would not allow a user profile to be created if ALLCRTCHG was specified in the QPWDRULES system value. This restriction has been removed. If ALLCRTCHG is specified then CPYUSRPRF2 will create a new profile from a template and assign a password to that profile that satisfies the password rules defined by the system values.
CVTCERT
Convert Certificates has been enhanced to allow any user that has the certificate store password to request a list of certificate expiration dates from a certificate store. This was previously only available to those users that had the password and had ALLOBJ and SECADM special authorities. The Convert Certificates command did not provide a very helpful messages when the user did not have the correct password or the proper authorities. The error messages issued are now use the system provided text.
RTVIFSEAUT
Retrieve IFS Entry Authorities has had minor enhancements to its internals for ILE. There should be no external effects.
SNDSPLMAIL
Send Spool Mail has been converted to ILE and the new tool source format. There should be no external effects.
RSNLSTMSG
The Resend Last Message command will now skip the Program Entry Procedure of ILE CL programs if one exists and send the message to the caller of that program.
CHKIFSE
Check IFS Entry had a bug in which it detected the root IFS directory, /, as not found. This affected a number of tools that used CHKIFSE such as FTP2. Fortunately, not too many explicit references to the root directory are made. This has been fixed.
It was also noted in the documentation that a CPF9898 escape message could be sent to the caller if an unusual exception not expected by the code occurred. Communications errors fall into this category.
CMPLIB2
The Compare Library 2 tool would fail if the files object files in the TOLIB library were empty. This could occur if the CAPLIB2 command was incorrectly used. The CMPLIB2 command now tolerates this condition.
CMPSYSVAL
Compare System Values would get an array index out of bounds if the member on which it was operating actually contained more than one set of data. This could show up in CMPSYSVAL or in CMPSECINF. The system value data would have to be duplicated in one of the members being compared for this problem to surface.
CPYTOCSV
The Copy to CSV command would produce incorrect results if varying length fields were present in the database file being copied. This has been fixed.
CVTEDTD
The Convert Edit Descriptions tool would fail in IBM i 7.5. The tool works from the DSPEDTD spooled file output, which has been changed in this release to add apostrophes around some of the character fields. The tool has been modified to on IBM i 7.3, 7.4, and 7.5 to account for the apostrophes.
CVTIFSAUT2
The CVTIFSAUT2 command would fail on IBM i 7.5 due to a change in the QSYLOBJA API which now reports path information in CSSID 1200 rather than the job CCSID. This command has been updated to accomodate that change. Errors would also show up in the following tools: RNMIFSAUT, RVKIFSAUT, RNMIFSPGP, and RVKIFSPGP which use the CVTIFSAUT2 command internally. No changes were needed to those tools.
CVTOPNF
There was a small timing window in the Convert Open Files command where it could issue a function check instead of a “job not found” message. This has been fixed.
CVTSBSD
The list of job queues in Convert Subsystem Description when using the TYPE(*JOBQENT) option could be incorrect. This has been fixed. CVTSBSD is used in other tools such as WRKSBSJOBQ.
DLTOLDSPLF
Delete Old Spooled Files had a minor bug in which it would fail if the underlying CVTOUTQ attempted to create the QGYSERVER jobs needed to process output queues and those jobs hit the maximum limit of the subsystem in which it was running. The tool was modified to use a new version of CVTOUTQ that avoids the creation of auxiliary jobs.
DSPIFSOWN
The QSYLOBJA API in IBM i 7.5 now reports IFS path name attributes in CCSID 1200 instead of the job CCSID. DSPIFSOWN converts the delimiter and path names back to the job CCSID for display.
GENRANPWD2
The Generate Random Password 2 had a bug where *REQANY3 was not handled properly if *DGTMIN0 and *SPCCHRMIN0 were defaulted or specified. The fix was to force mixed case and at least one special character if *DGTMAX0. A digit will be generated if *DGTMAXn was either not specified or n is greater than 0.
RSTAUTL
Restore Authorization Lists would fail if there was an unusually large number of authorization lists to process. The temporary database file it uses was changed to allow a larger number of records.
RTVIFSED
The Retrieve IFS Entry Description tool would leave a request message in the job log if the IFS entry being examined did not exist. The request message is now removed properly.
RTVSMTPA
Both the RTVSMPTA and RTVSMTPA2 commands had a *ANY value that performed no useful function. This special value has been removed from both commands.
SAVCHG23
The Save Change 23 command constructed an invalid SAVCHGOBJ command if the list of BYPASS libraries contained a library name that was 10 characters. Appropriate spacing is now done.
SCNIFS
The Scan IFS command would fail if a special value was supplied on the OBJ keyword. This has been fixed.
SRCARC
The Source Archive tool had a bug in the WRKSRCARC screen where it would not display or “copy out” source if the screen was in “display library” mode. This has been fixed.
WRKALLSPLF
Work with All Spooled Files could resend a CPF34C4 if there were too many spooled files on the system. This message is now handled instead of resent.
RTVSMTPA and RTVSMTPA2 have had the *ANY value removed. This value did not not provide any useful function and was confusing when prompted.
Commands that refer to previous releases (7.5 only)
All save commands, most compile commands, and commands that use *PRV compiler support have had their TGTRLS parameters updated for 7.5. While technically incompatible with previous release this is consistent with IBM i 7.5 changes. The following commands have been affected:
| Tool | Command | Description |
|---|---|---|
| CHKPGMRLS | CHKPGMRLS | Check Program Release - CHKPGMRLS |
| CHKTGTRLS | CHKTGTRLS | Check Target Release - CHKTGTRLS |
| CMPOUTFILE | CMPOUTFILE | Compare System Outfiles - CMPOUTFILE |
| CRTBNDCL2 | CRTBNDCL2 | Create Bound CL Pgm 2 - CRTBNDCL2 |
| CRTBNDRPG2 | CRTBNDRPG2 | Create Bound RPG Pgm 2 - CRTBNDRPG2 |
| CRTSFLPGM | CRTSFLPGM | Create Subfile Program - CRTSFLPGM |
| CRTSFLPGM | RPLSFLPGM | Replace Subfile Program - RPLSFLPGM |
| CRTSFLPGM2 | CRTSFLPGM2 | Create Subfile Program 2 - CRTSFLPGM2 |
| CRTTGTRLS | CRTTGTRLS | Create Target Release - CRTTGTRLS |
| RPLGENPGM | RPLGENPGM | Replace Generic Programs - RPLGENPGM |
| RPLMOD | RPLMOD | Replace Module - RPLMOD |
| RPLOBJ | RPLOBJ | Replace Object - RPLOBJ |
| RPLPGM | RPLPGM | Replace Program - RPLPGM |
| SAVACT | SAVALLACT | Save All Active - SAVALLACT |
| SAVACT | SAVCHGACT | Save Changed Active - SAVCHGACT |
| SAVJRNRCV | SAVJRNRCV | Save Journal Receivers - SAVJRNRCV |
| SAVLIBIFS | SAVLIBIFS | Save Library to IFS - SAVLIBIFS |
| SAVOBJIFS | SAVOBJIFS | Save Object to IFS - SAVOBJIFS |
| SAVONELIB | SAVONELIB | Save One Library - SAVONELIB |
| SAVOWNOBJ | SAVOWNOBJ | Save Owned Objects - SAVOWNOBJ |
| SAVRCVL | SAVRCVL | Save and Receive Library with FTP - SAVRCVL |
| SAVRCVL | SBMSAVRCVL | Submit Save and Receive Lib with FTP - SBMSAVRCVL |
| SAVSNDL | SAVSNDL | Save and Send Library with FTP - SAVSNDL |
| SAVSNDL | SBMSAVSNDL | Submit Save and Send Lib - SBMSAVSNDL |
| SAVSNDM | SAVSNDM | Save and Send Member with FTP- SAVSNDM |
| SAVSRCF | SAVSRCF | Save Source Files - SAVSRCF |
| SNDOBJMAIL | SNDOBJMAIL | Send Object Mail - SNDOBJMAIL |
Refresh 72 (May 15, 2021) is for IBM i 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4. This is the last refresh for IBM i 7.2.
No further refreshes will be made for IBM i 7.2. However, fixes to 7.2 tools will continue to be supplied on an “as needed” basis until April 30, 2024.
No further refreshes or fixes will be made for IBM i 7.1.
CPUMON
The CPU Monitor tool monitors for jobs that consume CPU resources above a specified CPU percentage. When a job is found running above the CPU limit, a message alert is sent to the specified message queue describing the job which is using too much processing time. If several jobs are found to be over the limit, multiple messages will be sent to the message queue - one for each detected job.
RTVJOBSPLC
The Retrieve Job Spool Count tool will efficiently return the number of spooled files created in a job. This count includes files in FIN state and can be used to compare against the system value QMAXSPLF to see if a job is near the system specified limit.
CHKJOBMSGW
A new keyword, JOBQ, has been added to specify where to submit the CHKJOBMSGW job. It defaults to QSYS/QSYSNOMAX, which was the queue used prior to this enhancement.
CRTSTDSRCF
A new keyword, BYPEXIST, was added to Create Standard Source Files. The default is *NO and that preserves the previous function. *YES will allow the files that do not exist in the specified library to be created.
DSPMSGQA
The Display Message Queue Attributes tool was enhanced so that the printed report now includes all the attributes of the displayed report.
DUPALLSPLF
Time fields have been added to the FROMDATE and TODATE parameters for DUPALLSPLF. This allows for a much finer-grained duplication.
ENDSBSJOB
*CURRENT was added as a parameter for the USER keyword.
MNTALLJRN
The Maintain All Journals command has a new parameter that allows the deletion of journal receivers that are in %ELG state. This happens if the receiver has been saved, but no save date is present in the object description. This happens for receivers that have been saved with UPDHST(*NO). Receivers in QSYS are usually saved this way.
Install
The CRTFNDCMD that indexes commands at the very end of the install process could fail in very rare circumstances when indexing the commands in all libraries. Install has been modified to index only QSYS and TAATOOLS. If other libraries are desired you can rerun CRTFNDCMD after the the install has completed with the libraries of your choice.
CAPSECINF
The RFMSECINF command of the Capture Security Information tool is automatically invoked if changes in the security information file formats are detected. A bug was fixed that would fail to reformat the user profile files correctly.
CHGLIBOWN
The CHGLIBOWN tools would receive a MCH1210 exception when dealing with extremely large libraries. This has been fixed.
CHKBLKFLD
The Check Blank Field command would attempt to use an incorrect message file when sending a message about an empty member. This has been fixed.
CHKIFSE
The Check IFS Entry command would fail if the path specified ended with a ‘\’. This has been fixed.
There was also an issue where \ was not being converted to / if the path was “triple-quoted”. This has been fixed as well.
CPYFRMCSV
The Copy from Comma Delimited File command would fail with a CPF3303 error if it was run in a server job, such as from an ACS SQL session. This was due to the the fact that spooled files in server jobs are created in a separate QPRTJOB job instead of the server job. The QPDDSSRC spooled file that was causing the issue is now owned by the server job and properly deleted.
CPYFRMSTM2
The Copy from Stream File 2 command would fail if copying from a stream file with an extremely long name. This has been fixed.
CRTDBFJRN
This command would fail when converting from a table created with DDL
that contains CURRENT_TIME or
CURRENT_TIMESTAMP defaults. This has been fixed. The
command would also fail if run in a server job since it could not find a
temporary spooled file. That file is now owned by the server job instead
of the QPRTJOB for the current user.
CVTIFS
The pattern matching algorithm used in CVTIFS would not properly match some complex patterns i.e. those with multiple asterisks. The asterisk now matches the shortest string between constant strings in the pattern even if that string is a null string.
CVTIFSAUT2
In extremely rare circumstances the Convert IFS Authorities 2 command could get an MCH0601 as it was processing the user space returned by an API. This has been fixed.
CVTJOB
The Convert Job command would fail if there were more than enough jobs to fill a single user space with the QUSLJOB API (about 280,000 jobs). The tool has been updated to use the QUSLJOB continuation handle support. There is now no practical limit to the number of jobs it can convert.
CVTOBJAUT
The CVTOBJAUT command does not work with QTEMP, but using it on QTEMP failed to give an adequate report. This has been fixed.
CVTSBSD
The CVTSBSD command would produce some error messages when examining the job queues of subsystem descriptions. This did not affect the results, but could be confusing. Those error messages have been removed.
DLTUSRPRF3
If DLTUSRPRF3 was used to transfer ownership of objects when deleting a user profile those objects were deleted instead of being transferred. We issued a HIPER Alert for this and distributed the fix early. That fix is included in this refresh. Note that the patch had ‘Delete User Prof 3 - TAA-0001’ as the prompt heading for the command. This refresh restores the previous prompt heading of ‘Delete User Profile 3 - TAA’.
DSPALLJLG
Display All Joblogs would fail with a CPF34C4 (list too large for user space) if there were a fairly large number spooled files on the system. The code has been changed to ignore this error and process whatever spooled files are returned by the QUSLSPL API.
DSPALLSPLF
Display All Spooled Files would fail with a CPF34C4 (list too large for user space) if there were a fairly large number spooled files on the system. The code has been changed to ignore this error and process whatever spooled files are returned by the QUSLSPL API.
ENDSBS2
The ENDSBS2 command would fail if the subsystem referred to in the command was already ending controlled. The command now recognizes this situation and proceeds.
NBRCTR
The ADDNBRCTR command of the NBRCTR tool would receive a size exception when the amount to add keyword was 99999. This has been fixed.
PRTALLOUTQ
The Print All Output Queues would fail if an output queue exceeded 13,000 spooled files. This limit has been increased to 1,000,000 spooled files.
PRTLIBANL
The PRTLIBANL command would fail doing a CPYF if there was a mismatch between the outfiles used by it and the DSPUSRPRF command. This could happen if the tools and the underlying IBM i were out of sync. A *MAP option was added to the CPYF command to prevent this.
RTVOBJJRNA
The Retrieve Object Journal Attributes would send a TAA9896 escape message indicating that only physical files could be journaled when presented with a logical file that had a journaled access path. This now reports correctly for logical files.
RTVOBJLST
The RTVOBJLST tool would receive a MCH1210 when dealing with extremely large libraries. This has been fixed.
RTVPFSRC
The Retrieve PF Source command will not retrieve
CURRENT_TIME or CURRENT_TIMESTAMP defaults
from DDL into DDS since these are not allowed in DDS. It will no longer
attempt to generate ALIAS keywords if the name that contain a #, $, or
@. These cause DDS errors. The command also now works when the current
user and job user are different, such as in a server job.
RTVSTGPOOL
The Retrieve Storage Pool command is used by the Display Subsystem command. In systems with very large main stores this command would fail of the storage size in KB exceeded 9 digits. If this happens now, the value returned is 999,999,999.
SNDIFSMAIL
The Send IFS Mail command is can be used stand-alone or internally. It constructs a temporary working folder with a unique name in /QDLS/TAAFLR. If that folder name was longer than 4 characters the resulting document name would be truncated and the tool would fail. This would happen only after about 1.6 million uses of the tool. This has been fixed.
SNDSPLPDF
The Send Spool File as PDF command would fail if the number counter used by the tool to create unique working folders in the IFS did not exist. This has been fixed so that the counter is created. The command might also fail if the working folders existed. The command now skips over existing working folders.
SNDTXTMAIL
The Send Text Mail command constructs and issues a LOGMAILENT command. This would fail if the MAILADRP address name contains non-system-name characters such as a hyphen. The address names are now quoted if they contain non-system-name characters.
SPLARC
The STRSPLARC command of the Spool Archive tool did not take the spooled file creation date into account when looking for spooled files to archive. This led to rare situations where the wrong file was archived if there was a job number wrap condition. This has been fixed by checking the spooled file creation date as well.
SRCARC
The SRCARC tool had several commands that had limiting dates of 2020-12-31. These have all been changed to 2099-12-31.
STRJRNLIB2
This would stop processing objects in a library if it ran into a logical file that had its access path already being journaled. It now skips those files and continues as it does with other objects that are already journaled.
WRKASP
The Work with ASPs command would duplicate the previous ASP name on the display if an ASP was found but was in offline state. This now shows as *OFFLINE.
WRKSPLF2
The Work with Spooled Files 2 command would fail if the combined queues being examined exceeded 9999 spooled files. The display is now capped at 9998 spooled files.
Refresh 71 (April 15, 2020) is for IBM i 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4.
No further refreshes will be made for IBM i 7.1. However, fixes to 7.1 tools will continue to be supplied on an “as needed” basis until April 30, 2021.
CVTACCPTH
The Convert Access Path command produces an outfile of physical and logical files which have a 4 GB max access path limit. The outfile can be checked for files which are approaching their 4 GB limit. Use of this tool could prevent applications to fail if the 4 GB limit is surpassed.
CVTCERT
The Convert Certificates command produces an outfile of information from server or certificate authority certificates on your system. Most notably, certificate expiration dates are output, giving administrators an easy way of checking which certificates need to be renewed before they expire.
Install
The installation procedure now has the capability of adding new keys to application values found in TAASECURE. This will allow future tools to add new capabilities using application values without adding entirely new APPVAL structures in that library.
CHGOWNOBJ
The Change Owned Objects command has been enhanced to include two new parameters: ACTION and ESCAPE. ACTION(*CHECK) allow you to see what would be changed if ACTION(*CHANGE) is used. *CHANGE is the default. ESCAPE(*YES) will prevent the use of any profile beginning with Q. This is to prevent the wholesale assignment of ownership from system-supplied profile. *YES is the default. This introduces an incompatibility.
CVTOBJLCK
The Convert Object Lock command converts object locks to the OBJLCKP data base file with one record per lock. This allows you to determine who has the lock within a program. A field was added to show the current user profile holding the lock.
CVTOUTQ
Convert Output Queue uses a system API to find the contents of an output queue. Normally this system API will submit auxiliary jobs to perform an ansynchronous listing of the queue contents. This makes the tool more responsive. In some cases this submission of auxiliary jobs is not desirable; for example, when the subsystem in which this tool runs is near its maximum number of jobs. A new AUXJOB keyword has been added to the command to suppress these jobs and perform the listing synchronously.
MTNJRN
A new SEQOPT keyword was added to Maintain Journal so that the sequence numbers in the journal receivers can be reset during MTNJRN processing. The default is to continue the sequence numbers as it had been doing.
RTVMTHDAT / RTVSOMDAT
These two commands allow retrieval of dates based on specified criteria. RTVMTHDAT and RTVSOMDAT commands have been enhanced to support the *NEXT value for MONTH and YEAR parameters.
SCNALLSRC2
Scan All Source 2 will scan for up to 20 arguments in source files in one or more libraries. SCNALLSRC2 was enhanced with a FILE parameter, allowing the search to be narrowed to named source files, such as QCLSRC, QRPGLE, etc.
SECOFR2
The SECOFR2 menu entry for CPYUSRPRF2 now allows the prompt for this command to be tailored so that the new PWDEXP and CHGOWN parameters can be masked. See the documentation for SECOFR2 for more information.
WRKVTP
Work with Virtual Tape allows you to review and control the virtual tape devices created by CRTVTP. WRKVTP usage of available resources was improved by refreshing the available resource list before executing F8 = Avail Resources. Also, F9 command text was improved to indicate that either a ‘Not detected’ resource or a New resource will be returned.
ADDJOBSCD2
The Add Job Scheduler 2 command is used to add multiple job scheduler entries from a database file. A quoted entry would cause problems for subsequent entries found in the file. This has been fixed.
ALCTMPMBR
The Allocated Temporary Member tool is used internally by several other tools. In extremely rare circumstances this tool would fail and the tool using it would report the failure. It would have to be the first tool executed after midnight on a given day. This has been fixed. This initially showed up occuring in CVTQHST2.
CPYGENSRC
The Copy Generic Source command options for the source file lists (SRC1, SRC2, and *SRC3) were not working. The source lists are now read and processed correctly.
CVTLIBCNT
Convert Library Count creates an outfile with one record summarizing the objects in each library requested. CVTLIBCNT was fixed to bypass libraries that are too large to process in the user space. When CVTLIBCNT encounters such a library, it bypasses that library and then goes on to process the remaining libraries requested. An escape message is sent at the end in this situation.
CVTTAPSAVD
This Convert Tape Save Description command would fail if the device was a tape library or autoloader, a specific library/label was named, and VOL(*MOUNTED) was specified. This has been fixed.
ENDJOBWOL
End Job With Object Locks has been fixed to run in batch as well as interactive environments.
SNDINTMSG
The Send Interactive Jobs a Message tool was failing if the caller did not have explicit authority to read the application value used to control its use. This application value should be able to be read by the tool for any user authorized to the tool. The authority issue with a helper program has been fixed.
RMVSUPGRP
Remove Supplemental Group allows the removing of a supplemental group profile from one or more user profiles. This command was fixed to issue better completion messages.
RTVSYSPTN
Retrieve System Partition returns information about the partitions on a system and the current partition. RTVSYSPTN was returning the opposite Capacity Capped value than it should. The tool was changed to return the correct value.
SAVRSTJOBQ
The Save and Restore Job Queue tool supports two commands which support the save and restore of a job queue. CVTJOBQ2 creates an outfile of information about the jobs on a job queue, then SBMJOBQ2 command is used to read the outfile and perform a SBMJOB for each job found in the outfile. The outfile name was not being set correctly when SBMJOBQ2(*OUTFILE) was specified. This has been corrected.
SCNSPLF
Scan Spool File scans a spool file for a string and returns a count of how many strings were found. A fix was added so scan arguments over 10 characters would be found correctly.
SNDTCPOUTQ
The Send TCP Output Queue tool would fail in very rare circumstances due to a time out waiting for a port to become available in the SNDTCPSPLF tool. Retry logic has been added to minimize this possibility even further and, if the port does not become available, an informational message is logged rather than the tool failing.
CHGOWNOBJ
The new ESCAPE keyword on CHGOWNOBJ defaults to *YES. Any programs using CHGOWNOBJ with a from user or to user beginning with a Q will fail with a TAA9891 exception. You can use ESCAPE(*NO) to suppress this exception.
CVTOBJLCK
The outfile for CVTOBJLCK has been modified to add a new field identifying the current user to the end of the record format. Outfiles from previous versions of the tool will need to be deleted. The tool will re-create these on first use.
Refresh 70 (August 15, 2019) is for IBM i 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4.
No further refreshes will be made for IBM i 7.1. However, fixes to 7.1 tools will continue to be supplied on an “as needed” basis until April 30, 2021.
CMPENVVAR
The new Compare Environment Variables command allows a comparison of environment variables between two systems or two versions converted from the same system. A listing is printed noting the differences between the two ENVVAR files being compared.
CVTENVVAR
The new Convert Environment Variables command converts job and system environment variables to an outfile. The outfile can be used to verify current environment variable settings, or to compare ENVVAR settings overtime to ensure they remain consistent on the system.
Support for IBM i 7.4
A new version of the tools has been created to install and run on IBM i 7.4. If you upgrade your system to IBM i 7.4 you will have 60 days in which to upgrade the tools to match the operating system. The 7.3 and prior versions of the tools are not supported on IBM i 7.4 so you are encouraged to upgrade promptly.
Support for multiple licenses
The tools can now support multiple licenses on a single system. This makes it much easier to manage cases where the system image must be switched or replicated to a system with a different serial number. This would include cases for capacity backup (CBU), disaster recovery (DR), high availability (HA), or live partition mobility (LPM).
Supplemental licenses can be installed in addition to the base license for a system. The base license is created either during install or with CHGTAAKEY. Its serial number must match the system at that time. Supplemental licenses are installed on that same system and can reference other serial numbers. If a license check fails for the base license, the supplemental licenses are checked.
The base license resides in the TAATOOL/TAALICENSE data area. There can be up to 9 supplemental licenses in TAATOOL named TAALIC_001 through TAALIC_009. You create a supplemental license using the CHGTAAKEY command as follows:
CHGTAAKEY KEY(<key value for alternate machine>) LICNBR(1)This creates a supplemental license in TAALIC_001.
When the additional system is used, the base license and supplemental licenses are available since they’ve been replicated or switched. The base license check will fail, but the supplemental license check will succeed. This will be entirely transparent to you.
Support for handling * and ? in IFS names
The Root and QOpenSys file systems in IFS can have files and directories that have the * and ? characters in the names. Various IFS command would come across these while scanning the directory structure and treat these as pattern names. Several commands have been updated to handle these names properly - most notably DLTIFS.
The commands now also allow for quoting arguments in the same manner as WRKLNK. Thus, if you don’t want a pattern match you have to quote the designated string twice on the command line. For example, suppose you have the following files in your home directory:
aaa.txt
abc.txt
abc*.txt
abc?.txt
abc'.txtLet’s assume the current directory is your home directory.
The following command lists four files.
WRKLNK 'abc*.txt'But this command only lists one file.
WRKLNK '''abc*.txt'''Thus, the following command would delete the four files that begin with abc.
DLTIFS OBJ('.') OBJNAM('abc*.txt')However, as expected, this command would delete only
abc*.txt.
DLTIFS OBJ('.') OBJNAM('''abc*.txt''')CHKIFSDMG
Check IFS Damage works by saving the IFS objects to a temporary save file. It now provides diagnostic information in the job log that shows the save file size calculation in case of a CRTSAVF failure.
CPYUSRPRF2
Copy User Profile 2 is an option on the SECOFR2 menu. It allows an “assistant security officer” the ability to establish a user profile by copying an existing one and initializing its password with INZPWD. CPYUSRPRF2 is now disabled if *ALLCRTCHG is specified in the QPWDRULES system value since the intent is to give the user a relatively easy password that will be immediately changed.
CVTQRYSTMT
Convert Query Statement was enhanced to allow it to be used in batch.
CVTSBSD
The Convert Subsystem Description tool was enhanced to include the last used date for the job queue in the SBSJBQENT outfile that is produced.
CVTSYSVAL
Convert System Values has been enhanced to fully capture all the system values. Prior to this refresh some long system values were not being fully captured.
DSAOLDPRF
We added a parameter to the DSAOLDPRF command that allows you to select a method for disabling old profiles. The *CHGUSRPF default method will disable any profile that meets the aging criteria including QSECOFR. The *DSAUSRPRF method will use a DSAUSRPRF command and can be more selective. It will never disable QSECOFR and other profiles can be protected as well. See the documentation for DSAUSRPRF for details.
DSPSBMJOB
Display Submitted Jobs received several enhancements.
Job numbers can roll over. Jobs are now sorted by their entry date and time, not by job number so job number rollover no longer prevents toggling between ascending and descending order.
Option 8 now shows an appropriate message if the job no longer exists in the system.
Displaying with no jobs now allows F5=Refresh and F6=Ascending/Descending.
A misbehaving SPLFPGM will no longer terminate the command, but will halt processing of the list.
DSPSBMJOB now shows batch immediate jobs as submitted jobs. These jobs are usually started by the system to carry out asynchronous tasks for long running APIs. WRKSBMJOB does show these.
DSPSUMJOBQ
The Display Summary of Job Queue command was enhanced by adding a sequence parameter to sort the outfile by ascending or descending order.
EXCCMD
The Execute Commands command can print a list of commands that were executed from a source file. This listing would truncate some lines if they were too long. The tool now prints a longer line along with its change date.
GENRANPWD2
The Generate Random Password 2 tool has been enhanced so that it now respects all the settings for QPWDRULES that could apply to generation without knowing the password history.
The following QPWDRULES are now supported:
*PWDSYSVAL
*MAXLENnnn *MINLENnnn
*REQANY3 *MIXCASEn
*CHRLMTAJC *CHRLMTREP
*LTRMIN *DGTMIN *SPCCHRMIN
*LTRMAX *DGTMAX *SPCCHRMAX
*LTRLMTAJC *DGTLMTAJC *SPCCHRLMTAJC
*LTRLMTFST *DGTLMTFST *SPCCHRLMTFST
*LTRLMTLST *DGTLMTLST *SPCCLHRMTLST
If QPWDRULES is set to *PWDSYSVAL then the following
system password rules are supported:
QPWDMAXLEN - like *MAXLENnnn
QPWDMINLEN - like *MINLENnnn
QPWDLMTREP - like *CHRLMTAJC or *CHRLMTREP
QPWDRQDDGT - like *DGTMINn (n is 0 or 1)
QPWDLMTAJC - like *DGTLMTAJC
QPWDLMTCHR - no corresponding rule in QPWDRULES
This is only used if the password level is 0 or 1PRTJRNRCV
The Print Journal Receivers command has been enhanced by adding two fields to it’s output - the first sequence number and volume ID. This allows you to identify which media volume (usually tape) on which the journal receiver is stored.
QRYUSE
The Convert Query Statement command of the QRYUSE tool was enhanced to allow the tool to run in all environments, including batch.
RPLSYSVAL
The Replace System Value tool has been enhanced to be able to set the QSSLCSL value if QSSLCSLCTL is set to *USRDFN. QSSLCSL was being skipped and had to be manually set.
Also the exception report produced by RPLSYSVAL now has all of the message text associated with any errors that might be encountered when doing the CHGSYSVAL.
RTVDBR
The Retrieve Database Relations was enhanced to show the additional view of dependencies of a logical file.
APYUSRCHG
Apply User Journal Changes overrides a printer file to change the name of the report to the name of the file whose changes were being applied. This was failing if changes were being applied to *ALL files. The override in this case now assigns APYUSRCHG to the name of the report.
CHGOBJAUT
The Change Object Authorization would occasionally fail when used by the CVTWRKACT tool. This was due to an undocumented lock on the output file being held by a system thread in CRTDUPOBJ. The workaround is to wait on a lock for the object held by that thread and proceed when that lock is acquired.
CPYSPLFIFS
The Copy Spooled File to IFS would fail when creating a PDF when the overflow line of the spooled file was less than 60. This has been corrected.
CVTJRNA
The Convert Journal Attributes tool is used by several other tools. In very rare circumstances the tool would fail if the files being journaled were deleted while it was running. Monitors have been added to check for this condition.
CVTJOBACG3
The tool was not behaving well for ENDJOB *CNTRLD if accounting entries were being added on a frequent basis. The check for the *CTRLD end is now being made more frequently.
CVTLIBLCK
The Convert Library Locks tool would fail if an override existed for the file TAATOBJDP - the model file for the output from the command. This has been fixed.
CVTMSGQ
The Convert Message Queue tool could fail in rare circumstances with an index out of range due to extremely long messages in the message queue.
DSPMSGQINQ
The Display Message Queue Inquiries command would sometimes miss an inquiry message if those messages were present next to each other without replies in the message queue. This has been fixed.
DSPSBMJOB
In some was possible for Display Submitted Jobs to get a pointer error if there are a large number of job entries on the system. This has been fixed.
ENDSBSJOB
The End Subsystem Jobs command was fixed to continue processing when a job not found condition was encountered. This avoids command exceptions due to system timing conflicts when jobs end before the command completes.
FNDCMD
The Find Command tool would give a date conversion error when the command index file would exceed 183 days old. A parameter size was fixed to correct this problem.
INZPWD
The INZPWD and INZPWD2 commands will only use GENRANPWD2 if QPWDRULES system value specifies *ALLCRTCHG. If it is not specified then the passwords generated for users will be follow simpler rules that might not conform to the password rules. This is desirable for help desk use.
MTNJRN
The Maintain Journal command would not delete journal receivers in SAVED state if SAVINQMSG(*BYPASS) was specified and if the receiver had no object saved date. This could happen if the receivers had only been saved with GO SAVE 21 or SAVSYS. The receivers in SAVED state will now be deleted if they meet the attach or detach date qualfications for removal regardless of the save date.
MONMSGQ
The job submitted by SBMMONMSGQ would occasionally report on messages that had blank message ids. These have been removed.
RTVAUDMDLF
The IM type was missing as a valid type for the retrieve. This has been corrected.
RTVSYSSTS
The Retrieve System Status command changed to correctly retrieve the LPAR current available processor for the CURPRCCAP parameter.
VALDBF
The Validate Database File command has been changed to bypass null capable files, or files whose record length exceeds 4000. This improves VALMNYDBF, which would throw errors when these conditions were encountered. Now the files are bypassed, and a message is issued.
Commands that refer to previous releases (7.4 only)
All save commands, most compile commands, and commands that use *PRV compiler support have had their TGTRLS parameters updated for 7.4. While technically incompatible with previous release this is consistent with 7.4 system changes. The following commands have been affected: CHKTGTRLS, CMPOUTFILE, CRTBNDCL2, CRTBNDRPG2, CRTSFLPGM, CRTSFLPGM2, CRTTGTRLS, RPLGENPGM, RPLOBJ, RPLMOD, RPLPGM, RPLSFLPGM, SAVALLACT, SAVCHGACT, SAVJRNACT, SAVLIBIFS, SAVOBJIFS, SAVEONELIB, SAVOWNOBJ, SAVRCVL, SAVSNDL, SAVSNDM, SAVSRCF, SBMSAVRCVL, SBMSAVSNDL, SNDOBJMAIL.
Refresh 69 (October 15, 2018) is for IBM i 7.2 and 7.3.
No further refreshes will be made for IBM i 7.1. However, fixes to 7.1 tools will continue to be supplied on an “as needed” basis until April 30, 2021.
ADDDSTLE2
Add Distribution List Entry 2 is a new tool to assist with adding users to the same distribution lists to which another user belongs. If the user is already on one of the identified lists, no action is taken.
FNDMSGID
Find Message ID is a new tool which will find the message file(s) that hold a message ID. This is very useful when handling jobs which list a message id with and unknown message file. The product issuing the message can often be identified this way.
SCNALLDSTL
Scan All Distribution Lists is a new tool to scan all distribution lists for a particular User ID. An output file is created listing all the dist lists in which the User ID was found.
CVTIFSAUT
Performance of CVTIFSAUT has been improved by streamlining the connection between it and the CVTIFSEAUT tool.
CVTJOB
The CVTJOB command would occasionally get decimal data errors when dealing with a very large number of jobs. The module using the QUSLJOB API has been rewritten to avoid this problem.
CVTLIBOBJA
The Convert Library Object Authorities command would fail when LIB(*ALL) was requested. The tool has been fixed to handle the *ALL parameter.
CVTMSGQ
The Convert Message Queue tool could fail in rare circumstances with an index out of range. This has been fixed.
DSPAUDLOG2
The Display Audit Log 2 display was not updating the minutes field of the TIME column properly. This has been fixed.
DSPJOBSCDC
The Display Job Schedule Calendar tool was showing jobs scheduled starting tomorrow. The tool was changed changed to display jobs that are scheduled to run from the system job scheduler for the next 7 days, starting today.
DSPJOBSCDE
The Display Job Schedule Entry tool was always displaying jobs in scheduled order, even when SEQ(*JOB) was requested. SEQ(*JOB) now displays in job name order.
DSPSBMJOB
The Display Submitted Jobs tool was not displaying the jobs that were
submitted by the current user on behalf of another user. For example, if
SBMJOB CMD(...) USER(OTHER) was used then that job was not
appearing on the DSPSBMJOB display. In addition, jobs belonging to the
current user, but not submitted by the current user were being
displayed. Both of these problems have been fixed. DSPSBMJOB now
functions as documented and behaves similarly to WRKSBMJOB.
DSPSBSJOBQ / WRKSBSJOBQ
The DSPSBSJOBQ / WRKSBSJOBQ display output was not refreshing
correctly. The job number in the header was not updating, and once a job
queue had all completed jobs, the queue did not list
*Nojobs*. Both these problems have been corrected.
EDTDTAARA
The Edit Data Area tool will acquire an exclusive lock on the data area being edited. The tool presents a warning if you attempted to edit a character data area containing data with code points below x’40’. Canceling this warning failed to release this lock. This has been fixed.
GENRANPWD2
The Generate Random Password 2 tool was throwing an error when PWDLVL was set to 0 or 1. GENRANPWD2 was generating passwords which included lowercase characters, which is not supported with PWDLVL 0 or 1, causing INZPWD2 and INZPWD to fail when requested to generate a random password. This has now been corrected in the GENRANPWD2 tool.
PRTREVERSE
The Print Reverse tool was cutting off the last line of the last page when reverse printing a spool file. This has been corrected.
RTVIFSEAUT
The Retrieve IFS Entry Authority tool uses system APIs that cannot be run if the job is multithreaded. Some tools, such as SNDSPLPDF, use APIs that now spin off threads in the current job. RTVIFSEAUT will now wait for those threads to finish instead of failing with an exception when used in those tools.
RTVSBSBCH
The Retrieve Subsystem Batch Status tool would fail if the subsystem description for the named active subsystem could not be found in the library list. A fix was made so that the library of the active subsystems is correctly determined. In addition, the RTVSBSBCH command documentation indicated that *ALL was valid. It is valid on PRTSBSBCH, but not on RTVSBSBCH. The documentation has been corrected.
SNDSPLPDF
The Send Spool as a PDF tool documentation was updated to indicate that both PASE and Transform Services are required to run this tool.
SPLSTO
The Print Spool Store (PRTSPLSTO) command in the Spool Store tool (re)prints a stored spooled file. If that spooled file was created with an output queue specified as *DEV, *JOB, or *SAME then the output queue must be determined at run time. This is now done properly.
TAATOOL/TAAARCAC2 data area locked during install of the tools
After an IBM i release upgrade the data area TAAARCAC2 in TAATOOL could be locked by the TAAINQMSG2 job. The install process for the tools now ends this job so that the TAATOOL library can be cleared and refreshed.
There are no known incompatibilities in this refresh.
Refresh 68 (April 15, 2018) is the last refresh for IBM i 7.1. Fixes to 7.1 tools will continue to be made on an “as needed” basis until April 15, 2020.
GENRANPWD2
The Generate Random Password 2 command generates a random password according to the system password rules which are set. This tool is available only on IBM i 7.2 and later.
RTVJOBOUTQ
Retrieves the output queue of a job resolving any special values.
CVTJOB
Convert Job was enhanced to add two new character timestamp fields for job start and end times. These are blank if they don’t apply. This affects the model outfile. Outfiles from previous versions of the tool will need to be deleted. The tool will re-create these on first use.
DSPDTAQ, DSPDTAQD, and RTVDTAQ
These tools have been enhanced to support data queues up to 99,999,999 entries in length.
INZPWD
The Initialize Password command(s) set a user profile to a new password. A new INZPWD3 password has been added in IBM i 7.2 and later. The password generated using INZPWD3 will comply with the system values.
SCNDBF
A new parameter, IGNMAPERR, was added to the SCNDBF command to ignore data mapping errors when scanning. The default is *NO.
CAPSYSINF
The Capture System Information command was fixed to correctly skip /QSYS.LIB entries when capturing information on all IFS entries.
CLRMSGQ2
Clear Message Queue 2 was not correctly marking message queues that contained messages that could not be deleted. This condition was rare. Those queues are now marked appropriately.
CMPSYSINFI
The Compare System Information for IFS command was fixed so that the temporary files that are used in the will not require extension by the system operator.
CPYGENSRC
When doing a
CPYGENSRC FROMFILE(LIB1/*ALL) TOFILE(LIB2/*FROMFILE) the
members that were selected for copy all ended up in the first file
selected instead of the matching file name in the second library. This
has been corrected.
CVTJRNA
There were cases where CVTJRNA could issue an array bounds check if there were a large number of files being journaled to this journal. This has been fixed.
CVTLIBDBF
Under rare circumstances on 7.3 the CVTLIBDBF tool would fail on a CPYF command insisting that the FMTOPT(MAP DROP) had to be coded. We added that keyword which fixes the issue. CVTLIBDBF is used by RGZLIB and the problem initially appeared in that context.
CVTWRKACT
Convert Work Active would always include jobs with a blank status even if a desired set of active job status values was specified. Jobs with a blank active status are in a short-lived transition state and should not have been included. They will now only be included if STATUS(*ALL) is specified.
DSPDTAQ
OUTPUT(*PRINT) would end with an MCH1210 when 9999 data queue entries had been printed. It now supports all the entries that can be retrieved with one call to the system API.
FNDSRCTXT
The Find Source Text command would occasionally miss one of the members whose descriptive text matched the pattern given on the command. This has been fixed.
MSGCTL
The MSGCTL tool was found to incorrectly log and forward messages that matched a generic message ID found in the MSGCTLP file. This has been fixed.
RTVJOBSTS
The command can return a list of jobs if a specific job is not specified. The command and documentation were updated to ensure this was properly filtered by the CURUSER keyword.
SBMJOBSCDE
The Submit Job Scheduling Entry submits a job based on the parameters in a job scheduling entry. One of these is the job description which was not found in some circumstances. This has been fixed.
SCNIFS
The Scan IFS command was fixed to prevent looping on very large files.
WRKIPDEV
The Work with IP Devices tool can be used to show remote printer queues as well as printer devices. This was showing SNA defined remote queues and showing the remote queue name instead of the host IP name of remote queues. It now shows only IP defined remote queues and gives the first 15 characters of the host name in the IP address field if the queue is defined with that instead of an IP address.
WRKSBSD2
The Work Subsystem Description 2 command was incorrectly adding quotes to the compare value *ANY on the Routing Entries screen. This has been fixed.
WRKSYSINF
The Work with System Information command now correctly removes the IFS entry information when removing a capture. This also fixes some interaction anomalies that may have occurred when removing a capture.
CVTJOB
DSPFCNUSG2
Display Function Usage 2 is a new tool which generates a Function Usage Report. This report displays the list of function identifiers, along with associated usage information for each entry.
ENDSBS3
The End Subsystem 3 command will quiesce a system, but not take the system completely to restricted state. All subsystems will be ended, except QCMN, QHTTPSVR, QSERVER, QSPL, QSYSWRK, QUSRWRK, TAAUPSMON, the controlling subsystem, and those specified in the OMIT parameter.
WRKACTGRP
Work With Activation Groups is a new tool which provides a work display for all activation groups owned by the current job. An option to display attributes is available, as well as a reclaim option to free system resources.
CMPLIB2
The Compare Library 2 command was enhanced by adding a CMPMBR keyword that can be used to suppress the member compare. This allows a shorter report to be produced.
CPYUSRPRF2
The Copy User Profile 2 command was enhanced to include two new parameters that assist in using the command in batch mode. The PWDEXP parameter was added to allow a *RANDOM password be active rather than the default of expired. The CHGOWN keyword was added to allow the new profile to be owned by its creator rather than the default of QSECOFR.
RUNIO
The Run I/O tool was enhanced to allow the output file to be located on an iASP and to provide more flexibility with the test record length. A limit was added to control the amount of disk storage consumed by the output file.
SAVSYSBCH
The Save System in Batch command has been updated to include a new CHKSAVDEV parameter that allows you to skip the tape device check. This may be necessary if you are using BRMS.
CHGOBJAUT
The Change Object Authority command was receiving a “spooled file not found error” for its report when running inside a server job. It now correctly releases the spooled file if it is owned by a QPRTJOB.
CMPCMDLST
Compare Command List compares ‘select’ and ‘omit’ lists to ensure uniqueness from each other. Fix added to handle *ALLUSR value passed from DLTUNULIB command.
CRTVTP
The Display Virtual Tape command of the Create Virtual Tape tool would get an exception if there were no image catalogs on the system. This was a rare, but possible, occurence. This exception is now monitored.
CVTIFS
The Convert IFS command would sometimes fail when given a symbolic link at which to start. This has been fixed.
CVTJRNA
The Convert Journal Attributes command was ignoring the MBROPT(*ADD) option for the JRNRCVP file. This has been fixed.
CVTSYSVAL
The Convert System Values command was not treating QALWUSRDMN values as a special “list type” value. It is now treated as such and converted appropriately.
DLTOLDQRPL
Delete old QRPLOBJ objects would receive an MCH1210 (size error) when removing too many objects from QRPLOBJ library. The field size was increased to prevent this.
DLTOLDSPLF
Delete Old Spooled Files is designed to allow clean up of old spool files by selection criteria. Found and fixed two extremely rare problems. Fixed to delete spool files of jobs with duplicate names due to job number wrapping. Fixed to prevent a MCH0603 when large numbers of excluded jobs were specified several times in a job.
DSPDTAQ
Queue entries that were longer than 9000 bytes could cause a subscript range error when OUTPUT(*PRINT) was specified. The limit was increased to 10,000 bytes and 1,000,000 entries. The subscripting error has been fixed.
DSPIFS
There was a bug in which the OWNER keyword used for selecting entries might be ignored under some circumstances. This has been fixed.
DSPWHRUSE
Display Where Used shows which programs use, display, or call which files. Certain object types were being skipped. This has been fixed.
PRTBIGOBJ
The Print Big Object tool assists in determining the large size objects on your system. The correct ASP number was not always shown on the report. This has been fixed.
PRTSPLSTO
Print Spool Store is part of the Spool Store tool, which lets you capture spooled files and retain them online. An exception occurred when *DEV set as the job outq. This has been fixed.
SAVRSTASP
Save and Restore ASP allows a library to be saved and restored from one ASP to another. Fix added to prevent error message to incorrectly be issued when parameter RSTASP set to *SAVASP.
WRKSPLF2 and WRKSPLF3
It is now possible to release a spooled file that was in saved state in addition to held state.
RTVQATTD
The Retrieve QATT File Description (RTVQATTD) command returns the values needed to create a QATT source file. These are the name, record length, and descriptive text of the file.
VRYVRTDSP
The Vary Virtual Display command varies a virtual display or displays off or on, whichever is requested.
CHGTAAKEY
The Change TAA Key command allows the information in the TAALICENSE data area to be changed. CHKTAAKEY was enhanced to include additional fields and the ability to submit in batch.
CHKSAVRST
Added CPF4168 to the list of messages reported.
CHKTAP2
The Check Tape 2 command is similar to the CHKTAP system command, with the additional function of sending an inquiry message to the device’s message queue and allows the user a Cancel or Retry response. Additional information has been added to the reply message, indicating which tape volume is currently mounted.
CPYSPLFIFS
The Copy Spooled File to IFS command copies a spooled file to the IFS as a stream file. Added support for AFPDS type spooled files.
CPYTAA
The CPYTAA tool has been enhanced with two new keywords: CRTSRCF and ESCAPE. The intent is to be able to reliably pull include members from the archive during the building of a tool. This is part of our effort to bring service programs into the tools. Includes will be used to provide prototypes for TAATOOL APIs.
CRTTAATOOL
The Create TAA Tool command has a new INCLIB parameter that accepts up to three libraries in which to search for includes. This is part of our effort to bring service programs into the tools. Includes will be used to provide prototypes for TAATOOL APIs.
ENDTAALIC
End TAA License ends the license to the TAA Productivity Tools by placing an expiration date in the TAALICENSE data area on a particular machine. ENDTAALIC was changed to show the machine serial number, so the user can determine which machine the license was ended on.
PRTSRCSUM
The Print Source Summary command is similar to DSPFD with MBRLIST option, but offers better formatting and several important options. Change was made to include new QATT* source files.
SCNALLSRC2
Scan All Source 2 command will scan for up to 20 arguments in all souce files in one or more libraries. Additional file member attributes retrieved and outfile support added.
SCNSRC, SCNALLSRC, SCNALLSRC2
The member change date and member descriptive text were added to the outfile. The model file is TAASRCFP and results in the outfile SRCSRCP. The record format level identifier has changed as a result.
ADDJOBSCD2
The Add Job Schedule 2 command adds one or more job schedule entries from the JOBSCDP file created by the CVTJOBSCDE TAA Tool to the system job scheduling function. A fix was added to handle descriptions that include apostrophes.
CHKSAVRST
The CHKSAVRST command checks a job log that uses save/restore commands and prints a listing with the completion messages and any error diagnostics. Message handling was added for CPF4168.
CHKTAAAUTL
The Check TAA Authorization Lists command checks to ensure that all TAA Authorization Lists are set to PUBLIC EXCLUDE. Completion messaging was changed to be more accurate.
CPYFRMCSV
The Copy From CSV 2 command (CPYFRMCSV2) of the CPYFRMCSV tool was maxing out at 13000 records in its temporary work file. This has been changed to *NOMAX.
CPYJOBSCDE
The Copy Job Schedule Entry command would complain about an invalid date when copying entries that had *MONTHSTR as the scheduling date. This has been fixed.
CPYSPLFIFS
Copy Spooled File to IFS copies a spooled file to the IFS as a stream file. Documentation was added stating that overprinting is not supported and will cause duplicate data to appear.
CVTIFS
The Convert IFS command converts directory entry attribute information from the IFS and outputs the information to the IFSDIRP data base file. An IBM i discrepancy in reporting authorization errors for distributed directories caused a loop when such an error was encountered. This manifested itself when processing directories in QNTC. A workaround was added for these *DDIR types.
CVTMSGQ2 Convert message queue 2 can convert a large number of messages found in an external message queue to an outfile. Problem was fixed where messages with blank message ids (such as inquiry messages) were being removed incorrectly.
CVTPGMA
The Convert Program Attributes command creates a data base file with one record per program. New ACTGRP parameter was added to retrieve activation group information.
CVTQHST
There was a possibility that on very active systems CVTQHST could produce an intermediate QPDSPLOG spooled file that hit its MAXRCDS limit. This has been fixed.
CVTSYSVAL
The Convert System Values command converts the spooled file output from WRKSYSVAL to the SYSVALP file. A fix was added to correct how long values are returned.
DSPACTJOB2
The Display Active Jobs 2 command provides a display similar to WRKACTJOB except that the user can only perform the Display action, and jobs are sorted by CPU%. Fixed subscript out of bounds problem when system had a very high number of jobs.
DSPAUTLOB2
The Display Authorization List Objects 2 command expands DSPAUTLOBJ functionality by 1) including IFS and DLS objects and 2) allowing a generic name or all authorization lists. A fix was made to correctly display lists with over 7500 entries.
DSPDTAQ
The Display Data Queue tool displays or prints the entries of a data queue and the data queue attributes. DSPDTAQ was fixed so it will now correctly return up to 500,000 entries without throwing an exception.
DSPIFS
The Display IFS command provides a display or listing of IFS objects. Documentation was corrected to state that directories are always included in the listing.
DSPOBJ
The Display Object command provides various DSPxxx commands for most object types. Removed ALL and ALLUSR options from the OBJTYPE parameter on the command.
DSPOBJAUD
The Display Object Auditing command displays all audited objects in a list of libraries or all libraries. The tool was fixed to give an informational message if a single empty library is specified.
ENDJOBWOL
The End Job With Locks command ends jobs with locks on a specific object. A fix was added to correct the command name in the documentation.
MOVALLOBJ
The Move All Objects command moves one or more objects from one library to another. SQLPKG support was removed from the command, as SQL packages must remain in the library they are created in.
PRTDEVCFG
The Print Device Config command prints a copy of the device configuration objects and copies the contents to a source member in a source file. Code was changed to delete the DSPOBJP file before using it.
RTVRELMTH
The Retrieve Relative Month command failed if it was “backing into” December from a later month. This has been fixed.
SAVLIBSAVF
The Save Library to Save Files command saves one or more libraries to save files in a specified library. Command was fixed to handle library lists longer than 256 characters.
SCNGENSRC
The spooled file created by SCNGENSRC was named after the first member processed for each candidate source file. It is now correctly named after the source file itself. The USRDTA of the spool file is now correctly specified as SCNGENSRC rather than SCNSRC. The number of members scanned is now correct.
SCNSRC
A minor fix was made to correct the number of members scanned when used by SCNGENSRC.
SNDDTAQ
The RCVDTAQ command of the SNDDTAQ tool might receive a MCH0603 (a subscript or character string length violation) if the MAXLEN of the queue was over 5000 and the entry being received was over 5000 in length. This has been fixed.
DMOSUBF7
The Demo Subfile 7 tool provides a demonstration of using a subfile for the display of an API call. Customers can take advantage of the full source provided to create similar subfile based applications.
DMOUIM
The Demo UIM tool provides a demonstration of using UIM for the display of an API call. Customers can take advantage of the full source provided to create their own uses for UIM-based applications.
DSPACTJOB2
The Display Active Jobs 2 command provides a display similar to the system WRKACTJOB command except that the user can only perform the Display action against the jobs, and jobs are sorted by CPU %. System and subsystem jobs are excluded.
ENDJOBWOL
The End Jobs With Object Locks command ends all batch and interactive jobs holding locks on a specified object.
RTVRELMTH
The Retrieve Relative Month command will calculate and return three data values based on the date specified in the DATE parameter, offset by the number of months in the RELMTH parameter.
CRTTAASRCF
The Create TAA Source Files tool was updated to include new source files. The new source files are QATTC, QATTHTML, QATTUIM, QATTSRV, and QATTSQL.
CVTOUTQ
An ESCAPE keyword was added to the command. This is a *YES/*NO value. The default is *NO. If *YES a CPF9898 escape message is sent if the number of spooled files initially determined to be in the queue does not match the number of records written. This can happen if the queue is volatile.
RTVQATTF
The Retrieve QATT Files tool was updated to include the new QATT source files as part of our ILE direction. The new source files being reported are QATTC, QATTHTML, QATTUIM, QATTSRV, and QATTSQL. This enhancement affects both the RTVQATTF and PRTQATTF commands.
SBMFTPCMD & FTP2
The Submit FTP Command command uses FTP2 to submit a simgle command to run on another System i that is connected via FTP. OTHERCMDS2 parameter was added to support FTP commands longer than 255 characters.
CLROUTQ3
The Clear Output Queue 3 command clears selected spooled file from an output queue. Fixed a problem where USRDTA was being cleared, even when a specific value for the USRDTA parameter was specified.
CPYTAADDS
The Copy TAA DDS command is primarily an internal tool used by CRTxxx commands such as CRTSRCCTL. It allows CRTTAATOOL to occur regardless of whether a full or demo license exists. Change made to remove the dependency on the user needing to be authorized to TAASRCACC list in order to retrieve encrypted DDS files. This allows more tools to run in demo mode.
CVTJOBLCK
The Convert Job Locks command converts the locks for a specific job to an outfile. Dynamic allocation problem fixed to prevent null pointer exceptions that were occurring. in the operating system.
CVTMSGQ2
The Convert Message Queue 2 command converts the messages found in an external message queue (such as QSYSOPR) to an outfile. Fixed problem caused by exceptions from QGYCLST API call.
CVTOUTQ
The Convert Output Queue command creates a data base file OUTQP with one record per spooled file. Fixed to retry API call when API would return partial list of OUTQs.
CVTRCDLCK2
The Convert Record Lock 2 command builds an outfile of the record locks held by a job. Fixed error when job was not found.
DSPDBFDMG
The Display Data Base Damage command checks for damage in the data base file descriptive information. Message text changed when no objects found.
PRTLIBANL
The Print Library Analysis command reports on how many objeccts exist in a library or in a total system. Fix added to correctly handle named ASPs.
PRTPAGOF
The Print Page Of command allows you to re-print a spooled file where you have printed ‘Page n’ and change the value to ‘Page n of n’. Fix added to handle large ‘skip to line’ values.
RCLSTG2
The Reclaim Stroage 2 tool provides better documentation of the results of RCLSTG and keeps the history where it may be conveniently displayed. Fixed problem causing elapsed hours to display incorrectly.
RGZLIB
Th Reorganize Library command reorganizes all physical files in a library or all user libraries. Fixes added to deallocate exclusive locks on failure, and handle locks on members with all three allowed values: EXCL, EXCLRD, or SHRUPD.
RTVIFSEAUT
The Retrieve IFS Entry Authority command returns the current user’s authority to an IFS object. Fix added to handle user profiles with no group profile.
SCNALLJLG
The Scan All Job Logs command will scan all or selected job logs for various criteria. Fixed issue when job spool files exceeded 9999 in number.
SCNSRC
The Scan Source command scans source files for a matching character string or strings. Extraneous informational messages are now removed from the job log.
PRTSRCSUM
The Print Source Summary command was updated to report the new source files for the *QATT value. Old files no longer in use were dropped.
WRKDBFUNIT
The Work Database File Unit tool allows you to inspect and set the preferred storage unit for files on your system.
ANZOUTQ
ANZOUTQ provides summary information for various attributes of spooled files in an output queue. ANZOUTQ previously supported 999 unique attribute values for each attribute category. Enhancement was made to now support 9998 unique values for each attribute. This allows outqs with very large numbers of spool files to process correctly.
CHGJOBD2
CHGJOBD2 allows a change to one or more JOBD object types. An Initial ASP group parameter was added.
AUDLOG
AUDLOG is a series of commands that let you work with QUAUDJRN entries. Fixed a problem where MCH0601 erros occurred after a small number of records were read. This issue was found using the PRTAUDLOG command. Also fixed a problem where duplicate entries were written when no new audit log entries were found. This issue was found using the CVTAUDLOG command.
CHGUSRPRF3
The Change User Profile 3 command is a front end to the CHGUSRPRF command that allows a list of up to 300 user profile names or generic names to be changed. Corrected the code so it will now allow the values of SAME, SYSVAL, NONE, and ASSIST for the ATNPGM parameter.
CHKINACT2
CHKINACT2 tool is a series of commands that allow the ending or disconnecting of jobs that have been inactive for a specified period of time. Removed confusing informational message from job log.
CPYPGMQM
The Copy Program Message Queue Message command copies one or more messages from the current job’s program message queue to an external message queue. Fixed a problem where CPYPGMQM failed when the MSGQ contained impromptu messages.
CVTJRNA
CVTJRNA outputs the information that is found with WRKJRNA to three separate data base files. Fixed code to handle exception when a file is in use.
CVTMSGQ2
CVTMSGQ2 allows a very large number of messages found in an external message queue to be converted to an outfile. Code was changed to correctly handle an empty message queue.
CVTQHST
CVTQHST converts one or more QHST files to a normal data base file. Code was fixed to handle file size of *NOMAX.
CVTSYSSTS
CVTSYSSTS creates a data base file SYSSTSP with one record per main storage pool. Fixed report so all digits of the unprotected storage fields will display correctly.
DLTUNULIB
DLTUNULIB deletes libraries with no objects, libraries whose objects have never been used, or objects within libraries which have not been used for specified number of days. Fixed logic error which caused objects in libraries to be deleted which were outside the specified date range.
DSPALLSAVF
DSPALLSAVF displays or prints a listing of one, generic, or all save files in one or more libraries. Changed file size limit to *NOMAX so DSPOBJD will not give exception on files over 190000 records.
DSPDLTSPC
DSPDLTSPC displays the amount of deleted record space that exists in one of more libraries. Code was correctly check libraries found in named ASPs, not just the base ASPs.
DSPQHSTSIZ
DSPQHSTSIZ provides a simple listing of the QHST files in QSYS, allowing a review of the QHST versions. Fixed a problem where the 1st message and last message times were duplicated in the outfile.
DSPSAVSUM
DSPASAVSUM displays or lists a summary from one or more libraries where objects are saved to. Corrected the all object authority check whick occurred when certain library parameter options were chosen.
FTP2
FTP2 allows the use of FTP without entering the FTP subcommands. Fixed tool to correctly send TAA9897 exception when an FTP error is encountered.
LOCKWAIT
The Lock Wait tool provides commands to check for jobs in a LCKW status as seen with WRKACTJOB. Added additional message monitors to catch exceptions when jobs had ended, causing LOCKWAIT to terminate unexpectedly.
RCVMSGKEY
The Receive Message Key command receives a message from the job log. It is meant to be used with RTVMSGKEY to process low level messages in the job log. Fixed problem where RCVMSGKEY returned incorrect results when called repeatedly with different options.
RTVJOBA2
RTVJOBA2 allows retrieval of attributes for any job, supporting more parameters than RTVJOBA. Fixed an problem where the active job status was not always retrieved correctly. As a result the LOCKWAIT tool failed in some cases.
SCNALLSRC
SCNALLSRC provides a simple method of scanning all or some source files in a library. Fixed problem where special characters were not handled correctly.
WRKIFS
WRKIFS is designed for those users who are trying to clean up the IFS. User is now given a message when trying to roll past the 9,999th record, which is the maximum WRKIFS can display.
ZIP
ZIP and UNZIP perform standard PC zip and unzip functions for compressing/ decompressing data in the IFS. Fix added to correctly handle multiple files.
Commands that refer to previous releases (7.3 only)
All save commands, most compile commands, and commands that use *PRV compiler support have had their TGTRLS parameters updated for 7.3. While technically incompatible with previous release this is consistent with 7.3 system changes. The following commands have been affected: CHKTGTRLS, CMPOUTFILE, CRTBNDCL2, CRTBNDRPG2, CRTSFLPGM, CRTSFLPGM2, CRTTGTRLS, RPLGENPGM, RPLOBJ, RPLMOD, RPLPGM, RPLSFLPGM, SAVALLACT, SAVCHGACT, SAVJRNACT, SAVLIBIFS, SAVOBJIFS, SAVEONELIB, SAVOWNOBJ, SAVRCVL, SAVSNDL, SAVSNDM, SAVSRCF, SBMSAVRCVL, SBMSAVSNDL, SNDOBJMAIL.
PRTPRFUSR
The Print Profile Users command lists profiles with *ALLOBJ authority, along with profiles that have *USR authority or greater to that profile. The report is generated into a spool file, PRTPRFUSR.
CRTDBFJRN
This command creates an externally described file that contains the standard journaling fields. Support was added for PF38 files.
FMTOPT
The FMTOPT tool provides a way to test options or command keys which require several lines in a subfile application. Support was added for 27 * 132 screen size.
GENRANPWD
The GENRANPWD tool generates a random password, per selected specifications. A new parameter, ALWUPR, was added.
QRYF
QRYF simplifies the use of OPNQRYF. *UPD option added for type of open to use.
RTVPFSRC
This command retrieves the information from a physical file object and writes a DDS source member. Support was added for PF38 files.
CAPSYSINF
CAPSYSINF captures all object, member, and IFS object information on the system. Fixed an exception which occurred when no files found in a library.
CMPDTAARA
CMPDTAARA compares the contents of two data areas. Fixed a problem with very small data areas.
CRTTSTJRN
CRTTSTJRN is designed for writing test cases involving journaling. Files already being journaled will now be bypassed instead of the command ending.
CRTVTP
The CRTVTP tool provides a simple interface for creating, displaying, and deleting a virtual tape structure. Fixed a problem where image catalog entries were exceeding the maximum size.
CVTFD
The CVTFD command is similar to the system DSPFD command, but only creates an outfile. Fixed a problem with an empty library generating an exception. Reported as issue with CAPSYSINF.
CVTIFS
CVTIFS converts directory entry attribute information from the IFS and outputs the information to a data base file. When file errors are detected on the convert, the files are skipped instead of ending the command.
CVTJOB
CVTJOB converts the information for one or more jobs to an outfile. Fixed a problem where the current user field was not populated correctly.
CVTJOBFNC
The CVTJOBFNC checks for an active job with a specific function type-description as seen on WRKACTJOB. Fixed a problem where the job list was not being parsed correctly.
CVTJOBLOG
CVTJOBLOG converts a job log to an outfile. Fixed a problem where *LIBL not accepted as specified library. Also fixed a 7.2 problem where first character of system name was truncated.
CVTMSGQ2
CVTMSGQ2 converts messages found in an external message queue to an outfile. The command has been fixed to correctly retrieve the message queue name. Also fixed the opening and closing of message file and added better exception handling.
CVTOBJLCK
CVTOBJLCK converts the locks for an object to a data base file. Fixed problem where OBJLCKP file was not being placed in specified library.
CVTSYSSTS
CVTSYSSTS converts output from WRKSYSSTS to a data base file with one record per pool. CPU usage greater than 100% will now display accurately up to 999%.
CVTSYSVAL
CVTSYSVAL converts the spooled file output from WRKSYSVAL to a physical file. Fix was added for a *DATE member name not being accepted.
DLTDBFDAT
DLTDBFDAT deletes data base file records based on a field value and a specified date comparison. Fixed a decimal data error.
DSPASPSTS2
The DSPASPSTS2 command provides an interactive display of the disk units by ASP. Fixed an array indexing error.
DSPOBJD2
DSPOBJD2 provides a different interface to the DSPOBJD command. Fixed a problem retrieving large lists containing greater than 2000 objects.
DSPSBMJOB
DSPSBMJOB displays a list similar to WRKSBMJOB, but the user cannot perform actions against the jobs. Maximum number of jobs retrieved changed from 2000 to 9999.
JOBACG
The Job Accounting tool is a series of commands that lets you work with the job accounting entries from the QACGJRN journal. Problems fixed involved partial receivers leaving gaps in the sequence numbers of the journal, and incorrect descriptions being captured.
RCVDTAQ
RCVDTAQ is a front end to the system QSNDDTAQ command. Fixed a problem with messages being left in the job log.
RTVOBJLST
The Retrieve Object List command provides a large return variable for a list of objects. The command has been fixed to correctly retrieve large lists of over 90 objects. The problem was originally reported as an issue with the CRTUSRPRF3 command, which uses RTVOBJLST.
RTVPFSRC
RTVPFSRC retrieves the information from an existing physical file object and writes a DDS source member. Fixed a problem where CRTDBFJRN (which uses RTVPFSRC) gave an exception when *CURDATE was specified as date selection criteria.
SCNIFS
SCNIFS scans one or more stream files for an argument. Fixed a problem with files being left open resulting in an exception.
SNDIFSMAIL
SNDIFSMAIL sends a note and an IFS attachment to one or more recipients. Fixed an invalid character error when quotes were not handled correctly.
SNDTXTMAIL
SNDTXTMAIL sends a text message to one or more recipients. Fixed a problem when sending message to group distribution list.
SYSHST
DSPSYSHST is part of the System History tool, providing a simple method of capturing and displaying important system information. Fixed multiple problems with field lengths.
CVTTCPJOB
This tool examines a port to see which jobs are using it and reports the current user profile for that job. This allows you to see what users are signed onto the system through Telnet or FTP.
CHKSAVRST
The CHKSAVRST command has been enhanced to include the CPD3775 message that says an object cannot be saved or restored.
DLTDUPRCD
This has been enhanced to work with variable length character fields.
DSPOBJSIZ
DSPOBJSIZ has been enhanced to show the sizes for objects greater than 10,000,000,000 bytes.
SORTDBF
This has been enhanced to work with variable length character fields.
CHKCMDDFT
This command checks to see if command defaults have been changed. It was not reporting on some commands. This has been fixed.
CPYFRMCSV
This command copies CSV files from IFS into a database file that fits the data found in the CSV file. It was possible to run out of space in temporary files used to analyze the CSV data if that CSV file had more than 13000 rows. This has been fixed.
CVTMSGQ2
The CVTMSGQ2 tool was getting an MCH0603 when working with extremely long messages in the message queue. This has been fixed and the message size capable of being handled has been increased.
DSPDBFDTA
DSPDBFDTA lists *LAST as a valid value for the MBR keyword, but was not accepting that value. This has been fixed.
DUPFILFMT
This has been fixed to work with variable length character fields.
JLGCTL
The display job log messages function of the JLGCTL tool was not displaying messages correctly on 6.1 and 7.2. This has been fixed.
RGZLIB
Under very rare circumstances the RGZLIB command could construct a bad parameter value for the RBDACCPTH keyword on the RGZPFM command. This has been fixed.
RTVPFSRC
This command reconstructs the DDS source for a physical file from its field definitions. It is used in a number of other TAA tools, including CVTDBFJRN. It was constructing badly formed DDS when there were long runs of non-blank characters. This has been fixed.
SNDSPLMAIL
The SNDSPLMAIL command would fail if both SPLF(*SELECT) and SENDTO(*INT) were specified on the command. This has been fixed.
WRKSBSJOBQ
There was a bug that would occasionally result in a array index out of bounds exception if there were more than 700 jobs in a job queue. This has been fixed.
CPYSPLF4
The Copy Spooled File 4 command splits a spooled file into multiple spooled files based on the number of pages specified. For example you may have a report with 100 pages and you want to split into 10 spooled files of 10 pages each, or you may have a 20 page report and you want a separate spooled file for each page.
DSPSYSPTN
The Display System Partitions command displays information about the current system partition and a summary of all system partitions.
DSPUSRAUT4
The Display User Authority 4 command lists all objects in a library that a named user is not authorized properly to. For example, if the user should have *CHANGE authority to all objects in the library, a line would be listed for each object where the user has 1) no authority 2) is specified as *EXCLUDE, or 3) has only *USE authority.
SCNDBF
The Scan Data Base File command scans one or more members of data base files for up to 20 strings. A listing is output with one line for each time one of the strings is found in a record. The relative record number of the record and the position where the string was found is described.
WRKOUTQ3
Work Output Queue 3 command is similar to the system WRKOUTQ command, but supports additional capability such as all output queues in a library or all libraries and a ‘Position To’ capability.
CVTOBJD2
A new model file, TAAOBLIQ, has been added for use with the new WRKOUTQ3 tool.
PRTPAGOF
The PRTPAGOF command has been enhanced to preserve these of the attributes of the original spool file: expiration date, duplex, user defined data, start and end pages, LPI, and CPI.
RSTSNDL
A new RSTASPDEV parameter has been added to the RSTSNDL command that allows a library to be restored to a different ASP that the one stored in the save file information. RSTSNDL is part of the SAVSNDL tool.
RTVNONSYS
In 7.2 the libraries QPTFOBJ1 and QPTFOBJ2 have been added to the list of libraries to ignore when specifying *NONSYS for a list of libraries on commands.
SCNALLJLG
SCNALLJLG OUTPUTTYPE(*ONESPLF) has been enhanced to skip the printing of job log headers that have no messages selected. This brings the *ONESPLF option more in line with the *UNQSPLF option and can significantly shorten the report.
APYRMTJRN
There was a bug in APYRMTJRN that would cause it to hang when applying a large number of changes from a remote journal to the objects named in that journal. This has been fixed.
CHKIFSOPN
CHKIFSOPN was failing with conversion errors if the stream file specified had a Unicode CCSID. It now checks for open conflicts by doing a trial open in binary mode rather than text mode. This avoids any attempt by the system to perform a text conversion on the open.
CHKJOBSTS
The CHKJOBSTS command was occasionally supplying incorrect parameters to the RTVJOBA command when multiple jobs were selected. This resulted in an exception being thrown. This has been fixed in this refresh.
CHKMINRLS
The MINRLS parameter allowed V7R2M0 instead of V7R1M0. This has been corrected.
CHKSAVRST
The CHKSAVRST command would not work correctly if INPUTFILE(*DBFILE) was specified. This change fixes CHKSAVRST to clear the DBFILE member only if INPUTFILE(*JOBLOG) is specified.
CLRLIB2
CLRLIB2 was issuing some confusing messages. These have been cleaned up.
CMPOUTFILE
On 7.1 this was allowing a compare against V5R3 which is not allowed since there is no V5R3 compiler support. This has been corrected in the 7.1 version of the tools.
CPYSPLFIFS
CPYSPLFIFS was not handling fractional CPI settings correctly when creating a PDF file. These are now being retrieved and set into the PDF file.
CPYTOFLAT
The size of the temporary file was set too low for some cases. A size of *NOMAX is now used.
CVTALLSPCA
The CVTALLSPCA command could only be run in a limited number of environments It can now be run in all environments.
CVTALLSPCA
CVTALLSPCA was receiving a size error (MCH1210) if there were certain combinations of supplemental and group profiles specified on a user profile. This has been fixed in this refresh.
CVTAUDJRNE
The allowable codes contained several inaccuracies. These have been updated to the codes specified in the security manual for 7.2.
CVTFRMOUTQ
CVTFRMOUTQ will now fail quickly if the output queue being converted has more than 32767 spool files. Each spool file generates a member in the target database file. The limit on database file members is 32767.
CVTIFS
A MCH3601 was fixed in the program TAAIFSAR when the *IFSLST special value was used on the OBJ parameter. This has been fixed in this refresh.
CVTJOBLOG
CVTJOBLOG converts job log spool files into database files. It was not parsing some job logs correctly and as a result was not creating correct output. This has been fixed in this refresh. The problem affected SCNALLJLG.
CVTMBRD
If *ALLUSR was specified for the library on the CVTMBRD command then no records would be output to the database file. This has been fixed in this refresh.
CVTMSGQ2
Under some circumstances a MCH1210 could occur when processing the message queue. This has been fixed.
CVTSPLSTO
CVTSPLSTO was failing with an MCH1210 when converting an output queue containing more than 99,999 spool files. The limit has been raised to 500,000 spool files. This command is part of the SPLSTO tool.
DLTIFS
DLTIFS was failing when it attempted to delete or release a held spool file it created. This was only happening in a server job. This is fixed in this refresh.
DLTIFS2
DLTIFS2 was failing when it attempted to delete or release a held spool file it created. This was only happening in a server job. This is fixed in this refresh.
DLTLIB2
DLTLIB2 was issuing some confusing messages. These have been cleaned up.
DSPAUDLOG2
DSPAUDLOG2 was incorrectly stating that no message ids existed for audit log entries. While the newer audit log entries do not have associated messages, the older ones still do. These are now correctly displayed.
DSPCLPCNT
DSPCLPCNT stopped after processing 900 members. This has been fixed in this refresh.
DSPCMDCNT
DSPCMDCNT stopped after processing 900 members. This has been fixed in this refresh.
DSPJRNRCVD
When over 500 journal receivers were attached to a specific journal, the array index error would happen. The code has been fixed to display a max of 9999 journal receivers. Any receivers found over 9999 will not be included in the output, but an exception will not occur.
DSPRPGCNT
DSPRPGCNT stopped after processing 900 members. This has been fixed in this refresh.
DSPTAPSIZ
On IBM i 7.1 DSPTAPSIZ was incorrectly reporting the size of the files on tape if there were more than 50 files on that tape. This has been fixed in this refresh.
DSPUIMCNT
DSPUIMCNT stopped after processing 900 members. This has been fixed in this refresh.
PRTBIGOBJ
The model file, QSYS/QADSPOBJ, has a capacity of 190000 records specified by the SIZE(100000 30000 3). The change creates the work files in QTEMP using CRTDUPOBJ and then CHGPF with SIZE(*NOMAX).
PRTLSTUSE
The model file, QSYS/QADSPOBJ, has a capacity of 190000 records specified by the SIZE(100000 30000 3). The change creates the work files in QTEMP using CRTDUPOBJ and then CHGPF with SIZE(*NOMAX).
RTVAUDMDLF
The allowable codes contained several inaccuracies. These have been updated to the codes specified in the security manual for 7.2.
RTVPFSRC
RTVPFSRC could generate invalid DDS if used on a table that was created using the SQL CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, null strings were being generated for default values. This has been fixed in this refresh.
SAVSNDM
On 7.1 the SAVSNDM command allowed saving to V5R3 which is not allowed by the system. This has been corrected in the 7.1 version of the tools.
SCNUPDSRC
SCNUPDSRC stopped scanning and replacing text in source files after processing 900 members. This has been fixed in this refresh.
SNDOBJMAIL
On 7.1 the SNDOBJMAIL command allowed saving to V5R3 which is not allowed by the system. This has been corrected in the 7.1 version of the tools.
CVTAUDJRNE
The ZM entry type was removed as a valid value from the command. It is not a valid audit journal entry type.
RTVAUDMDLF
The ZM entry type was removed as a valid value from the command. It is not a valid audit journal entry type.
Commands that refer to previous releases (7.2)
All save commands, most compile commands, and commands that use *PRV compiler support have had their TGTRLS parameters updated for 7.2. While technically incompatible with previous release this is consistent with 7.2 system changes. The following commands have been affected: CHKTGTRLS, CMPOUTFILE, CRTBNDCL2, CRTBNDRPG2, CRTSFLPGM, CRTSFLPGM2, CRTTGTRLS, RPLGENPGM, RPLOBJ, RPLMOD, RPLPGM, RPLSFLPGM, SAVALLACT, SAVCHGACT, SAVJRNACT, SAVLIBIFS, SAVOBJIFS, SAVEONELIB, SAVOWNOBJ, SAVRCVL, SAVSNDL, SAVSNDM, SAVSRCF, SBMSAVRCVL, SBMSAVSNDL, SNDOBJMAIL.
CHGMAXMBR
The Change Maximum Members command changes the number of maximum members for one or more data base files in a library based on a specified percentage. Only data physical files are processed. The command defaults to ‘check’ meaning no changes occur unless ACTION(*CHANGE) is specified.
CHGMSGQ2
The Change Message Queue 2 command allows a change to one or more *MSGQ object types. Not all of the CHGMSGQ parameters are supported. CHGMSGQ2 simplifies making mass changes to *MSGQ objects. For a more complete understanding of the parameters, see the CHGMSGQ command help text. A *MSGQ object owned by one of the system profiles may not be changed.
CHGOBJD4
The Change Object Description 4 command provides a general purpose solution when a program wants to prompt for a CHGxxx command. Only typical object types and attributes are supported. Assuming you have provided a proper interface to CHGOBJD4, the command will complete normally whether the change has been made, the command prompt was cancelled, or the command failed. The ESCMSGID parameter will be blank if a successful change was made.
CHGSAVF2
The Change Save File 2 command allows a change to one or more save files. Not all of the CHGSAVF parameters are supported. CHGSAVF2 simplifies making mass changes to save files. For a more complete understanding of the parameters, see the CHGSAVF command help text. A save file owned by one of the system profiles may not be changed.
CHGUSRPWD3
The Change User Password 3 command allows a command change of a user password that ensures the QPWDxxx system value requirements are met. For example, if you have specified that a required digit exist by use of QPWDRQDDGT. This allows a change to be made by other than the interactive user that still follows your password requirements. CHGUSRPRF can change a password, but does not check the system values.
CNFDLTARA
The Confirm Delete Data Area command provides a confirmation display and allows F6 to delete the data area. The attributes of the data area are shown along with the Both *CHAR and *DEC (up to 15 digits) data areas are supported. The QWCRDTAA API is used.
CPYDIRE
The Copy Directory Entry command retrieves information about the From User ID from the Directory Entries (as seen with WRKDIRE) and prompts for a new entry using ADDDIRE. The existing values for the From User ID are used as the defaults for ADDDIRE with the exceptions of the USRID, USER, and SYSNAME parameters.
CPYSHFSPLF
The Copy Shift Spooled File command allows you to shift the data in a spooled file either left or right and re-prints the spooled file. The file must be capable of being copied by CPYSPLF (this excludes files with graphic characters).
CVTALLSPCA
The Convert All Special Authorities command creates an outfile of all special authorities for one or more users. By default, multiple records are written for each user profile: one record for the user, one for his group profile (if any), one for each supplementary group (if any), and a summary record combining all special authority information.
DEBUG
The Debug tool is not code, but rather a technique to assist in debugging. It can also be used for any function where you are repeating several commands on a command entry display. It allows you to quickly execute a command that you had entered earlier in an interactive job. The Debug tool uses the FAVCMD tool to store the commands.
DSPALLDTAT
The Display All Data Types command lists or displays the data types that are to be included or excluded from a file or files. For example, you can display all fields that have a W (variable length) data type for files in a library.
DSPALLSPCA
The Display All Special Authorities command displays the special authorities for an individual user, the special authorities for his group profile, and the special authorities for each of his supplemental profiles. This allows a review of what special authorities the user is allowed to use.
DSPDBFJOIN
The Display Data Base Join Files command displays or lists one or more join files in one or more libraries. The From and To file information is provided along with the name of the keys from each file.
DSPDUPKEY
The Display Duplicate Key command checks a keyed file that has not been specified for Unique keys to see if any duplicate keys exist. The file is read in keyed order per the key fields defined for the file and compared to the previous record. The relative record numbers of any duplicates are described.
DSPMSG2
Display Message 2 allows several selection criteria to minimize the number of messages that would be displayed or listed. For example, you can display by message ID, message type, job, user, start/end date/time, or the sending program. The DSPMSG2 command may be used on any message queue, but would most likely be used with QSYSOPR.
FIXALLSRC
The Fix All Source command provides a method of making mass changes to member data in a source file based on a ‘From value’ found in the source. Any type of source is valid to be changed. Because ACTION(*CHECK) is the default, no changes will be made allowing a review of what would be made by ACTION(*CHANGE).
FNDUSRATR
The Find User Attribute command finds objects that have a named user attribute or any user attribute. A listing is displayed or output. User attributes allow a further identification of objects.
HLDJOBUNTL
The Hold Job Until command allows you to release a held job at a specific time. You can either use HLDJOB to hold the job or submit the job with HOLD specified. The job being held cannot be an interactive job. You can release the job either in the current day or the next day. HLDJOBUNTL may be helpful when you want to hold a job for a period of time and avoids having to remember to release the job.
LOCKWAIT
The Lock Wait tool provides commands to check for jobs in a LCKW status as seen with WRKACTJOB. RUNLCKWAIT provides job log messages if jobs are waiting for a lock. SBMLCKWAIT submits a never ending batch job that sends messages to a message queue if jobs are locked. The LCKW value can be caused by either a job waiting for a record lock or an object lock.
MTNJRN2
The Maintain Journal 2 command provides the ability to delete old receivers (and add a new receiver) to one or more journals. Both system and user journals may be specified.
RMVMSGD2
The Remove Message Description 2 command removes a range of message IDs or all messages from a message file. The default provides a listing of the message IDs that would be removed if ACTION(*REMOVE) was specified.
RTVJOBCMP
The Retrieve Job Completion tool retrieves the completion status for a job. Two solutions are provided: 1) RTVJOBCMPM (Retrieve Job Completion Message) and 2) RTVJOBCMPA (Retrieve Job Completion Accounting). Both solution provide for a delay time and a number of iterations to allow a program to wait for a reasonable time.
SNDPGMMSG4
The Send Program Message 4 command is a subset front end to SNDPGMMSG which allows a message ID to be sent from a message file to a message queue. The system SNDPGMMSG command may only be used in a CL program. SNDPGMMSG4 allows any environment and can be helpful when testing either how the message text will appear or to place a message with an ID in a message queue.
WRKIFS2
The Work IFS 2 command is designed for a review of IFS entries, but does not allow any changes to be made. Several selection and sequencing options exist. The WRKIFS command is similar, but allows removal of entries and access to WRKLNK.
CHGALLSPLF
A new parameter has been added to allow a change to USRDTA.
CHGOBJAUT
A new parameter has been added to allow selection on the object attribute.
CHKINACT
A new parameter has been added to SBMINACT to allow the job to run during a specific time of day.
CVTLIBOBJA
A new parameter has been added to prevent the authorizations from the library object to be output.
ENDDUPJOB
The maximum number of duplicate jobs that can be ended on one command has been raised to 546.
FNDSRCMBR
A new value for the OUTPUT parameter will allow an immediate display of the spooled file output.
FNDSRCTXT
A new value for the OUTPUT parameter will allow an immediate display of the spooled file output.
FTP2
The size of the RMTUSER and RMTPWD has been increased from 30 to 100 characters. The same changes have been made to SAVSNDL, RCVSNDL, SAVRCVL, SBMSAVRCVL, SAVSNDM, RCVSNDM, and SBMFTPCMD
MTNJRN
A new value *TEST has been added to the DLTOLDRCVR parameter to allow testing of what MTNJRN would do.
RTVJOBSTS
A new parameter has been added for a job list of up to 546 jobs.
RTVSYSPTN
Many new parameters have been added to allow other information to be returned about the partition definition and current values.
WRKF2
A new option has been added for CLRALLPFM.
CHGLIBOWN
The OMITOWN parameter did not omit the object in all cases. The OLDOWN parameter was not handled properly. These errors have been corrected.
CHGOBJAUT
If a generic user name was entered and more than 50 existed, the command failed. The first 50 are processed and an escape message is now sent.
CVTIFS
If the ASP value exceeds 99, the command failed. A new field IFASPL has been added as *DEC LEN(3 0) to both outfiles supported by CVTIFS. If the ASP number is greater than 99, the value returned for IFOASP will be -1 and the actual value will be in the IFASPL field. If the value is 99 or less, the IFOASP and IFASPL values will be the same.
CVTLIBCNT
The size of the TAATMPSPC2 user space was increased.
CVTLIBOBJA
An error occurred when library QTEMP was attempted to be processed. A restriction has been added so that library QTEMP may not be specified directly and is bypassed when attempted with a generic name (QT*) or with all libraries.
The command failed with duplicate keys if all *LIB object types in QSYS were specified. This has been corrected.
DLTIFSDIR
The code did not properly handle apostrophes in the name. This has been corrected.
DSPLIBAUT
In some cases *GROUP appeared as the user name rather than the owner name. This prevented BYPOWNER(*YES) from eliminating the owner line. The owner name is now used if *GROUP appears in the data being read.
ENDDUPJOB
The command failed on a large number of duplicate jobs. A limit of 120 can be processed on each use of the command.
MTNJRN
If SAVINQMSG(*BYPASS) was specified, the saved journal receivers eligible for deletion were not being deleted. This has been corrected.
RTVIFSED
The command failed if the ASP number exceeded 99. A new return variable ASPL was added with *DEC LEN(3 0). If the ASP number is greater than 99, the value returned will be -1 and the actual value will be in the ASPL return parameter. If the value is 99 or less, the ASP and ASPL values will be the same.
SPLARC
The open date of the spooled file was not converted correctly and the current date was used instead. This has been corrected.
UPSMON
The ENDUPSMON command was not setting the QUPSMSQ system value back to QSYSOPR in QSYS. This has been corrected.
WRKIFS
The F5 option was failing. Several options were failing if quotes were in the name. These errors have been corrected.
CHKJOBMSGW
A subsystem library name or *LIBL must now be entered.
PRTLIBANL
The default print file is now TAAPRT1 to avoid conflicts with a user QPRINT printer file.
CHGDBFINC
The Change Data Base Increments command changes the number of size increments for one or more data base files in a library based on the current percentage of records and a specified new percentage. Only data physical files are processed. The command defaults to ‘check’ meaning no changes occur unless ACTION(*CHANGE) is specified.
CHGJOBQ2
The Change Job Queue 2 command allows a change of one or more *JOBQ object types. CHGJOBQ2 simplifies making mass changes to *JOBQ objects. For a more complete understanding of the parameters, see the CHGJOBQ command help text. A *JOBQ object owned by one of the system profiles may not be changed.
CHGLF2
The Change Logical File 2 command allows a change of one or more logical files. Not all parameters from CHGLF are supported. CHGLF2 simplifies making mass changes to logical files. For a more complete understanding of the parameters, see the help text for CHGLF. A logical file owned by one of the system profiles may not be changed.
CHKMBRSPE
The Check Member Spelling command checks the spelling of the words in the member text for all members in one or more files in a library. Both source and data members are checked. The command defaults to use the dictionary provided by the TAA Productivity Tools. A specific dictionary or multiple dictionaries may be used.
CHKOBJSPE
The Check Object Spelling command checks the spelling of the words in the object text for one or more objects in a library. The command defaults to provide the dictionary provided by the TAA Productivity Tools. A specific dictionary or multiple dictionaries may be used.
CHKSRCTYP3
The Check Source Type 3 command checks a value to see if it is a valid source type as described by the Programmer Menu. TXT and TXT38 are optional.
CHKTAAQSYS
The Check for TAA Commands in QSYS command checks for TAA command names that have a duplicate name in QSYS. This is intended to assist in identifying if a new system command uses the same name of an existing TAA command.
CHKUSRGRP
The Check User for Group command checks if a user profile is a member of a named group either by the GRPPRF or SUPGRP attributes of the profile. TAA9891 is sent as an escape message if the user profile is not a member of the group. No completion message occurs if the user profile is a member.
CMPLIBAUT
The Compare Library Authority command compares the Create Authority for a library to the objects within the library. If the authority of the *PUBLIC user differs from the library Create Authority, the object is listed. Libraries with an Authorization List used for the Create Authority are not supported.
CRTGENOBJ
The Create Generic Objects command allows you to create a number of generic objects with consecutive names like ABC002, ABC003, etc of any object type. The first object must exist in the library where the duplicates will be created.
CVTJOBLOG2
The Convert Job Log 2 command creates an outfile of one record per batch job that was submitted and has completed. Selection on the completion code (defaults to abnormal job end) may be specified. The command is a slow runner, but the outfile can be used to help understand the failures that have occurred. The command is English language dependent.
CVTMONEY
The Convert Money tool allows a CL program to calculate such functions as how much money is owed each month on a typical mortgage calculation. Several commands are provided.
DLTUNULIB
The Delete Unused Library command deletes libraries that have
The default is ACTION(*CHECK) so that only a listing is output of what would be deleted.
DSPDUPJBQE
The Display Duplicate Job Queue Entries command displays or lists job queue names that are duplicates in different subsystems. DSPDUPJBQE can be used to help identify problems where the same job queue is used
DSPGRPPRFI
The Display Group Profile Indicator command displays whether a profile is a group profile (has members in its group). You must have *ALLOBJ authority to use DSPGRPPRFI. Use the DSPGRPPRF command to list the members of the group.
DSPNONUSE
The Display Non Use command command lists objects that have not never been used along with size information. This can assist in cleanup of the system. Because of the way last used information is handled on multi-member data base files, the information may not be accurate on multi-member files.
DSPOBJEXCP
The Display Object Exceptions command lists one or more objects that are saved with storage freed, locked, damaged, or where the storage requirement has overflowed the ASP. Multiple libraries may be searched.
DSPOWNOBJ
The Display Owned Objects command is similar to the system DSPUSRPRF TYPE(*OBJOWN) function, but provides size, last used date, and text description also. A summary may also be made by either library or object type.
DSPUNQKEY
The Display Unique Key command displays the number of unique values in the access path fields for a data keyed file (non source). The file does not have to have unique keys. The system provides the number of unique values for the first 4 key fields of a file. This means a count of the unique values for key 1, key 1-2, key 1-3, and key 1-4. One line is listed for each member. The information can provide a better understanding of the data.
DSPUNQKEYT
The Display Unique Key Totals command displays or lists members in one or more data files in a library. The number of unique keys for the first 4 keys of each keyed access path are listed. This can provide a better understanding of the data that makes up the keys of the file.
DUPFILFMT2
The Duplicate File Format 2 command duplicates a file from a physical file to a new file with the same format as the original file. The user must have *USE rights to the file being duplicated. This differs from CRTDUPOBJ which requires *OBJMGT authority.
MOVALLOBJ
The Move All Objects command moves one or more objects from one library to another. An option allows a determination of what processing should occur if the object already exists in the To library. The default moves only objects that do not exist in the To library.
RMVTRLNULL
The Remove Trailing Nulls command will remove trailing nulls (X’00’) from an input variable and convert them to blanks (X’40’) values. The input variable may be up to 5000 bytes in length. The output variable must be 5000 bytes. A start position may be named. No embedded nulls are changed. Trailing blanks are ignored.
RTVGRPPRFI
The Retrieve Group Profile Indicator command retrieves a *YES/*NO for whether the specified user profile is a group profile. You must have *ALLOBJ special authority to use RTVGRPPRFI.
RTVNXTNAM
The Retrieve Next Name command takes a name value such as ‘ABC0001’, adds 1 to the digit portion, and returns the next name ‘ABC0002’. The number portion of the name may contain 1-9 digit positions, but must be in the trailing position of the name. A rollover such as from a name ‘ABC9999’ causes an escape message. RTVNXTNAM may be used for objects, members, or your own internal naming convention.
SCNCLPTAA
The Scan CLP TAA Commands command scans the outfile created by CVTCLPCMD for TAA commands. CVTCLPCMD converts all commands found in a source file to one record per command in an outfile. SCNCLPTAA lists each command found in the file that exists in TAATOOL along with the source member and sequence number within the source.
SCNDDSSRC
The Scan DDS Source command scans DDS source for various values such as a string of text in the Functions field such as the word ‘JOIN’. All selection criteria must be met to print a record. The command can be helpful when searching for some values that have been used previously.
SCNMBRA
The Scan Member Attributes command scans one or more data base members in a library for attribute values. For example, you can scan for the number of members with more than 1000 records or all members that have a keyed access path. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of members.
SCNSAVFA
The Scan Save File Attributes command scans one or more save files for attribute values. For example, you could scan for all save files that have more than 100 records. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of save files.
SWPLIBLE2
The Swap Library List Entry 2 command allows a swap of 2 libraries on the user portion of the library list. For example, if both QGPL and QTEMP are in the user portion of the library list and should trade places, the SWPLIBLE2 will make the swap.
CHGLIBOWN
The code has been improved to allow more changes when other than an *EXCL lock is held.
CHKJOBMSGW
The SBS parameter now allows a qualified name. If no library qualifier is entered, the command operates as before.
CMPSRC
A generic new member name is now supported.
CPYCHGMBR
A new parameter has been added to allow a generic member name.
CRTDBFJRN
Better error messages have been added for when the user is not authorized.
CVTJOBLCK
A second version of the command (CVTJOBLCK2) has been added which uses the QWCRJBLK API. Additional fields exist in the outfile vs CVTJOBLCK.
CVTOUTQD
The name of the remote output queue has been added.
CVTRMTOUTQ
The name of the remote output queue has been added.
CVTWRKACT
The SBS parameter now allows a qualified name. If no library qualifier is entered, the command operates as before.
DLTGENLIB
A new parameter has been added to allow the comparison date to be entered in terms of number of days.
DSPARACDE
Updates have occurred and to PRTARACDE also.
DSPTAACAT
Several tool text descriptions have been improved to differentiate between tools such as CVTOBJD and CVTOBJD2.
LOOKUP
A new parameter has been added to allow the search to be ended if the next entry to be compared is blank.
RTVDIRE
The command has been enhanced to retrieve substantially more data than previously. As a result, the second element of the USRID keyword is now required and can no longer be *FIRST. The third element of the USRID keyword has been dropped. The RTNADDR keyword has been dropped as well.
RTVOUTQA
A new parameter has been added for the long name of a remote output queue.
TAASECURE
The documentation member has been enhanced to describe programs that adopt and why adoption is used.
CPYFRMCSV
If the created file definition exceeded 9999 bytes, the CPYFRMCSV2 command failed. This has been corrected by changing to an RPGLE program which allows a 32000 byte input file length.
CPYJOBSCDE
If SCDDAT(*MONTHEND) was specified, the command failed with a bad date separator. This has been corrected.
CRTUSRSPC
A new parameter exists that defaults to *YES for auto extending of the space. The assumption of *NO previously caused some APIs to fail such as QUSLJOB used by CVTWRKACT.
CVTIFS
If the object is a symbolic link, the object it resolves to is now used.
CVTTAPSAVD
The size information was incorrect (an extra zero was added). The size information for members is now set to 0. In some cases the member record contained invalid data. These errors have been corrected.
ENDDUPJOB
The command failed because of an invalid job name caused by the incorrect offset. This has been corrected.
JOBACT
In some cases the STRJOBACT command failed trying to resend a message that did not exist. This has been corrected.
MOVSPLF
The command failed if more than 100,000 spooled files were moved. This has been corrected.
RTVCMDSRC
For certain commands, RTVCMDSRC looped internally. This has been corrected.
RTVJOBSTS
The DUPJOBRQS(*LAST) function was returning blanks. This has been corrected. The maximum jobs returned is 120 not 200.
WRKUSRAUD
The text for the user was incorrect when the detail display option was used.
WRKVTP
If the image catalog was allocated (eg being saved to), the command failed. It now displays *NOTAVL.
RTVDIRE
The command has been enhanced to retrieve substantially more data than previously. As a result, the second element of the USRID keyword is now required and can no longer be *FIRST. The third element of the USRID keyword has been dropped. The RTNADDR keyword has been dropped as well.
CHGOUTQ2
The Change Out Queue 2 command allows a change of one or more *OUTQ object types. Not all keywords used by CHGOUTQ are supported. CHGOUTQ2 simplifies making mass changes to *OUTQ objects. For a more complete understanding of the parameters, see the CHGOUTQ command help text. An *OUTQ object owned by one of the system profiles may not be changed.
CHGPGM2
The Change Program 2 command allows a change to one or more *PGM object types. Not all of the CHGPGM parameters are supported. CHGPGM2 simplifies making mass changes to *PGM objects. For a more complete understanding of the parameters, see the CHGPGM2 command help text. A *PGM object owned by one of the system profiles may not be changed.
CHKTAACHG2
The Check TAA Change 2 command checks the last change date of objects in TAATOOL against the date the TAA version was installed. Any objects changed after the install date are listed. This allows a review of what has changed since the TAA Productivity Tools were installed. An *ALLOBJ user is required.
CMPIFSED
The Compare IFS Entry Description command compares the major attributes of two IFS objects. A listing is produced if any differences exist. An escape message is issued if differences exist and the command is run in batch or OUTPUT(*PRINT) is specified.
CMPSGNUSE
The Compare Signon to Last Used command allows a check to see if a profile is being used after the last signon date. This could occur if the profile name has not signed on since it was used such as in a SBMJOB command or a job schedule job. User profiles that are not permitted to signon will normally appear.
CMPSTMF
The Compare Stream File command compares two stream files and lists the From and To records that differ. The named stream files are copied to 9999 byte files in QTEMP and compared. If differences are found, the data from each record is listed up to 100 positions.
CVTDISTANC
The Convert Distance command allows a conversion from one type of value such as meters to a different type such as miles. The input value may be up to 9 digits with 2 decimals. The output value may be any of 15/0, 15/2, or 15/5. Conversions can be made for millimeters, centimeters, meters, kilometers, inches, feet, yards, miles, cable lengths, fathoms, and furlongs.
CVTOBJAUTD
The Convert Object Authority Description command converts individual authorities to an authority description of *ALL, *USE, *CHANGE, ‘USER DEF’, or *EXCLUDE. This can be helpful when dealing with an outfile such as that used by DSPUSRPRF TYPE(*OBJAUT).
CVTOUTQDTQ
The Convert Output Queue Data Queue command converts the entries sent by the system to a data queue if the DTAQ parameter is specified on CRT/CHGOUTQ. This allows a determination of spooled files that were output as opposed to the print accounting function which captures only those files that were actually printed.
CVTRCDLCK
The Convert Record Locks command converts the record locks from all jobs holding record locks on a specific file/member. You must have *JOBCTL special authority to use CVTRCDLCK. The outfile is always RCDLCKP with a format name of RCDLCKR. The model file TAADBJMP in TAATOOL is used.
DLTOLDOBJ
The Delete Old Object command deletes old objects in a library based on the create date of the objects and the number of days specified. If your approach is to create temporary objects in a permanent library and cleanup periodically based on the create date, DLTOLDOBJ may be useful.
DSPCMDKWD2
The Display Command Keyword 2 command displays or prints a simple list of the keywords used by a command. QSYS and TAATOOL command information is supplied in TAATOOL. User commands must be converted to a file using CVTCMDKWD.
DSPMSGDAT
The Display Message Queue by Date command provides a simple listing of the messages in a message queue by date and time. This provides a review of how old messages are in a message queue.
EDTDTAQ
The Edit Data Queue command allows editing of character data in a non-keyed data queue with a maximum entry length of up to 5000 bytes. An interactive display is used for editing and updates, deletions and new entries may be made.
RMVENDPER
The Remove Ending Period command removes an ending period (‘.’) from an input text value if it exists and returns a variable without the ending period. This can be useful when resending escape messages that may have an ending period.
RNMGENOBJ
The Rename Generic Object command allows a rename of generic objects in a named library. The new generic name value must be less than or equal to the length of the existing generic name. Any characters in the name of an object after the generic name are carried over to the new name. A listing is produced including any errors found.
RTVFLROBJ
The Retrieve Folder Object command allows the retrieval of information about a *FLR object when only the system object name that exists in the QDOC library is known. The system object names may appear from a function such as when using the DSPOBJD outfile. These names do not relate to a user recognizable name. RTVFLROBJ provides a translation from the *FLR object name to the information displayed by WRKFLR.
RTVJOBSTSL
The Retrieve Job Status Loop command allows the current job to delay until another job is in a specified status. For example, if you submit a batch job, you may not want to continue in your program until the batch job is active or on an output queue.
SCNEXTDTA
The Scan and Extract Data command scans a string of data for a value and returns the first n bytes prior to a blank after a successful scan. For example, if you are scanning message text, you might want the value after the word ‘library’.
SORTSRC
The Sort Source command allows a range of source statements in a source member to be sorted. The output is always to the SORTSRC member of the TAASORTSRC source file in QTEMP. The default is to sort on the entire source data value. From/To positions may be specified. You may then use the SORTSRC member to copy to wherever it is needed.
WRKUSRAUT
The Work User Authorizations command provides a work display for a user profile’s specific authorizations. This excludes the user’s owned objects. The outfile from DSPUSRPRF TYPE(*OBJAUT) is used internally to provide the basic information. Options exist to display the object description, display the authorizations, and edit the authorizations.
ADJAPOST
A new ACTION values was added for doubling the number of quotes and then adds 2 more.
AUDLOG
A new parameter has been added to allow the work file library to be named which could be in an ASP.
CPYUSRPRF
A new parameter OWNER has been added to allow the From User Profile to be a member of a group where the objects should be created as owned by the group.
RSTAUTL
A new parameter has been added to allow for the case where the library on the target system does not exist. This will cause flags on the listing as opposed to the command ending with an escape message. Both the SAVAUTL and RSTAUTL tools now support *DIR, *STMF, *DOC, and *FLR object types.
SNDSPLMAIL
The SUBJ parameter may now be entered and has been increased to 44 bytes. The name of the attachment will be the spooled file name plus ‘.txt’. Spooled file names longer than 8 bytes will be truncated to 8 for the attachment name.
The same enhancement has been made to SNDIFSMAIL, SNDSPLPDF, and SNDOBJMAIL.
SWPUSRPRF
The size of the CMD parameter has been increased to 32,000 to allow for any expansion done by the command analyzer.
TAAMSGF
The TAA9855 message ID used for completion messages now supports a second level capability which defaults to ‘&2’. The TAA9868 message has been added which is a duplicate of CPF9898 to allow a second level capability.
WRKALLSPLF
The job name has been added to the Alternate display.
WRKJOB2
The job name and user name may now contain generic values.
CVTSYSVAL
The command failed when the last page had no system values. This has been corrected. The QALWOBJRST multiple choices are now supported as well as on CMPSYSVAL. This change applies to V6R1 and following releases.
DUPMSGD
A single value for DMPLST was duplicated. Up to 15 values are now supported.
DYNMNU
When Option 6 (Test Dynamic Menu) was used from GO DYNMNU, the group profile of the user was used instead of the current user profile. This has been corrected.
MTNJRN
If a receiver is partially saved, the SAVINQMSG(*BYPASS) option will now bypass the receiver.
PRTPTFSUM
The command failed if the number of outfile records exceeded 13,000. This is now handled in the TAA program to allow *NOMAX.
RMVOLDMSG
When *ALL message queues in a library were specified, not all message queues were processed in some cases. This has been corrected.
RTVMTHNAM
The command failed for some dates in February. This has been corrected.
WRKALLSPLF
The error message stating that more than 9999 spooled files exist was not being displayed. This has been corrected. The message that occurred when more than 16GB occurred in the space is now ignored as later messages describe an error.
SNDSPLMAIL
The SUBJ parameter was changed from a default of *NOTUSED to a required parameter of 44 characters. The value becomes the subject seen by the receiving user. The first 8 characters of the spooled file name is concatenated with ‘.TXT’ to become the name of the attachment.
The same change has been made to SNDIFSMAIL, SNDSPLPDF, and SNDOBJMAIL.
CHGCLS2
The Change Class 2 command allows a change to one or more *CLS object types. CHGCLS2 simplifies making mass changes to *CLS objects. For a more complete understanding of the parameters, see the CHGCLS command help text. A *CLS object owned by one of the system profiles may not be changed.
CHGDSPF2
The Change Display File 2 command allows a change to one or more display files. Not all of the CHGDSPF parameters are supported. CHGDSPF2 simplifies making mass changes to display files. For a more complete understanding of the parameters, see the CHGDSPF command help text. A display file owned by one of the system profiles may not be changed.
CHGDTAQD2
The Change Data Queue Description 2 command allows a change to one or more *DTAQ object types. Not all of the CHGDTAQD parameters are supported. CHGDTAQD2 simplifies making mass changes to *DTAQ objects. For a more complete understanding of the parameters, see the CHGDTAQD command help text. A *DTAQ object owned by one of the system profiles may not be changed.
CHGJOBD2
The Change Job Description 2 command allows a change to one or more *JOBD object types. Not all of the CHGJOBD parameters are supported. CHGJOBD2 simplifies making mass changes to *JOBD objects. For a more complete understanding of the parameters, see the CHGJOBD command help text. A *JOBD object owned by one of the system profiles may not be changed.
CHKDUPSPLF
The Check Duplicate Spooled File command checks an outfile created by CVTOUTQ for duplicate spooled files. The check is made on the qualified job name, the spooled file name, and spooled file number. CHKDUPSPLF is intended for the case where the system may be creating duplicates.
CHKIFSSAV
The Check IFS Save command displays or prints a listing of IFS objects that need to be archived (saved). An outfile is optional. Using WRKLNK and option 8 (Display attributes), you can see the ‘Need to archive (System)’ information for an IFS object. It is changed to ‘Yes’ when the object is saved with a SAV command specifying UPDHST(*YES). CHKIFSSAV allows a review of the objects needed to be saved.
CHKMLTMBR
The Check Multiple Members command checks one or more files to determine those that have more than one member and those that allow more than one, but have 0 or 1 members. Exceptions are displayed or listed. Source files are implicitly bypassed. Only data base data files that can have members are checked (DDM is excluded).
CLRMSGQ2
The Clear Message Queue 2 command allows you to clear messages from one or more message queues based on the number of hours a message has been on the queue. CLRMSGQ2 may be used for any system message queue such as QSYSOPR or QSYSMSG or any user message queue. The command defaults to ACTION(*CHECK) to provide an indication of what would happen if ACTION(*REMOVE) had been specified.
CPYDBFDTAQ
The Copy Data Base File to Data Queue command copies a member of a data base file to a data queue. The data queue must be non-keyed and have a length less than or equal to 5000 bytes. The QSNDDTAQ API is used.
CPYDTAQ
The Copy Data Queue command copies the entries from one data queue to another. Both non-keyed and keyed data queues are supported, but must be of the same type, must have the same key length, and the same sender ID attribute. The entries may be added to or replace the entries in the To data queue. The QSNDDTAQ API is used.
CPYNEWSRCM
The Copy New Source Member command copies new members from one source file to another. A specific member, a generic member, or all members may be specified. If the member in the From file does not exist in the To file, it is copied to the To file. If it exists, it is flagged. A listing always occurs.
CPYSPCDBF
The Copy User Space to Data Base File command copies data from a user space to a data base file. The data base file may be up to 9999 bytes in length. An optional parameter allows copying of less than the full space. If the last data in the space is not the full length of a record, blanks will be appended.
DLTLIB3
The Delete Library 3 command provides a simple front end to DLTLIB and cleans up the low level messages. When the system DLTLIB command is used, low level messages are sent for each object that is deleted. DLTLIB3 cleans up the messages if the library is successfully deleted. If an error occurs, all messages will still exist.
DLTOWNOBJ
The Delete Owned Objects command allows an *ALLOBJ user to delete the objects that are owned by another profile. The command defaults to ACTION(*CHECK) to allow a review of the objects that would be deleted.
DSPAPYPTF
The Display Applied PTFs command displays objects that have a PTF number applied. One, generic, or all objects by type may be displayed in one or more libraries.
DSPDUPPRFA
The Display Duplicate Profile Attributes command displays or lists the profiles that have duplicates for such attributes as Initial Program, Job Description, User Class, etc. This provides a review of where changes may be needed.
DSPLSTPWDC
The Display Last Password Change command lists all or generic profiles by the date the password was last changed. Profiles that are set to PASSWORD(*NONE) are bypassed. The default is for ascending sequence.
DSPMSGCNT
The Display Message Count command displays a list of message queues and the number of messages in each. By default, message queues without any messages are bypassed.
MOVCRTDAT
The Move by Create Date command moves objects from one library to another based on a range of object creation dates specified. Because ACTION(*CHECK) is the default, no objects are moved and a listing describes those that would be moved. If ACTION(*MOVE) is specified, the objects are moved.
MOVMSGD
The Move Message Description command moves one, a range, or all message descriptions from one message file to another. Any message IDs that are moved are removed from the From message file. A listing is displayed or output of all messages moved and any errors that have occurred.
CHKFLDSPE
A new parameter has been added to allow an escape message to occur if spelling errors are found.
CVTDTAQ
A new field has been added to the outfile for entry number. The TAADTQMP is now a keyed file by entry number. The TAADTQML logical file has been added.
CVTFRMHEX
Optional parameters have been added for an error location if an invalid hex value exists and the value in error.
DSPDTAQ
The largest entry size that may be displayed has been increased to 5000.
MAILADR
A new parameter has been added to RTVMAILADR to allow the name that is specified to be treated as a generic name. The name parameter is now specified as *CHAR instead of *NAME thus allowing any value to be entered as a name.
PRTLIBCNT
New parameters have been added for OMITLIB and LIBTYPE.
SNDDTAQ
The maximum entry length has been increased from 512 to 5000 which is the largest value allowed in command definition. An additional parameter has been added to RCVDTAQ to allow up to 5000 bytes to be returned.
SRCARC
A new command CHKSRCARC has been added to list whether the archive members have an existing member in a source file.
TIMRCD
The maximum number of days difference has been increased from one to five.
WRKALLSPLF
The selection by USRDTA (if not generic) now uses the API selection to improve performance.
AUDLOG
The PRTAUDLOG tool failed with SEQ(*CODESUB) because an invalid field name was used on OPNQRYF. This has been corrected.
CAPSECINF
The RFMSECINF command failed with a text description that exceeded 50 bytes. This has been corrected.
CHGOBJAUT
The internally used PRINT command used *OPN instead of *OP2 which caused a spooled file to get printed on a very fast system. CHGOBJAUT is used by several commands that create outfiles. This has been corrected.
CMPLIBOBJA
A system error existed in the description of the OADDAT field in the DSPOBJAUT outfile. This caused the date to be handled as *MDY instead of *JOB. The TAA function has been created.
CVTIFSAUT2
The IAOWNR field was not being filled and the user profile name was not being checked. This has been corrected.
CVTMBRD
The internals have been reworked to use CVTOBJD6 instead of RTVOBJLST which was causing errors in some cases with DSPDLTSPC. The file parameter was not being handled correctly.
CVTOUTQ
Some changes have occurred in handling of errors reported by the API used. The same change has been made to CVTWRKSPLF.
DSPDSKSTS
If the DSASP2 number from CVTDSKSTS was 0, the command failed. The disk units are now described as ‘Not added’.
PAUSE
The number of seconds was missing from line 24 for the the default message. This has been corrected.
PRTASPLIB
When a change from an ASPDEV to an ASP number occurred, the value shown overlaid the previous value.. This has been corrected.
PRTNONOBS
The command failed if the storage was freed for a program. This has been corrected.
RTVCMDSRC2
If the display and printing of the help text is not complete, the code attempts to continue.
RTVJOBSTS
When STATUS(*LASTDATE) was specified, the wrong status could be returned. This has been corrected.
RTVOBJLST
The size of internal fields has been increased to account for a library with many objects.
SYSACT
In some environments, the CAPSYSACT command failed because of a mismatch of the QAITMON file and the file in the created library. The FMTOPT parameter has been added to the CPYF command to account for this.
CHKFLDSPE
The TAAPRT1 printer file is now used instead of QPRINT.
ACTDLTRCD
The Activate Deleted Record command writes an initialized record to a physical file relative record number. The record must be in a deleted status. This makes an active record in the file that can then be updated by other functions. The companion command is DLTACTRCD which deletes an active record.
ADDGRPPRF
The Add Group Profile command adds a Group Profile to one or more user profiles. The Group Profile is added either as the GRPPRF parameter or as a supplemental group (SUPGRPPRF parameter). A listing is output of the changes and any error conditions such as the profile is already specified as belonging to the group.
ADDINZRCD
The Add Initialized Record command adds one or more initialized records to an existing member of a physical file. Initialized records will have valid values in decimal fields, date fields, etc.
CHGPRFPUB
The Change User Profile to *PUBLIC command is designed for the situation where the objects in a library for the *PUBLIC user have different forms of authority and you want to authorize a new user profile to have the same authority as the *PUBLIC user. This would allow you to make the new user profile a group profile for designated profiles and then set the *PUBLIC user to *EXCLUDE to prevent access by non-authorized users. This allows members of the group to have the same authority as they had before.
CHGPRFPUB2
The Change User Profile to *PUBLIC 2 command is designed for the situation where IFS objects in a directory for the *PUBLIC user have different forms of authority and you want to authorize a new user profile to have the same authority as the *PUBLIC user. This would allow you to make the new user profile a group profile for designated profiles and then set the *PUBLIC user to *EXCLUDE to prevent access by non-authorized users. This allows members of the group to have the same authority as they had before.
CLCLRGVAR
The Calculate Large Variable command allows CL to work with character variables that exceed 15 bytes in length and contain up to 30 digits. Simple operations of Add, Sub, Multiply, and Divide are supported. Any values placed in the Factors are right aligned. The return result must be specified as *CHAR LEN(30) and will be right adjusted by default with leading blanks. A return value exists for a minus sign.
CMPDAT2
The Compare Date 2 command provides a simple comparison of a specified date to the current date plus or minus a number of days. A return variable that will contain GE or LT must be specified. The command is very efficient if the dates to be compared are in the current year. CMPDAT2 provides a simple method of determining whether a date is in a range of days from the current date.
CRTALLPRX
The Create All Proxy command checks for or re-creates commands as a proxy type that have the same name as a command in either QSYS or TAATOOL. Normal user commands are bypassed. Using proxy commands is safer for growth and should be used rather than duplicating a command object.
CRTINZRCD
The Create Initialized Record command creates one initialized record from an existing file into a new file. When using the DFT DDS keyword on many physical file fields, you may want to ensure the defaults are set correctly. CRTINZRCD creates an all default record to allow a review. The PRTDB2 command can be helpful in reviewing the values in the new file.
CVTIFSDAUT
The Convert IFS Data Authority command converts the output of the RTVIFSEAUT or CVTIFSEAUT commands individual fields to the description for data authorities that is seen using WRKLNK (option 9 for Work with Authorities). For example, if Read and Execute are the only individual data authorities that are specified, *RX would be returned.
CVTOBJAUT
The Convert Object Authority command creates an outfile of authorities for one or more objects in a library. The model file is QAOBJAUT (same as used by DSPOBJAUT). The outfile is always OBJAUTP with a format name of QSYDSAUT. The system command DSPOBJAUT allows output for a single object.
DSPFMTSEQ
The Display Format Sequence command displays the fields in a physical or single format logical file in various sequences such as by field name or type and length. When a file has a large number of fields, DSPFMTSEQ may be helpful in reviewing the fields in the format.
DSPOBJDMG
The Display Object Damage command displays object damage as reported by the object list API (QGYOLOBJ). This may not be the only damage to an object. If damage is reported, you should re-create any such objects.
DSPTRGSTS
The Display Trigger Status command displays the trigger status of the programs for one or more files in one or more libraries. An ‘escape’ parameter exists to allow you to send an escape message if one or more programs are disabled or inoperative.
EXPFIL
The Expire File tool is a series of commands that allow you to set an expiration date for a file of any type. The system supports an expiration date for members, but not for files. You must have *ALLOBJ authority to use any of the commands in the EXPFIL tool.
RTVMSGD3
The Retrieve Message Description 3 command retrieves the format of the replacement data descriptions for a specific message ID. A large variable is returned made up of 20 byte elements for up to 49 replacement descriptions. Each element contains the type, the length, and the number of decimal positions if any. The QMHRTVM API is used.
SCNDBFFLD2
The Scan Data Base Field 2 command is intended for name and address data base files when some pieces of a name and address are known but not all. SCNDBFFLD2 scans up to 5 character fields for up to 5 15 byte strings each. For example, if you know a string of letters from a name and a few from the address, SCNDBFFLD2 can help find the record.
TRGSAMPLE
The Trigger Sample tool provides some sample objects for learning how to write a trigger program. Starting with a sample that uses standard field names for basic trigger fields and your own field names for your data base file makes it simple to write a trigger program. You must copy the code from the TAA Archive to be able to work with it.
UPDPFILE2
The Update PFILE 2 command updates one or more LF source type (not LF38) members to change the PFILE keyword to a library qualified value. This allows the source to be changed to indicate that the LF should be built over a PF in a specific library. If the existing physical file is on the library list, attempting to create the new logical file over a copy of the physical can often result in the logical being built over the wrong physical file.
WRKOWNOBJ
The Work Owned Objects command provides a work display for a user profile’s owned objects. The outfile from DSPUSRPRF TYPE(*OBJOWN) is used internally to provide the basic information. Various options exist to work with the objects such as change, delete, display, duplicate, etc.
CRTDBFJRN
A new parameter has been added for GENLVL.
CVTLIBCNT
A new field has been added to the outfiles for the library ASP device name.
DYNMNU
Two new commands MTNMNUHST and MTNMNUCMD have been added to assist in the cleanup of the MNUHSTP and MNUCMDP files. Both commands allow a retention date.
JOBACG
The ANZJOBACG command now supports selection on the number of CPU seconds used.
PRTLIBANL
The ASP parameter now supports 1-99. The ASPDEV parameter has been added.
PRTLIBCNT
A new option exists to sequence on the ASP device name. The ASP device name now appears on the listing.
SNDUSRBRK
A new parameter has been added to allow control over whether the user receives a message at each signed on workstation or only the first.
CPYSPLFIFS
The objects in QTEMP are now cleaned up. A restriction is now stated relative to the owner or whether *ALLOBJ is required. The program was not monitoring for an IFS object not found. This has been corrected.
CVTAUDLOG3
The command has been updated to use the *TYPE5 journal entries now used by the AUDLOG tool.
CVTOBJD3
The use of DSPOBJD to the outfile TAATMPOBJ did not create a *NOMAX size file. This has been corrected.
RTVPFSRC
The CCSID keyword was added if the field type of date, time, or timestamp. This is invalid and the keyword is now dropped. Also caused error with CRTDBFJRN.
CVTDTAQ
The TAADTQMP file is now a keyed file by entry number.
CLRJOBQ2
The Clear Job Queue 2 command clears selected jobs from a job queue. Jobs may be cleared based on a combination of selection criteria such as job, user, status, and priority. At least one selection type must be made. A job must satisfy all selection types specified to be ended. A ‘check option’ exists to allow a determination of which jobs would be ended.
CLROUTQ3
The Clear Output Queue 3 command clears selected spooled files from an output queue. Spooled files may be deleted based on a combination of selection criteria such as job, user, form type, status, and priority. At least one selection type must be made. A spooled file must satisfy all selection types specified to be deleted. A ‘check option’ exists to allow a determination of which spooled files would be deleted.
CPYMSG
The Copy Message command copies one or more messages with a specific message ID from one external message queue to another. The message is copied to the To queue by the use of SNDPGMMSG. A selection by job, user, and job number may also be made.
CPYPGMQM
The Copy Program Message Queue Message command copies one or more messages from the current job’s program message queue to an external message queue. You must use RTVMSGKEY to mark the boundary of where messages should begin to be sent from. CPYPGMQM may be used in special debugging situations or on a normal basis to capture problem determination information instead of the entire job log.
CVTJRNRCVD
The Convert Journal Receiver Directory command creates an outfile with one record per journal receiver for a specific journal. The API QjoRetrieveJournalInformation is used. The outfile is always JRNFILP with a format name of JRNRCVR. This is the same outfile as was used by CVTJRNA.
CVTOBJD6
The Convert Object Description 6 command creates the OBJDSCQ outfile of objects similar to DSPOBJD. However, the output records contain only the object, library, object type, object attribute, user attribute, and text description. The advantage of this approach is that the system does not have to determine the size of the objects. If a file has many members, the basic information can be retrieved quickly.
DSPEMTAUTL
The Display Empty Authorization List command displays Authorization Lists (not owned by QSYS) that do not control any objects. This includes library objects, IFS objects, and DLS objects. An option exists to include all Authorization Lists (not owned by QSYS).
DSPEMTMSGF
The Display Empty Message File command displays one or more message files that have no message IDs. A flag may be set if the message file has not been used in the last n days. An option exists to list all message files. DSPEMTMSGF can be helpful in cleaning up unused message files.
DSPEMTSAVF
The Display Empty Save File command displays or lists one or more save files that have no objects. The default is to bypass save file names beginning with Q as there may be many PTF save files in existence.
DSPEMTSPC
The Display Empty User Space command displays or lists one or more User Space objects where the User Space contains only the initial value described when CRTUSRSPC was used. An option exists to list all User Space objects. DSPEMTSPC can be helpful in cleaning up unused User Space objects.
DSPIPLHST
The Display IPL History command displays or lists the dates and times that an IPL has occurred within a range of dates. The inclusion of the normal power down entries is optional as well as IPL completion. You must be using the CVTQHST2 tool command to first convert the QHST information.
DSPOBJ2
The Display Object 2 command provides a subfile display of one or more objects. The display format is similar to WRKOBJ, but supports only a single option 5=Display. This invokes the TAA DSPOBJD2 command which provides other display options such as DSPOBJAUT and the F8 option which changes based on the object type to allow a display of additional details.
DSPPTFSAVF
The Display PTF Save File Summary command provides a summary of save files for each release and product ID combination. This allows a review of how much space is being taken by PTF save files in QGPL.
DSPWTR
The Display Writer command is similar to the system WRKWTR command, but allows only display options plus describing the number of files in the associated output queue. The command is intended for end users who need to display information about one or more writers, but should not be able to make any changes. An optional method of displaying the output queue associated with the printer is provided.
DSPWTRSTS
The Display Writer Status command displays the status of a writer. The printer device name must be entered. No change options are supported. This allows typical end users to determine the writer status without providing options to change.
DUPCHAR
The Duplicate Characters command duplicates a string of 1 to 50 characters to a return variable. An output length must be described. The return variable must be 32,000 bytes. DUPCHAR can be used as a testing aid or for other unique situations.
EDTLRGVAR
The Edit Large Variable command provides editing for a large character variable that contains numeric data. Some system functions return large character variables that exceed 15 digits and place them in *CHAR variables. A *CHAR input value of up to 30 bytes is supported. The return CHROUT value must be declared as *CHAR LEN(43).
SCNQHST
The Scan QHST command scans QHST information for a string of characters. You must first convert the QHST information using the CVTQHST2 command of the DSPQHST2 tool. Selection of which messages to scan may be made on a date range, Job, User, Job number, and Message ID. The scan occurs on the first level text and the message data of the each message.
WRKJOBQ2
The Work Job Queue 2 command is similar to the system WRKJOBQ command, but allows all or a generic named job queue in a named or generic library. Similar options exist as with WRKJOBQ to work with, hold, release, etc. If you have multiple job queues in the same library, WRKJOBQ2 can be helpful in reviewing the jobs.
WRKROMNUM
The Work Roman Numeral tool provides 3 commands. CVTFRMROM converts from a Roman Numeral such as LX to a decimal value. CVTTOROM converts from a decimal value to a Roman Numeral value. WRKROMNUM provides a work display with both functions.
AUDLOG
The new RFMAUDLOG command may be used to increase the size of the entry data field.
CVTJOB
A new field has been added to the outfile for active job status.
CVTJRNA
The JRNRCVP file is now output by the CVTJRNRCVD command.
CVTMODINF
A new field has been added to the outfile for Close SQL cursors.
DSPSBMJOB
A new parameter has been added to allow a constant to be used instead of the program name when SPLF(*PGM) is specified.
JOBACG
A new command RTVJOBACGR (Retrieve Job Accounting Record) has been added.
MTNJRN
If a single journal is specified, the MTNJRN data area will be created in QTEMP with information regarding the receiver that was created (if any), the number of deleted receivers, and the amount of deleted storage.
RGZALLPFM
New parameters have been added to better match the RGZPFM system command.
RGZLIB
A new parameter has been added to allow bypassing of files that are being journaled.
RTVILEMODA
A new parameter has been added for CLSSQLCURS.
SBMJOBSCDE
A new parameter for USRPRF has been added to allow either the name in the job schedule entry or a specific user profile. You must be authorized to the profile to be used.
SCNVAR2
The size of the PATTERN has been increased from 999 to 5000.
SPLARC
A new command (DSPSPLARCS) has been added to provide different types of summaries of the spool audit records.
AUDLOG
The AUDLOGP file now supports 20 byte journal entry sequence numbers. The RFMAUDLOG command has been added and is required to reformat the existing files. Longer entry data characters were being dropped. This has been corrected.
CHG128PWD
The CHG128PWD command had the wrong library qualifier for the TAASEKKC9 program. It should be TAASECURE. The TAASEKKC program attempted to run CHG128PWD2 from TAATOOL2 instead of TAATOOL. These errors have been corrected.
CHKIBMLIB
User libraries were not being properly considered when LIB(*ALLUSR) was specified. This has been corrected. Other tools such as CHKALLDBD and CVTLIBDBF were impacted.
CLPDBR
The TAADBKNR51 program did not specify a return which caused the compilation to fail with the latest PTF. This has been corrected.
CMPSYSVAL
Additional entries for QAUDCTL are now being compared. Additional entries for QSSLCSL are now being converted. This applies to V6R1 and following IBM i releases.
CPYSPLFIFS
The command requires less authority t use. This is due to the CHKPRDOPT system command being checked by a program that adopts and the use of RTVIFSED which no longer requires authority to the TAACVTIFS Authorization List.
CVTAUTLOBJ
In some cases, the same objects were output twice. This has been corrected.
CVTCMDA
If the command information cannot be retrieved using the sub tool RTVCMDA, the value ‘**RTVERR**’ is placed in the CACPP field. If a CPF6250 retrieve error occurs, CVTCMDA no longer ends with an escape message.
CVTJRNA
The writing of the JRNRCVP file is now done via the new tool CVTJRNRCVD. This allows greater than 1500 journal receivers to be converted. LF38 file types were not being handled. This has been corrected.
CVTLIBDBF
The proper format is now checked for and a specific error message is used to describe how to recover if differences exist.
CVTPGMA
Escape message CPF9806 (cannot perform operation) are now bypassed. A similar change has been made to CVTPGMA2 and CVTMODINF.
CVTPING
Message TCP3206 (no response in n seconds) is now being checked further. This avoids zeros in many fields in the outfile.
CVTPRTSTS
If a specific printer devices was named, all devices were output. The device description was blank in the outfile. These errors have been corrected.
CVTSAVFD
The TAASPACE *USRSPC object was not being created. This has been corrected.
CVTSYSVAL
Only the first entry for QAUDCTL was being converted. The multiple entries for QSSLCSL were not being converted. These errors have been corrected. This applies to V6R1 and following IBM i releases.
CVTWRKSPLF
The EXPDATE(*NONE) value did not convert any spooled files that had blanks in the expiration date field. This has been corrected.
DSPACGSGN
The user profile name was blank on the listing. This has been corrected.
DSPOBJD2
A generic library name was not properly handled. Libraries that did not match were included. This has been corrected. Better handling of errors from sub functions has been included along with a better error message if a single object request failed.
DSPSBMJOB
If F5 was used to refresh, the command aborted in some cases because the user space did not exist. The size of the internal array has been increased from 1000 to 2000 jobs.
DSPWHRUSE
The CRTWHRUSE command was failing if QUERY(*YES) was specified and no query objects existed. This has been corrected.
HLDJOB2
The command did not find jobs on the job queue. This has been corrected. The interface has been reworked so the JOBTYP parameter is now JOBSTS.
JOBACG
The RFMJOBACG command failed if converting from V5R4 to V7R1 because a logical file did not exist. This has been corrected.
QRYUSE
The CRTQRYUSE command was failing on some attempts to access the outfile of objects.
RLSJOB2
The command did not find jobs on the job queue. This has been corrected. The interface has been reworked so the JOBTYP parameter is now JOBSTS.
RTVIFSED
The command (and RTVIFSED2) no longer checks for authorization to the TAACVTIFS authorization list.
RTVSAVFD
The TAASPACE *USRSPC object is deleted in QTEMP when the command completes.
SAVCHG23
The command was failing on SAVSECDTA. This has been corrected.
SCNDUPRCD
The command failed in some cases if a large number of duplicate groups were found. More than 9999 are now bypassed.
SCNSPLF
The size of the internal file in QTEMP has been set to *NOMAX.
SCNSPLF2
The size of the temporary file in QTEMP has been changed to *NOMAX.
SNDESCMSG3
The command failed if used in batch. Instead of creating a message queue in QTEMP, the existing TAAMSGF message file is used to correct the problem of QTEMP being cleared by the system at job end. The same change has been made to SNDPGMMSG2.
SNDSPLPDF
Less authority is now required. See the changes for the sub tool CPYSPLFIFS.
SNDTXTMAIL
When logging was used with multiple send-to’s, the recipient type was set to blanks causing a failure. This has been corrected.
STRJRNLIB2
CVTOBJD4 is now used instead of DSPOBJD to create outfiles. This fix was not put into V5R4 and previous releases.
AUDLOG
The AUDLOGP file now supports 20 byte journal entry sequence numbers. The RFMAUDLOG command has been added and is required to reformat the existing files.
CVTCMDA
If a command cannot be retrieved using the sub tool RTVCMDA, the value ‘**RTVERR**’ is placed in the CACPP field. If a CPF6250 retrieve error occurs, the command now completes normally.
HLDJOB2
The command interface has changed. The JOBTYP parameter is now JOBSTS.
RLSJOB2
The command interface has changed. The JOBTYP parameter is now JOBSTS.
RTVIFSED
Authorization to the RTVIFSED command (and RTVIFSED2) is now *PUBLIC. Prior to this, a check occurred in the CPP to ensure *USE authority to the TAACVTIFS *AUTL.
ADDHEX
The Add Hexadecimal command adds or subtracts two hexadecimal or decimal values and returns either or both a hexadecimal or decimal value. Either unsigned or signed hex values may be entered. ADDHEX can be helpful when viewing dumps or user spaces.
CHGDTAQD
The Change Data Queue Description command changes one or more attributes for a data queue. Only standard data queues are supported (not DDM data queues). The API QMHQCDQ is used. Not all attributes are supported by the API.
CHGFUNCNAM
The Change Function Name command allows you to change the description of the Function field on WRKACTJOB to provide a better indication of what a job is doing. The command must be used in a CL program and not from a command entry line. The value on WRKACTJOB would appear as USR-xxxx where xxxx is the 10 bytes specified on CHGFUNCNAM.
CHKCCSID
The Check CCSID command checks one, generic, or all objects in a library for a specified CCSID. An escape message (TAA9891) is sent if any exceptions exist and a listing is displayed. Only the object types that support a CCSID are checked.
CHKDEC
The Check Decimal command checks a string of up to 512 bytes for whether only digits 0-9 exist. Embedded blanks are considered invalid. A check for a leading and trailing minus sign is optional.
CHKJOBSTS
The Check Job Status command provides a simple test to determine if a job exists and what the status is (such as *JOBQ, *ACTIVE, or *OUTQ). A job type such as INT or BCH may also be specified. An exception message is optional if more than one job meets the criteria.
CHK1STMBR
The Check 1st Member command checks one or more files to determine if the first member has the same name as the file. Exceptions are displayed or listed. Source files are implicitly bypassed. Only data base data files that can have members are checked (DDM is excluded).
CLRGENSRC
The Clear Generic Source command clears generic members in one or more source files in a specified library. Special values such as *STD may be used for the source file name to clear generic members from source files such as QCLSRC and QCMDSRC. The default is ACTION(*CHECK) which describes in messages the members that would be cleared.
CVTJRNOBJ
The Convert Journal Objects command converts the objects that are being journaled from a specified journal to an outfile. Different object types are handled including IFS objects. The outfile is always CVTJRNP which uses the model file TAAJROTP and a format name of JRNOBJR.
DLTGENPRF
The Delete Generic Profile command deletes profiles using a generic user profile name. User profiles starting with the letter ‘Q’ or owned by the system cannot be deleted. The default is ACTION(*CHECK) which does not delete any profiles.
DLTLSTUSE
The Delete Last Used command deletes objects in a library based on the last used date and the number of days specified. If an object has never been used, the create date is used instead. DLTLSTUSE provides a cleanup when objects are no longer being used.
DSPEMTLIB
The Display Empty Libraries command displays or lists one or more libraries that have no objects. The command performs quickly as the simplest form of the API to retrieve object information is used.
DSPJRNOBJC
The Display Journal Object Counts command displays or lists counts of object types that are being journaled to a named journal. This includes data base files, members, access paths, data areas, data queues, IFS objects, command definitions, libraries, and journal receivers.
DSPNETSVRA
The Display NetServer Attributes command displays or lists the attributes associated with the i5/OS NetServer. This includes both the current and pending attributes.
DSPNETSVRS
The Display Net Server Statistics command displays the current i5/OS NetServer statistics. The RTVNETSVRS command is used internally which runs the QZLSOLST API.
RTVCCSIDPF
The Retrieve CCSID From PF command retrieves the CCSID from a physical file. If the file has multiple CCSIDs, TAA9896 is sent as an escape message.
RTVJRNOBJC
The Retrieve Journal Object Counts command retrieves summary information for different object types that are being journaled to a named journal. The API QjoRetrieveJournalInformation is used. The counts are kept by the system (the individual object information is not read).
RTVNETSVRA
The Retrieve NetServer Attributes command retrieves attributes about the NetServer. Both current and pending attributes may be retrieved.
RTVNETSVRS
The Retrieve NetServer Statistics command retrieves the current statistics about the NetServer such as the number of file opens and the average response time. The QZLSOLST API is used.
WRKADDHEX
The Work Add Hexadecimal command provides a work display for adding a hex or a decimal value to a hex or decimal value. The hexadecimal values may be entered as either unsigned or signed values. The result is returned as both hex and decimal values. Help text is provided for the display.
CAPSECINF
A new command (RFMSECINF) has been added to reformat the files used if a level ID change occurs because a new version was installed.
CHKRSDSTE
A new parameter has been added to allow an update of the date/time the command found that the restricted state was reached.
CPYTOCSV
The maximum field size has been increased to 2000 bytes both before running and placing of quotes into the output data.
CRTDBFJRN
A RCVRNG parameter has been added to allow additional control of what journal entries should be retrieved.
CVTJRNA
A MBROPT parameter has been added to allow adding records to the outfile members.
CVTLIBLCK
An OBJ and OBJTYPE parameters have been added to the command.
CVTOBJD3
A generic library name is now supported.
CVTOBJD4
A generic library name is now supported.
DLTIFS
A new keyword DLTSYMLNK has been added to DLTIFS/DLTIFS2 to prevent the deletion of *SYMLNK object types. The default remains the same to delete them.
DLTOLDQRPL
The number of hours has been increased from 99 to 999.
DSAUSRPRF
A new file exists in TAASECURE that can be used to add exception profile names that cannot be disabled. This provides additional names over the 45 supported by the constant data area in TAASECURE.
DSPAUTLOB2
A summary by object type is now provided.
DSPDTAQD
New fields have been added for Auto Reclaim and Enforce Locks.
FAVCMD
A REPLACE parameter has been added to the ADDFAVCMD command. A new command EXCFAVCMDL has been added to allow combining existing IDs to execute them consecutively. ADDFAVCMD may also be used after EXCFAVCMDL to assign a new ID for the combined set.
OUTFFLD
A new command SCNOUTFFLD has been added to allow scanning for a string of text in the field description text.
RCVMSGKEY
An new return variable has been added for the RTNMSGID.
RPTCMD
The command to be entered may now be prompted with F4.
RTVDSPFA
An new return variable has been added for the CCSID of the file.
RTVPRTFA
An new return variable has been added for the CCSID of the file.
Install
The SECMSG *MSGF was not getting installed. This has been corrected. The install program TAINSBC5 was affected.
CHGOBJAUT2
If the library was controlled by an *AUTL and the CRTAUT value was the name of an *AUTL (could be the same), the command failed. This has been corrected and the object being changed is now controlled by the *AUTL and the *PUBLIC profile set to *AUTL. This was causing a failure for the tools that created outfiles in this type of library such as CVTCLSA.
CMPWLDCRD
When CMPWLDCRD or CMPWLDCRD2 was used and part of the name was satisfied, but not all, the compare value was not reset. This has been corrected.
CRTDBFJRN
If INZDLTDFT(*YES) is used on a file with IMAGES(*AFTER), the tool now sends an escape message if the user does not have *OBJOPR and *OBJMGT. Prior to this change, the tool failed on CRTDUPOBJ. The CRTDUPOBJ command has been changed to specify CST(*NO) and TRG(*NO).
CVTAUTLOBJ
When used with a large number of objects, the command sometimes failed. This has been corrected.
CVTDSKSTS
In some cases, there was no TAASYSFC member which is now added. This has been corrected.
CVTJRNA
If a journal receiver was deleted during processing, the command may fail. A check is now made, and if a receiver no longer exists, it is bypassed.
CVTMSGF
The change made in Jan, 2011 for V5R4 was in error. This has been corrected.
CVTOBJD3
The OUTMBR parameter was not being processed. This has been corrected.
DSPAUTLOB2
The objects count information was wrong in some cases. This has been corrected.
DSPIFS
When a non-generic name was used in the OBJNAM parameter, all objects were being displayed. When searching for asterisks in the OBJNAM parameter, in some situations excess *ANDs were inserted in the selection. These errors have been corrected.
DSPSBMJOB
The sequencing of the display is now done by both date and time the job entered the system.
FNDCMD
In some cases the CRTFNDCMD found commands that identify themselves as PRX, but the RTVCMDA command failed on an unknown library. This error is now bypassed.
JOBACG
If option 6 was used on DSPJOBACG, the prompt for the Audit Log library now allows an overkey by the user.
MTNJRN
If a journal receiver was deleted by another job during processing, the command could fail. This condition is now bypassed.
PRTAUTLOBJ
If an *AUTL was locked, the information could not be accessed and the command failed. This condition is now bypassed and noted in the output. PRTAUTLOBJ failed if an object was deleted during processing. This condition is now just bypassed. PRTAUTLOBJ also failed if an object was locked. This condition is now noted on the listing.
RCVMSGKEY
The command now includes the ENDKEY parameter which must be filled from the RTVMSGKEY command which should be issued after the function that cause low level messages.
RMVOLDMSG
The command mostly failed with no messages found as of an early 2012 version. This has been corrected.
SBMSAVSNDL
If a specific JOBQ was named, an error occurred on CHKOBJ3. This has been corrected.
SNDUSRBRK
If a user had multiple jobs and a request for the user was made, not all jobs were sent to. This has been corrected.
WRKIFS
The selection criteria was not handled properly when lower case was used in all situations. This has been corrected.
RCVMSGKEY
The ENDKEY parameter has been added and is required. It should be filled with the value from RTVMSGKEY that should be entered before the function that creates low level messages.
ADJTIM
The Adjust Time command adjusts the time of day clock. The adjustment is specified either plus or minus in microseconds. The adjustment period occurs over a period of time such as it may take several minutes for a few seconds to be adjusted. The time for the adjustment to take place is also dependent on hardware speed. The QWCADJTM API is used.
ANZCLPCMD
The Analyze CLP Commands command analyzes the CLP commands in the CLPCMDP file created by the CVTCLPCMD TAA tool. A summary by command name is listed. Selection can occur by such things as a source file name and library.
CHKLVLMSG
The Check Low Level Message command allows you to monitor for a message ID sent by a command that does not send an escape message. The message being sent must be from a message file (it cannot be an ‘impromptu’ type). See the example in the tool documentation for how to use CHKLVLMSG.
CMPDBF3
The Compare Data Base File 3 command compares a member from two data physical files. The files are copied to temporary files in QTEMP and a logical file is built over each file with the key as the entire record. The From file is then read and an attempt is made to to randomly access the same key in the To file. Exceptions are noted. The process then repeats for the To file.
CPYFRMSTM2
The Copy From Stream File 2 command is a front end to the system CPYFRMSTMF command. CPYFRMSTM2 uses a normal object prompt for a file and member to allow a simple copy from an IFS stream file to a data base member or save file. Only a member of a program described physical file, a member of a source physical file, or a save file may be copied to.
CPYSPLF3
The Copy Spooled File 3 command splits a spooled file into multiple spooled files based on a change in value of the data at a specific line and position of each page. Assume you have a report by salesman for all salesmen and want to split the report so there is separate spooled file for each salesman. The salesman number must be listed at the same location on each page, but does not have to be on the first line.
CPYTOFLAT
The Copy to Flat File command copies an externally described file to a flat file (a single field file). Decimal and binary fields are converted to character and an extra position is added for the sign value for all decimal fields. The flat file must not exist and is created by the command with a length large enough to hold the data. CPYTOFLAT can make a human readable data base file.
CPYTOSTMF2
The Copy To Stream File 2 command is a front end to the system CPYTOSTMF command. CPYTOSTMF2 uses a normal object prompt for a file and member. The TOSTMF name defaults to allow a simple copy from a data base member to an IFS stream file in the user’s home directory. Only a member of a program described physical file, a member of a source physical file, or a save file may be copied.
CVTAUTLOBJ
The Convert Authorization List Objects command converts information about library objects, IFS objects, and or *DLS objects for one or more Authorization Lists to an outfile. Each object is represented by one record which includes the full path name. Library objects are also described with their library names.
CVTCLPCMD
The Convert CLP Command command converts CL commands from CL type source to an outfile. One record would be written for each command with the identifying information such as member name, sequence number, and last change date. Some commands such as SBMJOB or IF which contain a sub command will also cause a record to be written which is identified as a sub command.
CVTOBJDAT
The Convert Object Description Date command is intended for converting the MMDDYY format used in the date fields of the DSPOBJD outfile. The date is returned in the CYYMMDD format. The CPP may be called directly.
DSPAUTLOB2
The Display Auth List Objects 2 command differs from the system DSPAUTLOBJ command by 1) providing *IFS and *DLS objects in addition to library objects and 2) allowing a generic name or all Authorization Lists. The full path name (up to 5000 bytes) is displayed or listed.
DSPCLPCMD
The Display CLP Command command displays commands from the CLPCMDP file created by CVTCLPCMD. Various search criteria such as the source file library may be named. DSPCLPCMD provides a fast access for where a specific command name has been used.
DSPDBFFLD
The Display Data Base Field command displays the attribute information for a field in a physical file or a single format logical file. The attributes include such things as the length, decimal positions, buffer position in the record, text, and column headings.
DSPLIBAUT
The Display Library Authority command provides a listing of one, generic, or all objects in a library with the individual authorizations to objects. One line is output for each authorized user. Selections can be made by different parameters such as object type.
DSPTIMADJ
The Display Time Adjustment command displays the information regarding a time adjustment. See the TAA command ADJTIM for a method of changing the time of day clock forward or backward n seconds. DSPTIMADJ displays the information of whether an adjustment is being made and if so how much time is needed to complete the adjustment. The RTVTIMADJ command is also included which uses the QWCRTVTM API.
RMVEQLSRC
The Remove Equal Source command removes members from a test type of source file that are a 100% match to a corresponding member in a production type of source file. The default is ACTION(*CHECK) to allow you to see what would be removed by ACTION(*REMOVE). RMVEQLSRC can purge the members that are no longer needed in a test type of source file.
SBMFTPCMD
The Submit FTP Command command submits a single command to run on another System i that is connected via FTP. It could be another LPAR partition on the same physical hardware. Like SBMNETJOB or SBMRMTCMD, SBMFTPCMD provides a simple method of submitting a job to another system, but uses the more popular FTP protocol.
SNDOBJMAIL
The Save and Mail Object command simplifies sending objects as an attachment to an Email. The command uses the sub tools SAVOBJIFS and SNDIFSMAIL to create a save file in QTEMP, save the object(s), copy the save file to an IFS stream file, and attach the stream file to an Email which is sent using the SNDDST system command. The TAA Tool RSTOBJIFS may be used to restore the object(s).
SNDSPLPDF
The Send Spooled File as a PDF command sends a normal spooled file as a PDF to one or more users. This allows the end user to view the information with a technique that he may be more familiar with.
CMPDBF2
The limit of the number of key fields has been increased from 6 to 10.
CVTALLJOBQ
A new parameter has been added for ASPDEV.
CVTALLOUTQ
A new parameter has been added for ASPDEV.
CVTASPA
A new field has been added for the number of multiple connection units.
CVTDSKSTS
New fields have been added to the outfile.
CVTOBJD4
A new parameter has been added for ASPDEV. The OBJTYPE parameter is now a list that supports up to 300 object types.
CVTOUTQ
The QGYSERVER job is now ended when CVTOUTQ completes. The same change has been made to CVTWRKSPLF.
CVTWRKSBS
A new parameter exists to allow a specific or generic subsystem to be named.
DLTOLDSPLF
The ASPDEV parameter has been added. The LIST parameter now supports the special value *SYSBAS to allow bypassing of output queues in the system basic ASP.
DSPLIBSIZ
The ASPDEV parameter has been added.
DSPOBJSIZ
A minimum size parameter has been added.
FNDJOB
New parameters have been added to allow a selection of a start and end date compared to when the job went active.
JLGCTL
A new option for the CVTJLGCTL DLTCVTJLG parameter of *YES2 allows deletion of job logs that are converted by both the current use of CVTJLGCTL and a prior use that still exist to be deleted.
RTVASPSTS
The new return parameter exists for the number of multiple connection units. The new value is displayed with DSPASPA2.
STRTRCDBG
The command now checks to see if the ILE debugger can be used.
SYSHST
The total number of spooled file members with data is now displayed.
TIMRCD
The DSPTIMRCD command now also displays the time difference in Hours/Minutes/Seconds.
CHKIBMLIB
Some libraries beginning with Q were not bypassed by *ALLUSR.
CMPSRC
The spooled file name of unmatched members was TAAPRT1. This has been corrected to be the member name.
CPYTOCSV
An index error was caused if a large field was to be converted and the field size increased beyond 500 due to additional quotes and double quotes. The output size of the output field has been increased to 600 and a specific error message has been added if this size is exceeded.
CVTDSKSTS
Misleading MCH1210 messages have been removed from the job log.
CVTWRKSBS
An internal variable was defined as a length of 8 instead of 10 for the subsystem name. This has been corrected.
DSPDLTSPC
The internal field for deleted space was increased from
DSPJOBSCDC
If a *MONTHLY job was scheduled for *MONTHEND or *MONTHSTR, the command failed. This has been corrected. 11/0 to 15/0.
DSPQHST2
If a specific user was specified along with a message ID to omit, the code looped. This has been corrected.
PRTBIGOBJ
A generic name in the OMITLIB parameter failed. This has been corrected.
QRYUSE
The CVTQRYUSE command was not converting all files used in some queries. The support is now better, but may never be perfect.
RTVNBRACT
The request for a specific subsystem failed if the user was not authorized to all subsystems. This has been corrected.
RTVPFSRC
The CCSID keyword is now handled with the *CONVERT and *NORMALIZE options. The DDS field length for G (Graphic) field type is now correct. This change improves the CRTDBFJRN capability.
SNDSTSCNT
The code now ensues that a TOTCNT value greater than 0 is specified for the *PCT or *BAR options.
SNDTXTMAIL
The code required that a MAILADR library exist when SENDTO(*INT) was specified. This has been corrected. The same change has been made to SNDIFSMAIL and SNDSPLMAIL.
TIMRCD
If a job ran past midnight, the wrong total time was reported. This has been corrected.
WRKRMTOUTQ
The text for the output queue was wrong if OUTPUT(*(PRINT) was used. This has been corrected.
WRKSBSJOBQ
The previous fix for a missing library did not blank the previous library name. This has been corrected.
RTVCCSID
TAA9891 is now sent as an escape message if the file being retrieved is a source file.
ANZOUTQ
The Analyze Output Queue command provides summary information for various attributes of spooled files in an output queue such as by form type, by user, by schedule, by open date, etc. For each category, a count is also supplied. ANZOUTQ provides a good summary of what exists.
CHG128PWD
The Change 128 Password command is intended for those environments using 128 byte passwords where a change to a user password should be replicated on one or more systems.
CHKAUDLOGP
The Check AUDLOGP command checks audit entries for valid changes to the AUDLOG TAA Tool AUDLOGP file. CHKAUDLOGP helps ensure that the AUDLOGP file is a true representation of the QAUDJRN journal. You must be using the QAUDJRN journal and the AUDLOG tool.
CHKJOBACGP
The Check JOBACGP command checks audit entries for valid changes to the JOBACG TAA Tool JOBACGP file. CHKJOBACGP helps ensure that the JOBACGP file is a true representation of the QACGJRN journal. You must be using the QACGJRN journal and have set auditing for the JOBACGP file.
CHKMSGID
The Check Message ID command checks if a message ID exists in a message file. The command completes normally if the message ID exists and sends TAA9891 as an escape message if it does not.
CHKTAACRT
The Check TAA Create System command provides a check of all objects in TAATOOL to determine if they have been created on a TAASYSnn system. A listing is produced of any exceptions. It is not an error to create your own version of some TAA function, but CHKTAACRT provides an auditor with a tool to review if changes from the shipped version have occurred.
CMPJOBA
The Compare Job Attributes command compares the attributes of two jobs. A display or listing is output of any differences found. When two jobs differ in how they operate, CMPJOBA may be helpful in identifying why they differ. This tool was introduced in 7.1.
CMPSPLFA
The Compare Spooled File Attributes command compares many of the spooled file attributes between two spooled files. A display or listing is output of any differences found. When two spooled files differ in how the output occurs, CMPSPLFA may be helpful in identifying the differences.
CVTTIMSTM
The Convert Time Stamp command converts a time stamp of 26 bytes to a return data structure. Individual fields in the data structure contain the the date and time in various formats such as CYMD, HHMMSS, the edited date, and the edited time. The CPP (TAATINYC) can also be called from a HLL program.
DLTPNDJLG
The Delete Pending Job Log command deletes job log information (not QPJOBLOG spooled files) where the job log information is in a ‘PENDING’ status. A ‘number of days’ pending may be specified to delete only the job log information that has been pending for n days. Specific, generic, or all jobs/users may be named. The QWTRMVJL API is used.
DSPJOBTYPD
The Display Job Type Description command displays the codes and descriptions of different job types. Both the three character codes used on WRKACTJOB and the one character codes used in APIs are displayed with the corresponding descriptions.
DSPSPLFINF
The Display Spooled File Information command displays the number of spooled files for one or all users. DSPSPLFINF uses the RTVSPLFINF command to retrieve the information which uses the QSPSPLI API.
FNDSPLF
The Find Spooled File command can assist when you are trying to find a spooled file, but you are not sure of the name, the job, the form type, etc. FNDSPLF allows you to identify one, generic, or all output queues that should be searched for whatever information you have such as the form type or some string of characters within the form type. Most of the selection options supported by FNDSPLF allow this type of searching.
LUVSEU
The Love SEU command blanks out the text of the EDT0630 message of QEDTMSG in QPDA that is used to describe the ‘modern alternative to SEU’. If you love SEU, you can blank out the message and prevent having to see the words over and over again. The message ID changed is EDT0630.
RNMGENSRC
The Rename Generic Source command allows a rename of generic members in one or more source files in a library. A single source file, all source files, or special values for source file names such as *STD may be used.
RTVOBJD4
The Retrieve Object Description 4 command allows you to retrieve the basic information about the first or only object of a specific name. The library and object type default to *ALL. A total number of objects that match the name is returned. If more than one object has the same name, messages are sent describing the first 30.
RTVUTC
The Retrieve Universal Time command retrieves the coordinated universal date and time (UTC). UTC is based on an atomic clock with leap seconds added at irregular intervals to synchronize with the earth’s rotation. It may be used interchangeably with Greenwich Mean Time if sub second precision is not required. UTC may be useful when dealing with data from around the world.
SECLOG
The Security Log tool is designed to assist in auditing *ALLOBJ users. The SNDSECLOG command is intended to be used as the first command of an initial program for such a user. The command displays a screen and requires the user to enter a ‘purpose’ of why he is signing on. The command then sends a journal entry to the QAUDJRN journal with the ‘purpose’. Other SECLOG commands are used to convert and display the information to assist in auditing *ALLOBJ users.
STRWTR
The Start Writer command is intended to be used to start either a local or remote output queue. Based on the named output queue, a command prompt appears for either STRPRTWTR or STRRMTWTR.
WHOIS
The ‘Who Is’ command provides basic information about a user profile including the last signon date and whether the user has an active job. The information is displayed or listed. You must be authorized to the TAARTVUSR2 authorization list.
CMPPGMPARM
A new option exists to bypass the programs with no calls which previously produced an error.
CVTCFGSTS
A new field exists in the outfile for device category.
DSPAUDCMD
A new parameter has been added for job number.
DSPOBJD2
A generic object name may now be entered. A generic object name is now also supported on CHKOBJALL, FNDOBJNAM, FNDOBJTXT, FIND2, and CHKOBJ4.
JOBACG
The DSPJOBACG command supports a new option to access DSPAUDCMD.
MTNALLJRN
A new parameter has been added to allow a deletion of journal receivers for journals in QUSRSYS that have not been saved, but have a detach date prior to the retain date specified.
PRTJRNRCV
New parameters have been added to allow selection on the start end date of attachment. A total is now provided by journal in addition to the library total.
RTVHOLIDAY
Constitution day has been added as well as to DSPHOLIDAY.
RTVOBJLST
A generic library name is now supported.
RTVUSRPRF2
New return variables have been added for status (*ENABLED of *DISABLED) and whether a password exists..
SAVOBJIFS
The OBJTYPE parameter now allows 100 object types.
WRKALLSPLF
An additional supported option exists for copying a spooled file to the IFS in PDF format.
AUDLOG
The MTNAUDLOG command now provides a specific message when there are no records in the AUDLOGP file to be maintained.
CHKIFSOPN
The code did not handle the back slash character. This has been corrected.
CHKINACT2
The job name was not properly passed to the user USRINAC2 program. This has been corrected.
CPYSPLFIFS
The handling of PDF types was not wrong. Spooled files with a length greater than 132 were truncated. The use of CHKPRDOPT was changed from CHKSIG(*SIGNED) to CHKSIG(*NONE) to avoid setting a product to an erroneous state. These errors have been corrected.
CVTMSGF
The code is no longer sensitive to a specific release thus allowing the use of the tool when a customer is on release N and has a N-1 TAA version.
CVTPING
If the TCP3206 message showed no response, zeros were set in the fields. The field values for PNATTP and PNSUCC were reversed. These errors have been corrected.
CVTSYSVAL
The function is now language independent.
JOBACG
The MTNJOBACG command now provides a specific message when there are no records in the JOBACGP file to be maintained.
MAILADR
Using WRKMAILADR, some valid E mail addresses were considered in error. This has been corrected.
PRTAUTLOBJ
The command failed if a non-library object was controlled by the authorization list. These are now bypassed with a count given.
RTVCMDA
The ALLOW return value now includes *IMOD and *BMOD. The value is also available in CVTCMDA.
RTVLIBSRCF
The command now sends a specific escape message if one of the *SRCn data areas is blank.
WRKSBSJOBQ
The command failed if the library containing the job queue did not exist. This has been corrected with a specific error message.
WRKSPLF3
The F11 text was not correct when toggled. This has been corrected.
CMPPGMPARM
The BYPNOCALLS parameter has been added to bypass errors caused by a program not having any CALLs. The default is *YES which differs from the previous way the command operated. Use BYPNOCALLS(*NO) to retain the compatibility.
DSPAUDCMD
*ALLOBJ special authority is now required.
CALC
The Calculator tool is a series of commands that allow you to use the system as a simple add/sub calculator and provides an optional listing. The CLCFILP file must be created first. Many members may exist in the file thus allowing both temporary and permanent lists to be created and changed. Each amount entered may have an optional text description. The last date changed exists for each record.
CHGSGNERRT
The Change Signon Error Text tool allows changing of the error message text for the two invalid signon messages. CHGSGNERRT changes the text to a common value. The default text is ‘Invalid signon.’ The RSTSGNERRT command restores the message text to the original values if needed.
CHKOBJALL
The Check Object All command provides a simple check to see if an object name exists on the system. The library qualifier and the object type default to *ALL. The TAA9893 escape message is sent if the object does not exist.
CHKSPLCTL
The Check Spool Control Authority command checks for the special authority *SPLCTL in the current user profile or as an adopted function. If the user does not have the function in his job, the CPF9898 escape message is issued. Standard text describing the error is the default.
CMPMSGQ
The Compare Message Queue command compares the message text of messages in two different message queues. The first 256 bytes of each message is compared and any differences are flagged. If you are using message queues for an application where the messages are data rather than text, CMPMSGQ may be helpful when a duplicate message queue is required.
CPYCVTOUTQ
The Copy CVTOUTQ command provides a copy with selection of the outfile (OUTQP) created by the CVTOUTQ command. CVTOUTQ creates one record per spooled file with the attributes of each spooled file for all spooled files in an output queue. If an output queue contains a large number of spooled files, CPYCVTOUTQ can be used to create a subset to allow simpler processing.
CRTTAAPRX
The Create TAA Proxy Command command should be used when a TAA command needs to be duplicated to a user library. A proxy command uses the command version in TAATOOL. This allows one set of authorizations to exist and prevents errors caused by typical changes to a TAA command in a future TAA version.
CVTIMGCLG2
The Convert Image Catalog 2 command converts the image catalog entries for an Optical image catalog to a data base file. The output file is always IMGCLGDP with a model file named TAACLGDP and a format name IMGCLGE2.
CVTPRXCMD
The Convert Proxy Command command converts from a command object one record for each command in a proxy command chain. One record will always exist for the actual command in the chain with a type of *CMD. The QCDRCMDI API is used. The outfile is always PRXCMDP which uses the model file TAACMFOP with a format name of PRXCMDR.
DSPALLPRX
The Display All Proxy Commands command displays or lists all proxy commands for an actual command. An actual command may have several proxy commands either on the same chain or as separate chains. DSPALLPRX will help you if you are trying to identify all the proxy commands created for an actual command.
DSPDAT
The Display Date command provides a convenient method of displaying information about the current date or any date in a range of Jan 1, 1941 to Dec 31, 2040. The fully spelled out date, the day of the week, the week of the year, and other values are shown.
DSPJOBSCDC
The Display Job Schedule Calendar command displays the jobs that are scheduled to run from the system job scheduler for the next 7 days (beginning tomorrow). The listing describes the jobs to be submitted by date and time. DSPJOBSCDC provides a good review of the jobs that will be submitted by the system job schedule function.
DSPOBJSRCC
The Display Object Source Change command lists objects in a named library where the change date of the source member that was used to create the object is more current than the object create date. If the member does not exist, it is flagged. If a program was created from modules, the source for the module with the most current source change date is used for the comparison.
DSPTXTCNT
The Display Text Count command is designed for an analysis of TXT type members in a source file, but may be used on any source type. One, generic, or all members in a source file may be analyzed. Total records and blank records are always counted. Up to 5 comparison groups (such as all the ABC values in a From/To location within a source record) may also be compared for an equal value or scanned for a value.
LOOKUP3
The Lookup 3 command provides a simple lookup capability to check whether an argument exists in an array. The array can be a large CL variable of up to 5,000 bytes. A generic search argument is supported.
MOVJOB
The Move Job command moves one, generic, or all jobs from one job queue to another. Selection may be made on a specific or generic job or user name. MOVJOB simplifies moving jobs.
RTVIMGCLGA
The Retrieve Image Catalog Attributes command retrieves the general attributes about an image catalog. This includes the type, the status, the number of directories, etc. The QVOIRCLD API is used.
RTVSPLFINF
The Retrieve Spooled File Information command provides a fast method of determining the number of spooled files for one or all users. The QSPSPLI API is used.
SCNCMDESC
The Scan Command Escape Messages command scans for a string of text in escape messages that are sent by a specific system command. Both the first and second level text are scanned. If the scan value is found in the second level text, the first level text is also listed. SCNCMDESC can be helpful when the text of an escape message is known, but not the message ID for a specific system command.
WRKSPLF3
The Work Spooled File 3 command works in conjunction with the CVTOUTQ or the CPYCVTOUTQ out file. WRKSPLF3 provides a display similar to WRKSPLF of the spooled file records in the outfile. The use of CVTOUTQ/CPYCVTOUTQ provides better selection capability than the system WRKSPLF command. For example, WRKSPLF does not support an OUTQ parameter.
CHKUSRCMD
New parameters have been added to provide for an outfile.
CMPPGM
A new parameter had been added to allow a comparison of the create date/time.
CPYFRMOUTQ
A new parameter had been added to allow sequencing
CPYSPLFIFS
A new STMFTYPE has been for *PDF to allow conversion to a PDF type. See the command help text for the proper requirements.
DSPPERTAA
The new CALC tool has been added as an option.
DUPTAACMD
The command now uses the new CRTTAAPRX command to create a proxy command in the specified library instead of a regular command. of the files by job, open date/time.
FNDCMD
A new option has been added to allow a display of the command attributes.
RMVOLDMSG
A new option has been added to allow a completion message if the only errors are caused by failures to allocate message queues.
RTVSPLFA
A new parameter has been added for CODEPAGE.
RTVUSRPRF2
New parameters have been added for ASTLVL, LMTCPB, SUPGRPPRF, PRVSIGN, and whether the user has an active job.
CHKACTUSR2
In some cases the WRKACTL compiler source listing was not deleted. This has been corrected.
CVTOBJD4
The tool failed if a large number of objects had to be converted and exceeded the user space size. The tool has been reworked to use DSPOBJD to an outfile and then copied to the specified file.
DLTDEPLGL
If a physical file did not have any members, the command failed attempting to allocate the file. This has been corrected.
DLTOLDQRPL
The command failed if an object was locked. Locked objects are now bypassed with a diagnostic. More object types are now deleted properly. The internal file in QTEMP is now ensure to be set at *NOMAX size.
MOVSPLF
A MONMSG was added to CHGSPLFA for CPF3303. The same MONMSG was also added to other tools.
MTNALLJRN
The command failed on a generic library name. This has been corrected.
PRTLVLCHK
The return code was set to *UNKNOWN if the file was already known to the internal file. This has been corrected.
RTVCALLR
The name of the current program was being passed back for OPM programs. This has been corrected.
RTVCMDA
If more than 5 proxy commands existed, RTVCMDA failed. This is now restricted and partial information is returned. If the name of the proxy command differed from the actual command, the RTNLIB parameter was wrong. This has been corrected.
RTVJOBSTS
If more than 200 jobs satisfy the selection criteria, the command completes normally with a diagnostic message explaining that only the first 200 were processed.
RTVLFSRC
The command should have been specified as ALLOW(*ALL). This has been corrected.
RTVOBJLCK
The command failed with a CPF9803 message. This has been corrected.
SAVE2
Option 21 now correctly describes that spooled file data may be optionally saved.
SCNALLJLG
If job logs were scanned, but no selection criteria matched, the command failed. This has been corrected.
WRKFAVCMD
The ‘?’ option is now prevented if there is already a leading ‘?’ in the command.
CLRLIB2
Both *JOBCTL and *ALLOBJ special authority are now required.
CHKACTUSR2
The Check Active User 2 command is designed for the situation where you periodically want to check for a list of users to see if they are active. On the first use or when RESET(*YES) is specified, a file is built in QTEMP of the active users. The file is then checked to see if the specified user is active and if not, an escape message is issued. On subsequent uses with RESET(*NO), only the file is checked.
CHKHEX
The Check Hex command checks a string of hex characters such as ‘C1C2C3’ to ensure valid hex characters exist. A string of up to 512 characters may be checked. You must use the RTNLOC value to determine if an error exists. CHKHEX can be helpful when a user is entering hex characters which must be validated.
CMPMBRD
The Compare Member Description command compares attributes of one, generic, or all members (either data or source) in two different files. Only the member text, number of records, number of deleted records, and ‘share’ attribute are compared. Unmatched member names in the To file are flagged. Unmatched member names in the From file may be optionally flagged. CMPMBRD may be helpful when ensuring member attributes are identical in two files.
CVTDAYS
The Convert Days command converts a range of dates to an outfile. The BUSCAL tool must first be used to a build a Business Calendar (a *USRSPC object) with the years that you want to consider. Days such as Sunday, New Years, Christmas, and specific dates may be excluded. CVTDAYS is then used to build an outfile of dates that have not been excluded.
DSPEMTIFS
The Display Empty IFS command is a front-end to DSPIFS to provide a listing of the empty IFS stream files. Stream files that have an object size of 0 are displayed. Note that this is not the allocated size of the stream file. The DSPIFS command is used internally and the output appears with the title of ‘Display IFS’.
DSPOUTFMT
The Display Outfile Format command displays the fields in a format of the model file for commands that create outfiles. Many DSP commands and CVT commands support an outfile. Both system and TAA commands are supported. If multiple outfiles exist for the command (eg DSPFD), the DSPOUTFILE command is used to allow a selection. DSPOUTFMT may only be used interactively.
DSPPRFAUT
The Display Profile Authorizations command displays one, generic, or all profiles and flags those where the *PUBLIC or an authorized user has at least *USE rights to the user profile. The owner, *ALLOBJ users, and certain system profiles are bypassed. The user profiles that are flagged represent a security exposure as the *PUBLIC or authorized user can submit a job as the user profile or swap to the user profile.
DSPQHSTSIZ
The Display QHST Size command provides a simple listing with one line per QHSTxx file in QSYS and the total size. The date/time of the first and last message of each QHST version is also included along with the save date. This allows a review of QHST versions.
EDTUSRSPC
The Edit User Space command allows data to be written or changed in a user space. An option on the command allows editing in character or hex mode. EDTUSRSPC provides a convenient method of storing and maintaining data in a user space object or making changes when data is written to a user space by another function.
FIXVAR
The Fix Variable command allows an input variable to be changed by replacing a character with one or more characters (up to 10) or deleting a character. The new value is returned in a 5000 byte variable. The input variable may be up to 5000 bytes, but a length should be specified to improve performance.
OUTFFLD
The Outfile Fields tool is a series of commands that allow you to display a field name that exists in either a system and/or TAA model file. This can assist in understanding the attributes of the field and the command which outputs the file. After the required files are created and the field information is converted, the DSPOUTFFLD command can be used.
PRTPAGOF
The Print Page Of command allows you to re-print a spooled file where you have printed ‘Page n’ and change the value to ‘Page n of n’. You must identify where the units position of the page number is and the line it is to print on. After re-printing, the original spooled file is deleted.
RTVMTHNAM
The Retrieve Month Name command retrieves the name of the month based on a plus or minus number of months from the current month. Different formats of the month name are provided. The system date is used to determine the current month (not the job date).
RTVOBJLCK
The Retrieve Object Lock command is designed to assist when an object is locked and you suspect there may be a single job holding one or more locks on the object. If only a single job holds one or more locks, return variables will describe the job and the strongest lock to allow a message to be sent. If locks exist from multiple jobs, the TAA9891 escape message is issued.
RTVSBMCMD
The Retrieve Submitted Command command retrieves the command that was submitted by a SBMJOB. The job may be on a job queue, be active, or have completed as long as DSPJOBLOG can be used. The command for the first ‘Request’ type message is returned. Several restrictions exist.
SAVRSTJOBQ
The Save and Restore Job Queue tool supports two commands to provide for a save and restore of a job queue. CVTJOBQ2 creates an outfile of information about the jobs on a job queue. The file can be saved and restored to the same or a different system. The SBMJOBQ2 command may then be used to read the outfile and perform a SBMJOB for each job found in the outfile. Some restrictions exist.
SCNALLJLG
The Scan All Job Logs command will scan all or selected job logs for various criteria such as message IDs, message types, and a string of text. If a match is found, an abbreviated spooled file is written named JOBLOG. SCNALLJLG assists in finding information when the specified job log is not known. Selection criteria is an important consideration as significant performance considerations exist if many job logs are scanned (see the discussion on performance).
SCNMSGQ
The Scan Message Queue command scans, one, generic, or all message queues in one or more libraries for up to 20 different arguments against the message text of the messages. A listing is output of the messages that match at least one of the arguments.
SCNVARRGT2
The Scan Variable Right 2 command scans a variable (up to 5000 bytes) for either the length of the data or for a string. SCNVARRGT2 can help determine the length of the data in a large variable or where a string of characters begins.
SIGNOFF2
The Signoff 2 command operates as a normal signoff command except that ENDCNN(*YES) is the default instead of the system default of *NO. SIGNOFF2 is intended to be used when TELNET is used to start a job on another system. SIGNOFF2 may only be used during an interactive job. The command is specified as LMTUSR(*YES).
SNDPGMMSG3
The Send Program Message 3 command allows a *DIAG, *COMP, or *INFO message to be sent to the caller from a sub or sub-sub program. This can provide better feedback when the sub program needs to communicate to the caller of a program. The QMHSNDPM API is used to allow the message to be sent up the stack.
CLRLIB2
If one or more objects cannot be deleted, a listing
CMPDBF
A better explanation of the differences is now displayed the number of records differ.
CVTIFS
New support for multiple * values in the SELECT parameter to allow searching on a partial name and strings of characters.
CVTLIBAUT
A new physical (TAASEIIP) and logical (TAASEIIL) have been added. The files are not used by CVTLIBAUT, but allow another program to define the keyed logical by library, object, and object type. An OBJ parameter has been added to allow selection by object name, generic name, or all.
CVTWRKUSR
Additional fields have been added to the outfile for the date/time the job entered the system, the date/time the job went active, the date/time the job ended, and the job completion status.
DLTLIB2
If one or more objects cannot be deleted, a listing is output of each error.
DSPAUDLOG
New parameters have been added to allow the current or job user to appear on the subfile display and an end date/time.
DSPIFS
New support for multiple * values in the SELECT parameter to allow searching on a partial name and strings of characters.
DSPONLINE
An option has been added for the new DSPOUTFMT command.
DSPUSRSGN
Average response time has been added to the listing.
EXPVAL
A new optional return parameter may now be specified to allow for up to 5000 bytes.
FNDJOB
A new selection criteria has been added for job type.
PRTSECAUD
The CHKSAMPWD option now uses the system ANZDFTPWD command which produces a separate listing. This avoids any changes to the internal count of invalid passwords entered.
RTVJOBA2
New parameters have been added to RTVJOBA2B for allow multiple threads, spooled file action, job log output.
SCNOUTQ
A new command parameter exists to allow the output format to list one line for each argument found, the job, user, job number, spooled file name, etc.
SPLARC
A new command DLTSPLARCD has been added to delete duplicate audit records. This can occur if a spooled file is archived and then moved to a different output queue. A duplicate must match on the system name, job, user, job number, spooled file name and number, open date and time, and user data to be deleted.
A new command RMVSPLARCM has been added. This is a cleanup command that would normally not be used. It will remove members from the save files if a corresponding audit record does not exist.
WRKALLSPLF
A new option exists for PRTPAGOF.
AUDLOG
The DSPAUDLOG USER parameter was checking for the job user and not the current user. This has been corrected.
CHGJOBANZD
The command produced the wrong result if more than 1000 seconds were entered. This has been corrected.
CHGOBJAUT2
The command failed on RTVLIBD if *CURLIB was passed. The actual current library is now used.
CHGOBJAUT2
The command failed unless the outfile library was QTEMP. This has been corrected.
CMPDBFFMT
A better explanation of differences in the file attributes is now provided.
CMPSRC2
The FROMFILE parameter allowed an *ALL value which was not supported. *ALL has been removed from the command.
CRTSPLARC
*ALLOBJ authority is now required.
CVTLIBAUT
The selection criteria was not handled properly. This has been corrected.
CVTMBRD
If a file other than CVTMBRP was requested, the file size is now set to *NOMAX.
CVTMBRLST
The command failed unless the outfile library was QTEMP. This has been corrected.
CVTOBJD4
The command prevented operations on TAATOOL. This has been corrected.
CVTPGMA2
The module information was offset in the outfile. This has been corrected.
CVTQRYUSE
The command was not properly handling join files created with inner and outer join.
CVTSYSVAL
The command processing is now more tolerant of non-English languages.
CVTWRKSPLF
Generic spooled file names were not handled. This has been corrected.
DLTIFS
When an IBM owned directory was specified with DLTDIR(*NO), an escape message was issued. Another error has been found dealing with directories in QDLS. These errors have been corrected.
DLTOBJ2
If OBJATTR(*ALL) was specified with a generic object name, the logical files were not being deleted first. This has been corrected.
DLTOLDQRPL
If no objects existed in the library, an escape message occurred. This has been corrected.
DMOSUBF
The *GENERIC control function was not handled properly. This has been corrected for DMOSUBF and DMOSUBF2.
DSPQHST
The command failed on blank dates returned from a sub program. This has been corrected.
DSPZIP
The command was out of synch with the parameters of the CPP. This has been corrected.
JOBACG
For ANZJOBACG, CMPCDE(*FAILED) now bypasses code 99 (job accounting segment).
PRTPRM
The PRTPRMCMD is now tolerant of errors for commands
RGZLIB
Some combinations of parameters are invalid on RGZPFM such as ALWCANCEL(*NO) with LOCK(*EXCLRD). These are now diagnosed by RGZLIB. ALWCANCEL(*YES) may only be used if the file is journaled. If it is not journaled, the file is flagged and bypassed. Any remaining files are processed.
RTVFMT
In some cases the file text was returned as blanks.
RTVJOBA2
The CYMDDATE value on RTVJOBA2B was set to blanks for a job on a job queue. The SYSLIBL and USRLIBL parameters were being returned as 10 character library names instead of 11. These errors have been corrected.
RTVLFA
The WAITRCD(*NOMAX) value was returned as blanks. This has been corrected.
SAVLIBIFS
The SNDJLGMSG failed if the text exceeded 256 bytes. This has been corrected.
SCNALLSRC2
The handling of multiple arguments was wrong. This has been corrected.
SCNOUTQ
The size of the TAA378 internal file is now *NOMAX.
TRNVAL2
The input value field should have been declared as *CHAR LEN(1000). This has been corrected.
CLRLIB2
TAA9896 is now sent as an escape message if the library cannot be cleared.
DLTLIB2
TAA9896 is now sent as an escape message if the library cannot be deleted.
DSPONLINE
Some of the option numbers have changed.
PRTSECAUD
The CHKSAMPWD parameter now uses the system ANZDFTPWD command to produce a separate listing. The prior technique caused a change to the internal count of invalid passwords entered for those user profiles that had a name that differed from the password. The new technique does not cause any change to the internal count of invalid passwords entered.
SCNOUTQ
TAA9893 is now sent as an escape message if no arguments are found.
CHGCNLKEY
The Change Cancel Key command works in conjunction with the RTVCNLKEY tool command. CHGCNLKEY allows the setting of the Cancel and Exit key information which may be of value when mixing system and user functions. The QWCCCJOB API is used.
CHGDBFDAT
The Change Data Base File Date command changes date fields in a file from an MMDDYY, DDMMYY, or YYMMDD format to a different format. This allows rearranging date fields to allow for normal processing based on your typical date format.
CHGDSPOBJO
The Change DSPOBJD Outfile Dates command changes all date formats in the outfile created by DSPOBJD that are in an MMDDYY format to either DDMMYY or YYMMDD. The DSPOBJD outfile has several date fields that use the MMDDYY format regardless of the job date format. CHGDSPOBJO makes it easier to work with the dates if you want a format other than MMDDYY.
CHKARASPE
The Check Data Area Spelling command checks for misspelled words in a *CHAR type data area (*DTAARA). The data in the data area would be considered as a string with blanks separating the words. The dictionary supplied by TAA is used by default. Special dictionaries may be named. See the discussion with the TAADCT tool.
CHKSPCSPE
The Check User Space Spelling command checks for misspelled words in the first 32,000 bytes of a user space. The data in the user space would be considered as a string with blanks separating the words. The dictionary supplied by TAA is used by default. Special dictionaries may be named. See the discussion with the TAADCT tool.
CLCBOOLVAL
The Calculate Boolean Value command provides input of 2 arguments of 4 byte fields and returns the result in either or both a 4 byte character value or an 8 byte hexadecimal value. The operation performed can be *OR, *AND, XOR, *NOR, *NAND, or *NOT. The arguments must be 1-4 byte *CHAR type fields. They may be variables, literals, or hex values.
CLRGENMBR
The Clear Generic Members command clears one or more generic members in a data base file (either source or data). The system supports a generic capability on RMVM, but not on CLRPFM. CLRGENMBR provides the missing function to allow cleanup of certain files.
CVTAUTL
The Convert Authorization List to Outfile command converts individual authorities for one, generic, or all authorization lists to an outfile. This allows various processing or queries against the information. The outfile is always AUTLP which uses a model file named TAASEIUP and a format name of QSYDSAUT.
DSPAUDCMD
The Display Audit Command command displays or lists audit records for a specific user for the AUDLVL(*CMD) function. The AUDLOGP file (AUDLOG tool) is used. The user must be specified as CHGUSRAUD AUDLVL(*CMD) which causes an audit entry for each command executed (including commands run in CL programs or REXX procedures). DSPAUDCMD provides a tailored solution for the ‘T CD C’ journal entries.
DSPQHSTINQ
The Display QHST Inquiries command displays or lists inquiry messages and their replies from the QHST log. The formatting allows a better review than the DSPLOG command. A detail option for additional information is available.
DSPUSRAUT3
The Display User Authority 3 command displays or lists the authorities that have been granted to a specific user for one, generic, or all objects. A specific object type may be named. Inclusion of the user’s owned objects is an option. DSPUSRAUT3 provides a better review than DSPUSRPRF.
DSPUSRSGN
The Display User Signon command displays the hours and minutes that one or more users were signed on. The JOBACG tool is required and the latest job information must be converted from the QACGJRN journal. The default option lists each signon by a user (from any device) with day and user totals for the days requested. You may request a day total or just a user total.
EXTLST3
The Extract List 3 command accepts input from a simple list parameter passed from a command and returns a value that is suitable to be moved to a variable for listing or displaying in a message. One space would exist between each value returned. The command would typically be part of a CPP that needs to make the list displayable and not as it is passed to the program.
RCVMSGKEY
The Receive Message Key command receives a message from the job log (intended for a low level message). You must first run the RTVMSGKEY command (part of the RMVMSGKEY tool) to set a mark in the job log prior to running the function that produces low level messages. Then RCVMSGKEY may be used to receive either a specific message ID or a loop may be written to receive more than one message.
RMVMSGKEY
The Remove Message Key tool provides two commands (RTVMSGKEY and RMVMSGKEY) which should be bracketed around commands that produce messages (including low level messages) that need to be cleaned up. When developing CL programs, it is desirable to cleanup messages produced by functions within the program. Many system commands send messages to low level programs that cannot be removed by RMVMSG CLEAR(*ALL).
RNMIFSXLT
The Rename IFS with Translation command renames directories and files described in a CVTIFS outfile (*TYPE2). Renaming is done character by character for up to 10 different characters that may be replaced. Unmatched characters are not changed. RNMIFSXLT can be helpful when transferring IFS objects to different system types which have different naming conventions.
RSNMSGKEY
The Resend Message Key command resends messages from the job log (intended for low level messages). You must first run the RTVMSGKEY command (part of the RMVMSGKEY tool) to set a mark in the job log prior to running a function that produces low level messages. RSNMSGKEY may then be used to resend either a specific message ID or all messages from the RTVMSGKEY mark.
RTVCNLKEY
The Retrieve Cancel Key command retrieves the action of the last system display function (including the command prompter) and returns the setting of the Cancel and/or Exit key. This allows a program using the display to determine whether the display was ended with the Enter key versus the Cancel or Exit key. The QUSRJOBI API is used to retrieve the information.
RTVSYSVAL4
The Retrieve System Value 4 command is an alternative method of accessing a single system value. It differs from RTVSYSVAL2 in that the return variable allows for 5000 bytes instead of the 900 supported by RTVSYSVAL2. The command interface is not of particular value, but the CPP can be called directly as an API which allows a simple access to any system value from a HLL.
SCNSRCSEU
The Scan Source SEU command scans one or more members in a source file for up 20 different arguments. If an argument is found, STRSEU is used on the member in either *CHANGE or *BROWSE mode. SCNSRCSEU simplifies making changes or reviewing source when several members have used the same string of characters.
SORTRPGARR
The Sort RPG Array command sorts compile time array data into ascending sequence for a named array in an RPG type source member. This simplifies making source changes to compile time array data when it is required to be in ascending sequence.
SYSLIBL
The System Library List tool is a documentation member only to help understand the basics of how to control and audit the changes to libraries on the system library list. TAA Tools that can assist are also mentioned.
CMPALLSRC
An outfile capability has been added.
CMPSRC2
An outfile capability has been added.
DLTIFS
New keywords have been added for ATRCHGDATE, DTACHGDATE, and ACCDATE. Better formatting and additional final counts have been added.
DSPOBJAUD
A new keyword has been added to allow selection on the type of auditing.
JOBACG
The 20 byte journal sequence number is now supported. The ANZJOBACG command supports new sequencing options and intermediate totals for several options.
MTNJRN
A new option exists for the SAVINQMSG that allows bypassing any journal receivers that have not been saved.
PRTACG
The 20 byte journal sequence number is now supported. Additional fields exist in the PRTACGP file for the spooled file open date and time.
RGZLIB
A new keyword has been added for LOCK and *OPTIMIZE has been added to the RBDACCPTH keyword.
RPLPGM
A new keyword has been added for GENLVL. The same parameter has been added to RPLMOD, RPLOBJ, and CRTTGTRLS.
SCNAUDLOG
A new keyword has been added to allow bypassing of up to 10 user names.
WRKALLSPLF
F3/F12 may now be used to end processing during a function. For example, if 5=DSPSPLF is used for multiple spooled files, F3/F12 may be used during the DSPSPLF display to return to the WRKALLSPLF subfile.
AUDLOG
CRTAUDLOG now creates the file with a *NOMAX record size. The same change has been made to the PRTACG file PRTACGP.
CHKINACT2
If no activity occurred, the batch program failed. This has been corrected.
CHKOLDOBJ
The TAATMPOBJ2 file in QTEMP is now set to *NOMAX.
CVTARPTBL
The field ARENTY was always set to PROXY. This has been corrected.
CVTLIBAUT
If an outfile library other than QTEMP was named, the outfile data had only 2 records. This has been corrected.
CVTLIBDBF
Special value names for the LIB parameter were failing on CHKGENERC. This has been corrected.
CVTMBRLST
Generic member names were not being supported. This has been corrected.
CVTWRKSPLF
The From date value of *AVAIL was failing. This has been corrected. Additional corrections have been made when using a sub procedure and the handling of errors. In some cases the server job was not able to keep up and assumed there were no more spooled files. This is now handled correctly.
DLTIFS
If DLTDIR(*NO) was specified and the directory was empty, it was being deleted. This has been corrected. It is no longer considered an error if after selection one or more objects exist in the directory.
DSPARPTBL
The field ARENTY was always set to PROXY. This has been corrected.
DSPJOBQ
The sequence of the jobs did not reflect the scheduled date and time for SCD jobs. This has been corrected.
EDTOBJAUT2
The command failed if the authorized user was *GROUP. This has been corrected. A restriction now exists that the *GROUP authorizations cannot be changed (any other user profile can be including *PUBLIC).
JOBACG
The PRTJOBACG3 command did not print the start date date properly if a special value was used. The ANZJOBACG command was not properly displaying average response time. These errors have been corrected.
RTVCMDPARM
A value such as DFT(’’) was not handled. This has been corrected.
RTVVALA
Values with lengths greater than 16 were failing if they had digit values. They are now automatically considered as character.
SELMAILADR
The number of mail addresses failed after 50 entries. This has been fixed to allow 9999.
WRKIPDEV
The F6 print function did nothing. This has been corrected.
WRKSPLF2
The From/To dates were not being handled correctly This has been corrected.
CVTJOBACG
The format of the files used by job accounting has changed. Follow the instructions when the error message is displayed when using CVTJOBACG.
CVTPRTACG
The format of the files used by print accounting has changed. Follow the instructions when the error message is displayed when using CVTPRTACG.
WRKALLSPLF
If multiple options are entered for spooled files on the subfile display (or F6 to display all), the F3 and F12 keys will now return to the subfile display. The Enter key should be used to advance to the next spooled file. This avoids the problem of having to invoke every option or cancel request to end.
CHGAUT2
The Change Authority 2 command is a simple front end to the system CHGAUT command that operates only on objects in a library. Multiple users may be specified, but not all CHGAUT functions are supported. Unlike GRT/RVKOBJAUT, there are no low level messages that clutter the job log and cannot be removed.
CHGBIT
The Change Bit command allows one or more bits to be changed in a byte to either *ON (‘1’) or *OFF (‘0’). The bits are numbered 1 - 8 with 1 being the high order bit. A variable must be specified for the &RTNBYTE parameter and all BITn parameters cannot be specified as *SAME.
CHKBIT
The Check Bit command checks one or more bits in a byte for an on or off value (‘1’ or ‘0’). The bit positions are labeled 1-8 with 1 being the high order bit. TAA9892 is sent if the bits do not match the requested values.
CHKFMT
The Check Format command checks for a format and/or level ID in a file. File types that support formats may be specified. A specific format may be named or the special value *FIRST. Different escape messages are sent if the format does not exist or the level ID does not match. No completion message is sent if the command completes normally.
CHKIFSSPE
The Check IFS Spelling command checks the spelling of the data in a stream file. The data is converted to the TAA240 source file in QTEMP and the TAA CHKSPELL2 command is used to check the spelling. Error indications appear with sequence numbers as if the data was in a source file. The data is limited to 240 bytes wide for the stream file.
CHKTAALIC
The Check TAA License command provides a simple check to see if a valid TAA Productivity Tools license exists. The completion message describes whether a full or demonstration license exists. If a demonstration license exists, the date the license expires is described.
CRTRTVDCL
The Create Retrieve DCLs command creates DCL commands in a CLP source member for a named RTV command. Rather than keying the DCLs manually, CRTRTVDCL may be used to generate all the DCLs for a retrieve command that allows return variables. The source member must exist.
CVTMBRLST2
The Convert Member List 2 command converts the member description information for one, generic, or all members of a file. The output file is the same as that used by DSPFD *MBRLIST. The DSPFD command does not allow a single or generic member name. CVTMBRLST2 makes it simple to create a function that processes one, generic, or all members from a file.
DLTENDLIC
The Delete End TAA License command provides a method of resetting the TAA license if ENDTAALIC had been used previously. This is intended for a situation where a mistake has been made or a change of plans has occurred after ending the TAA license. DLTENDLIC requires a special software code that may be requested from the TAA Productivity Tools owner.
DLTGRCKEY
The Delete Grace Key command is a companion command to CRTGRCKEY. CRTGRCKEY is used to allow the use of the TAA Tools for a grace period on a system that does not have a valid license. CRTGRCKEY may only be used once on a system unless a reset occurs. DLTGRCKEY provides a reset function, but requires a special software code that may be requested from the TAA Productivity Tools owner.
DSPDBFDMG
The Display Data Base Damage command checks for damage in the data base file descriptive information. Each file processed is used by CHKOBJ, RTVOBJD, various forms of DSPFD, and DSPFFD. An outfile of the damaged files is optional. The data itself is not checked. DSPDBFDMG is intended for the case when an abnormal system termination has occurred and you suspect data base damage.
DSPDSTQ
The Display Distribution Queue command is a simple front end to the system WRKDSTQ command. Only a display is provided so no changes are allowed. WRKDSTQ is set as *PUBLIC(*EXCLUDE). DSPDSTQ adopts the authority of QSECOFR so that any user may review the contents of a distribution queue or all distribution queues.
DSPMSGQINQ
The Display Message Queue Inquiries command displays or lists inquiry messages and their replies from a message queue such as QSYSOPR. The formatting allows a better review than the DSPMSG command. A detail option for additional information is available.
DSPPMTCMD
The Display Prompted Command function prompts for a command and uses the returned string to 1) run the command via user specified QCMDEXC program, 2) parse the returned string into 68 byte blocks to be displayed, printed, sent to the job log, or written to a source member. Variables may be specified for the parameters of the command to be prompted for and will be filled at execution time. The variables must be declared in the program.
DSPSPCAUT2
The Display Special Authority 2 command displays the combination of special authorities for a user, the group profile, and any supplemental group profiles. Selection can be made on the combined special authorities. DSPSPCAUT2 helps provide a better view of what an individual user can do.
DSPUIMCNT
The Display UIM Count command counts the number of lines in one or more members containing UIM type source. Source types in addition to PNLGRP may be specified. Comment lines and blank lines are also counted. A percentage of comments is provided. DSPUIMCNT provides a better understanding of the amount of actual source versus a count of the number of statements in a source member.
FMTQLFCMD
The Format Qualified Command command allows CL source to be formatted so any qualified commands begin in position 14 of the source with the command name. The / is placed in position 13 and the library name to the left. This aligns the command names for easier reading of the source. The command prompter formats a qualified name so the library name begins in position 14.
FNDOBJMBR
The Find Object Member command attempts to match the source member name used to create an object with a source member in one or more source files. This is designed for the case where the source has been moved or duplicates exist for the same member name. One or more objects may be specified with one or more libraries checked for where the source may exist.
RTVPMTCMD
The Retrieve Prompted Command command allows an input of a command string (such as just a command name), prompts for the command, and then returns the full command string including keywords without executing the command. Different formats are available such as for a command line or in a CLP source format. RTVPMTCMD is useful to applications that want to allow command input with prompting so the return command string can be run at a later time.
WRKFATHOM
The Work Fathom command provides an interactive display to convert from fathoms, feet, cable lengths, nautical miles, and miles to different values. By entering a non-zero value on the left of the display and pressing Enter, the screen is refreshed with the converted value.
BUSCAL
A new special day value has been added for Christmas Eve.
CHGJOBSPLF
Selection may now be made on a generic spooled file name.
CHGOBJAUT
The DLTSPLF(*YES) function no longer creates a spooled file which improves performance. If an error occurs, an immediate escape occurs.
CHKTAAPRD
An indication now occurs for whether the objects found outside of TAATOOL were created from a TAA Tool object.
DSPHOLIDAY
*CHRISTMASEVE has been added and also to RTVHOLIDAY.
DSPLIBSRCF
The number of members in each file has been added to the listing.
DSPOBJD2
An indication now occurs if the object last source change date is ‘down level’ from the source member change date.
JOBACG
Several commands now support the capability to search on the current user. The ANZJOBACG command prints intermediate total for a SEQ value of *USER or *JOB.
PRTMBRSUM
A sequence parameter has been added to allow sequencing on the number of members, the size, and save date.
PRTSRCSUM
A sequence parameter has been added to allow sequencing of the members within a file on the number of records, the create date, or the change date.
RGZLIB
An optional outfile has been added that will contain one record for each physical member reorganized.
ANZJOBACG
The user profile name did not print in all cases. If no records exist, the command failed attempting to convert a blank date. The page counter was only 4 digits (increased to 7). These errors have been corrected.
CHKDBFMBR
The command did not return the type of file if MBR(*NONE) was specified. This has been corrected.
CPYSPLF2
Some merged overlaid lines were not being printed. This has been corrected.
CPYTOCSV
Date, Time, and Timestamp field data was dropped. This has been corrected.
CPYUSRPRF
The owner of the original user profile was not copied to the new profile in all cases.
CRTTSTJRN
The IMAGES prompt now allows *BOTH instead of *BEFORE. Logical files were not being handled properly. This has been corrected.
CVTIFS
An error occurred when the OBJ parameter was longer than one byte and ended with a /. The same error also occurred with RTVIFSED, RTVIFSED2, and DSPIFSED. These errors have been corrected.
CVTLIBDBF
If a generic library name was entered, no files were output. This has been corrected.
CVTOBJD2
If the library qualifier was *ALL or *ALLUSR, a check for *ALLOBJ was not made. This has been corrected.
CVTQHST2
A very long length of the message data caused an index error. This has been corrected.
DLTIFS
The previous change caused an error when no deletions occurred. In some cases, the internal OPNQRYF command used overlaid data. This and other minor errors have been corrected.
DSPDBFREL
Not all parameters were passed to TAADBHOC2. This has been corrected.
DSPHOLIDAY
*CHRISTMASEVE has been added and also to RTVHOLIDAY and CHKHOLIDAY.
DSPJOBQ
The sequence of the display has changed so that date/time the job was placed on the job queue is now part of the sort following the priority.
ENDTAALIC
Ending the license in the last 3 months of the year caused a demo date in early of the same year. This has been corrected.
HELPTAA
Option 50 for TAA Updates caused an error. This has been corrected.
NBRCTR
If WRAP(*YES) was specified, wrapping occurred one less that the maximum. This has been corrected.
RGZLIB
RBDACCPTH(*OPTIMIZE) failed with a truncated value. This has been corrected.
SAVSNDM
If a single member was requested, the command failed attempting to delete a user space. This has been corrected.
SCNUSRPRFA
In some cases, incorrect values were returned. This has been corrected.
SNDOBJLCKM
Multiple locks from the same job were not always handled properly. This has been corrected with a change to RTVJOBA2.
SNDSPLMAIL
To prevent duplicate DLO object names being created by different jobs, the SUBJECT parameter now defaults to *NOTUSED and a naming convention is used for the subject (as seen by in the completion message and by the recipient). If commands were issued frequently, deleting the DLO object failed because the system retained a lock. A loop is now used of 4 times with 2 second delays attempting to delete the object. If it cannot be deleted, a diagnostic message is sent.
The command failed when the E-Mail address contained characters used in an express such as a minus sign. All addresses are now enclosed in apostrophes. The same change has been made to SNDIFSMAIL, SNDTXTMAIL, and other IFS commands.
WRKIPDEV
An internal value was compared incorrectly which produced the wrong number of devices in some cases.
CHGOBJAUT
The DLTSPLF(*YES) function has been changed to no longer create a spooled file. No external difference will occur unless an error situation arises in which case an immediate escape message is issued.
SNDSPLMAIL
The SUBJECT parameter is no longer used and any value is ignored. SUBJ now defaults to *NOTUSED. The subject value sent will now contain a unique value followed by ‘.TXT’. This change was required to prevent an error when the same subject value was used by multiple users thus creating a duplicate DLO name.
CHGOBJAUT2
The Change Object Authority 2 command changes the *PUBLIC user of an object to the CRTAUT value of the library where the object exists. If the library value is *SYSVAL, the QCRTAUT system value is accessed and used. CHGOBJAUT2 allows existing objects to have their authority changed to adhere to the library default.
CRTTGTRLS
The Create Target Release command assists in creating or changing objects to be saved for a named release. A specific or generic object is named or all objects in a library. Either a new library must be named and must not exist (it is created by CRTTGTRLS) or the objects in the same library will be created for the named release. The TAA Tool RPLOBJ is used to recreate program and module objects and produces a listing of the results.
CVTJOB
The Convert Job to Outfile command converts the information for one or more jobs to an outfile. Selection may occur on the job or user name as well as the status (*ALL, *ACTIVE, *JOBQ, *OUTQ). The outfile name is JOBP which uses the model file TAAJOFKP and a format name of JOBRCD.
DSPCOMPCDE
The Display Completion Codes command displays the job completion codes described in the CPF1164 message. This provides a quick review.
DSPEMTARA
The Display Empty Data Area command displays one or more data areas that have no value or a zero value (*DEC type *DTAARA). A flag may be set if the data area has not been changed (such as by CHGDTAARA) in the last n days. An option exists to list all data areas. DSPEMTARA can be helpful in cleaning up unused data areas.
DSPEMTDBF
The Display Empty Data Base File command displays data base files that have no members. A flag may be set if the data base file has not been used in the last n days. An option exists to list all data base files. DSPEMTDBF can be helpful in cleaning up unused data base files.
DSPEMTDTAQ
The Display Empty Data Queue command displays one or more data queues that have no entries. A flag may be set if the data queue has not been changed (such as not having received an entry) in the last n days. An option exists to list all data queues. DSPEMTDTAQ can be helpful in cleaning up unused data queues.
DSPEMTJOBQ
The Display Empty Job Queue command displays one or more job queues that have no jobs. A flag may be set if the job queue has not been used (such as not having any jobs added) in the last n days. An option exists to list all job queues. DSPEMTJOBQ can be helpful in cleaning up unused job queues.
DSPEMTMSGQ
The Display Empty Message Queue command displays one or more message queues that have no messages. A flag may be set if the message queue has not been changed (such as not having received a message) in the last n days. An option exists to display all message queues. DSPEMTMSGQ can be helpful in cleaning up unused message queues.
DSPEMTOUTQ
The Display Empty Output Queue command displays one or more output queues that have no entries. A flag may be set if the output queue has not been used (such as not having any spooled files) in the last n days. An option exists to list all output queues. DSPEMTOUTQ can be helpful in cleaning up unused output queues.
DSPJOBSCDR
The Display Job Schedule Results command displays the results of Job Scheduled jobs (how they completed) for the last submission. The JOBACG tool must be in use and the job accounting entries must be current for the completed Job Scheduled jobs to obtain meaningful results. DSPJOBSCDR assists in understanding what is happening to Job Scheduled jobs.
DSPRPGCPY
The Display RPG /COPY tool provides two commands. DSPRPGCPY provides a display or list of the /COPY and/or /INCLUDE statements from one or more RPG type source members (including RPGLE, RPGMOD etc.) in one or more source files. An outfile is optional which will allow further analysis by the DSPRPGCPY2 command which prints or lists the use of a specific member named on /COPY or /INCLUDE statements. A query may also be written.
FNDCMDTXT
The Find Command Text command displays or prints a list of commands that match a string somewhere in the text description of command objects such as ‘printer’. A file of commands is created by the TAA install process (using the FNDCMD tool) which contains all commands on the system except for duplicates in QSYS and the previous release libraries.
PROLIB
The Protect Library tool helps prevent specified critical libraries from an accidental use of CLRLIB or DLTLIB. The tool uses the system provided command exit program technique. In addition to CLRLIB and DLTLIB, the TAA Tools CLRLIB2 and DLTLIB2 are also protected. Not even an *ALLOBJ user will be able to accidentally clear or delete a protected library.
RMVLSTCHR
The Remove Last Character command sets the last character in a variable to blank. It is primarily intended for use when receiving escape messages that already have a period at the end of the message text and should be resent using SNDESCMSG (which causes a period to be added at the end of the text). The message text must be declared as *CHAR LEN(512).
RTVDECARA
The Retrieve Decimal Data Area command retrieves the value of a decimal data area without knowing the length or decimal positions to a *CHAR LEN(17) variable. A minus sign may precede the value. A decimal format character will exist if decimal positions are defined for the data area.
RTVLSTSPLF
The Retrieve Last Spooled File command retrieves information about the last spooled file written in the current job. This includes the name of the spooled file, the spooled file number, and the date and time of the create.
RUNIO
The Run I/O command is a testing aid to submit a batch job to perform a series of writes to a data base file in QTEMP. This can assist in testing system performance by various tools that need to work with data base activity.
SNDESCMSG5
The Send Escape Message 5 command is similar to the TAA SNDESCMSG2 command (part of the SNDESCMSG tool), but also allows a ‘stack counter’ to be specified. This allows the escape message to be sent to a program higher in the stack than the calling program. The QMHSNDPGM API is used.
CAPNETA
The text description of the NETWRKATTR data area in TAASECURE is updated with the current date each time CAPNETA is run.
CHGOBJAUT
A new parameter has been added to allow deletion.
CHKCMDDFT
The command has been reworked to account for proxy commands and commands that cannot be checked are flagged.
CHKDBFMBR
The text of some escape messages has been improved.
CHKTGTRLS
The TGTRLS parameter now supports the current release.
CVTCMDA
A new field has been added to the outfile for the target library when a proxy command is found.
CVTIFSAUT
Up to 10 subdirectories may now be omitted.
DLTOLDQRPL
Additional object types are now supported.
DSPDBFREL
New options have been added to the display for DSPFMT and DSPOBJD2.
LOCKMSG
A new alternative program has been added to allow a batch program to send a message to the submitter of the job when a locked record is encountered.
A new ACTION value (*OP2) allows the spooled file to be placed in a HOLD(*YES) status to allow program control of whether the file is released.
PRTLMTCMD
Proxy commands that are limited are now identified along with the actual command that is used.
RTVAPPVAL
A new return variable exists for the number of keywords defined.
RTVCMDA
New return variables exist for proxy command information.
RTVPGMSTK
A new return variable exists for the third program in the stack prior to the current program.
SCNCMDKWD
A new parameter has been added to allow the command to be listed if the keyword exists, does not exist, or both.
TRNVAL
A second command TRNVAL2 has been added to allow a simple translation of field to upper case. The CPP XLATE may be called from a HLL program.
WRKF2
A new option has been added to the display to use STRSEU for the member that created the file.
CAPSYSINF
The command failed if QTEMP was not on the library list. This has been corrected.
CHGIFSOWN
If apostrophes were placed around the object name, an error occurred. This has been corrected.
CHGUSRSPC
The VALUE parameter now accepts an expression.
CHKINACT2
The DSCOPT value in the Application Value CHKINACT2 in TAASECURE was missing. This has been corrected.
CPYTOCSV
COLHDG(*FLDNAM) produced blank column headings. This has been corrected.
CVTDTAQ
The OUTMBR parameter was not being used and the output always went to member DTAQP. This has been corrected.
CVTFRMSPLF
The *PUBLIC authority was not being set to the library create authority. This has been corrected.
CVTIFS
When checking for an omit directory, a pointer error occurred if a directory and not already been processed. This has been corrected.
CVTIFSOWN
A large number of IFS objects was not handled properly. This has been corrected.
CVTIMGCLGE
Only 15 entries were converted. The RPG program has been converted to RPGLE to allow a larger receiver variable.
DLTIFS
When DLTDIR(*NO) was specified, an escape message was sent if the directory was empty. This condition no longer produces an escape message.
DUPTAADBF
When a file was duplicated, the *PUBLIC authority was not being set to the library CRTAUT value. This has been corrected which impacts several commands.
DYNMNU
The RU and RD values were not being handled properly and often resulted in a message stating that the number of menus in the stack had been exceeded. This has been corrected.
FNDCMD
The OUTPUT(*PRINT) option failed. In some cases an error occurred when rolling. These errors have been corrected.
PRTOWNOBJ
Errors from RTVOBJD such as a locked object are now noted and processing continues.
RBLDBF
The re-create of a physical file failed if the file was specified as WAITRCD(*NOMAX). The re-create of a logical file failed if the file was specified as FRCACCPTH(*YES). The files in TAARBLLIB did not have a size of *NOMAX. These errors have been corrected.
RPLMOD
C modules are now supported correctly.
RPLPGM
The current library is changed to the source members library to increase the odds that a non-library-qualified /COPY statement will find the right source member. 21 character qualified module or service programs are now handled correctly.
RTVCALLR
If the program that invoked RTVCALLR was an ILE program, the name of the ILE program was returned instead of the previous program. This has been corrected.
RTVHOLIDAY
*NEWYEARS was not handled. This has been corrected.
SAVSNDM
The RSTSNDM command was created with the wrong CPP name. This has been corrected.
SCNCMDKWD
If a single member was requested, the command failed. This has been corrected.
ZIP
The TAAIFSZR2 command was left out of the create process. This has been corrected.
CVTCMDA
The library qualifier for the CMD parameter has been changed from *USRLIBL to *LIBL.
DLTIFS
If DLTDIR(*NO) was specified and the directory was empty an escape message was issued. This is no longer considered an error condition.
DUPTAADBF
When an object was duplicated to a library, the library CRTAUT authority was not being used for the *PUBLIC user. This has been corrected and impacts several commands which create outfiles from TAA commands.. Other commands that create outfiles without the use of DUPTAADBF have also been changed. In many cases, the outfile is created in QTEMP and the *PUBLIC user does not have access.
CHKJOBFNC
The Check Job Function command checks for an active job having a specific Function type-description as seen with WRKACTJOB such as ‘PGM-xxx’. Multiple jobs may satisfy the request. A job name is required. Both the Function type and the Function description are optional.
CHKOWNCHG
The Check Owner Change command compares the current owner of one or more objects to the owner that created the object and displays a listing. Those objects with the same owner are bypassed. Options exist to process only those owned by a named user or created by a named user.
CPYTOCSV
The Copy to CSV command copies from an externally described data base file to a stream file and adds delimiters. The intent is to make a stream file for a spread sheet processor. Options exist to add delimiters at the end of fields, surround fields with quotes, and to include column headings.
CVTOBJD5
The Convert Object Description 5 command provides an outfile for most of the fields created by DSPOBJD and adds large fields for the object and save size values to allow for 15 and 20 digit fields. Edited values are also provided as separate fields. This provides a simple means of working with large sizes. The model file is TAAOBLZP with a format name of QLIDOBJD.
CVTPGMA2
The Convert Program Attributes 2 command converts program object (*PGM) information to an outfile with one record per program. This includes module information for up to 100 modules which is written as an array. This allows simple processing of programs that are made up of multiple modules. The same information as available with CVTPGMA plus the module information is output by CVTPGMA2.
DSPDEPLGL
The Display Dependent Logical command provides a display of the dependent logical files of a physical file. A physical file must be specified for the FILE parameter. An option exists from the display to access other options such as the access path information.
DSPLSTOBJ
The Display Last Object command displays information about the last object name of a generic group of objects. The default is for all object types. If the same name exists for different object types, the last object type (per system order) determines the object that is displayed. If you are naming objects using a generic technique, DSPLSTOBJ can assist in providing information about the last name assigned.
DSPUSRCMD
The Display User Commands command displays the audit records for commands run by a user that is specified with CHGUSRAUD AUDLVL(*CMD). DSPUSRCMD is intended for use on critical security profiles such as QSECOFR and QSRV to allow a review of the commands that were entered. The Journal Code T (Audit) records with an Entry Type of CD (command was run) are processed using the CPYAUDJRNE outfile.
DTAARAARC
The Data Area Archive provides online save files for specified data areas. Multiple versions may exist for each data area. The DTAARAARC tool is not intended to replace normal backup, but rather to allow a quick review of a previous value. A typical use would be to restore the object to a different library to allow a review. You can also restore from the online save files. Several commands are provided.
RMVMSGQMS2
Remove Message Queue Messages 2 command allows a removal from one, generic, or all message queues for messages that are past a retention date. The default is to bypass any message queues with a name beginning with Q in a library beginning with Q. Other message queues may be specifically bypassed.
RMVQSYSMSG
The Remove QSYSMSG Messages tool allows both removal and archiving of messages from the QSYSMSG system message queue. Removal is done based on the number of days to retain the messages. Archiving is optional and provides for the QSYSMSGP file in QGPL. If archiving is used, all new messages (not previously archived) are copied to QSYSMSGP.
RNMIFSPGP
The Rename Primary Group Profile command uses the CHGPGP command to rename the Primary Group Profile of the objects for a user. The To user becomes the new Primary Group Profile. The default is *CHECK meaning no changes would occur and a listing of the objects that would be changed is output. *CHANGE may be specified to change the Primary Group Profile attribute.
RNMOBJPGP
The Rename Object Primary Group Profile command sets the PGP attribute of one or more objects to a new user profile. The PGP attribute is set by the CHGOBJPGP command. The default for RNMOBJPGP is for ACTION(*CHECK) which causes a listing of what would be changed. ACTION(*CHANGE) should be specified to change the attribute (set it to the new user profile).
RPTCMD
The Repeat Command command is primarily a testing aid and allows a command to repeated between 1 and 99999 times. RPTCMD can be helpful when stress testing a function.
RTVLSTOBJ
The Retrieve Last Object command retrieves the last name of a generic name by object type. If you are naming objects using a generic technique, RTVLSTOBJ can assist in determining the last name assigned.
RTVNXTID
The Retrieve Next ID command is designed to return the next ID in a sequence. For example, if the last ID input is ABC, the next ID that would be returned is ABD. This allows the assigning of names based on the last ID that was used. This could be used for object or member names or for field names in a data base file. Numbers in the ID are optional.
RVKIFSPGP
The Revoke IFS Primary Group Profile command sets the Primary Group Profile to *NONE for a specific user. This allows some cleanup of the IFS objects. The command defaults to ‘*CHECK’ and provides a listing of what would be changed if ‘*REVOKE’ had been specified.
RVKOBJPGP
The Revoke Object Primary Group Profile command sets the PGP attribute of one or more objects to *NONE. The PGP attribute is set by the CHGOBJPGP command. The default for RVKOBJPGP is for ACTION(*CHECK) which causes a listing of what would be changed. ACTION(*REVOKE) should be specified to revoke the attribute (set it to *NONE).
SYSACT
The System Activity tool is a series of commands that lets you capture and work with the data produced by the WRKSYSACT system command. This provides performance information for jobs/tasks that have occurred during one or more intervals. The SYSACT tool can be helpful in reviewing performance characteristics such as CPU usage, I/O counts and a breakdown of reads/writes for data base and non-data base activity.
CHKTAAOUTF
A parameter has been added to allow checking an individual outfile.
CPYTOCSV
A new parameter STMFCCSID has been added to allow transformation of the data as written to the stream file.
CRTDBFJRN
A new parameter has been added and defaults to allow the initialization of the DL (delete after image) record if IMAGES(*AFTER) is specified for the journaled file. No change occurs to the DL entries if IMAGES(*BOTH) is specified for the journaled file. If IMAGES(*AFTER) is specified for the journaled file, the new parameter default allows programs that are processing all entry types to have valid data in decimal fields. Specifying INZDLTDFT(*NO) generates the prior option where the DL entries appear as all blank values.
CVTJOBPERF
A new parameter has been added for job number.
DSPACCPTH
The format name has been added to the display.
DSPMBRCPC
New parameters exist to allow an escape message if any members are flagged and to specify your own value for what a *NOMAX size means.
DSPQHST
The output listing now ends at 1320 for easier reading and additional lines are output if non-blank.
DSPTOOLCMD
A new option exists to access the command help text.
ENDDUPJOB
A new parameter has been added to allow the deletion of the job log if the job is complete and the job log is on the output queue. This now allows ENDDUPJOB to clean up all duplicate jobs and delete all job logs regardless of status.
MTNJRN
New parameters have been added to allow control of the DLTJRNRCV DLTOPT parameter.
PRTPRTACG
A sequence parameter has been added.
RNMUSRPRF
The rename of IFS object PGP (Primary Group Profile) is now included. A new option has been added to disable and retain the old profile.
RPLOBJ
A TGTRLS parameter has been added and also to RPLMOD, RPLGENPGM, and RPLPGM. The RPLOBJ OBJTYPE parameter supports a new value *PGMMOD to allow only *MODULE and *PGM objects to be created.
RTVJOBA2
The current user return variable is now supported on RTVJOBA2.
RTVJOBSTS
The JOB parameter now supports a generic job and generic user name. A new parameter has been added to allow selection on the ‘current user’ profile.
RTVOBJD3
A new parameter has been added for the return object type.
RTVSMTPA
An additional command (RTVSMTPA2) has been added to allow a 2 part input of an ID and address.
RUNCPU
A new parameter has been added to allow a burst of CPU activity on a periodic basis.
SCNSRC
The file and library text have been added to the output.
SPLSTO
When PRTSPLSTO is used, the SCHEDULE parameter is now set to *FILEEND. This avoids the problem caused by the original spooled file set to *JOBEND with a status of CLO. The new spooled file will have a status of RDY.
WHOME
The ‘current user’ information is now displayed.
WRKOBJ2
A new parameter has been added for OBJATR.
Install
The CHKTAAOUTF command is now run within the install job to avoid locking problems.
The INZPWD2 *USRSPC object was not being installed. This has been corrected.
APYRMTJRN
If and ENDAPYRMT was issued without any journal entries applied, the batch job failed with a missing pointer. This has been corrected.
CLRLIB2
The command was allowed on a library owned by system provided profile. This is now prevented unless the owner is QPGMR.
CMPDBF
If the two files did not have the same format an error occurred. The same format is now required.
CMPLIB
The same named file with different formats caused an error. These files are now flagged and bypassed. Other errors from CMPDBF are flagged and bypassed.
CMPSRC2
An internal change has been made to use the TAAPRT1 printer file instead of QPRINT to avoid conflicts.
CRTDBFJRN
An internal change has been made in the way CVTDAT converts date formats to allow more international usage. The format used for *TYPE1 was incorrect and has been fixed.
CVTIFSOWN
Several corrections were made to account for errors returned by the internal use of RTVIFSED. A new outfile field was added describing that errors occurred.
DLTDLUSPLF
The command failed in an output queue was deleted during processing. This has been corrected.
DLTIFS
The command was not deleting an empty directory. This has been corrected.
DLTLIB2
The command was allowed on a library owned by system provided profile. This is now prevented unless the owner is QPGMR.
DLTOBJ2
No space was left between the object types if multiples were requested causing an error. This has been corrected.
DSPMBRCPC
The size for a *NOMAX record file is 4GB rather than the 2GB number described with the tool. The value has been changed and a new option added to allow a user defined value for a comparison when *NOMAX is specified.
DSPOBJLCK
The size of the internal array has been increased from 3000 to 9999. The sub program handling member locks was also changed.
ENDDUPJOB
If a job of the same name has been completed, all spooled files including the job log will be deleted if SPLFILE(*YES) is specified.
ENDJOB2
The LOGLMT parameter was mishandled for the *SAME value causing the job log of an active job to be deleted. This has been corrected.
FTP2
The SBMFTP2 command failed on a password containing expression characters. The error handling was case sensitive. ESPV and some unknown strings were causing errors. These errors have been corrected.
JOBACT
If the RDDBR command failed for other than end of file, the STRACTJOB command just delays and tries again.
PRTACG
The values for STRDATE of *FIRST and *TODAY were not handled properly. This has been corrected.
PRTLMTCMD
The internal code has been reworked to avoid some potential problems. The V6R1 use of the command aborted on objects that did not exist. This is monitored for now and bypassed.
RSTAUTL
The GRTAUTL command now sets the internal file to *NOMAX.
RTVCTLASC2
Additional MONMSG commands have been added for MCH3601.
RTVJOBA2
Additional MONMSG commands have been added for cases where the job no longer exists and removal of certain MCH3601 messages has been used. If the job was not active, some information was not returned properly such as Function. This has been corrected.
RTVJOBSTS
The JOBLIST parameter was not returned correctly in all cases. This has been corrected.
RTVOBJD3
The command provided an error when only one object existed and OBJTYPE(*ALL) was used. This has been corrected.
RTVRPGFLD
A + symbol in the D spec To/Length field caused a failure. This has been corrected.
RVKIFSAUT
Blank lines have been eliminated before *DIR objects which caused confusion when PRTPUBLIC(*DUP) was specified.
SPLSTO
The change that was made in the April 15, 2010 version worked for *AUTO Spool Stores, but failed for *MANUAL types attempting to update a user space that did not exist. This has been corrected. The PRTSPLSTO command now uses SCHEDULE(*FILEEND) to allow printing before the job is ended.
WRKASP
The numbers shown as MB (megabytes) should be M (millions of bytes). The same error occurred on DSPASPA2. The displays have been corrected.
CMPSRC2
The internal print file has been changed from QPRINT to TAAPRT1. This should have no impact unless you are doing an OVRPRTF to the name QPRINT.
CRTDBFJRN
The command now defaults to provide initialized values in the user fields. for the DL (deleted after image) entry types if the journaled file is specified as IMAGES(*AFTER). No change occurs if IMAGES(*BOTH) is specified for the journaled file. Prior to this, the user fields were filled with blanks as taken from the JOESD field of the DL journal entries. Specifying INZDLTDFT(*NO) will retain the blank values.
RUNCPU
The command now defaults to use the QSYSNOMAX job queue.
CHKTAACHG
The Check TAA Changes command helps provide an understanding of potential incompatibilities when moving to a new update or version of the TAA Productivity Tools. The tool is run automatically at the time of install using the last used date of the previous TAA commands and a listing is output. The information may not be 100% complete, but should provide a review of what you should consider.
CHKTAAOUTF
The Check TAA Outfiles command checks for any existing TAA outfile names to determine if the level ID is the same as that used by the current tool. The command is run automatically when the TAA Productivity Tools are installed and may also be run at any time. The output listing describes outfiles that may need to be deleted for successful tool use.
CLCDATTIM2
The Calculate Date/Time 2 command returns the difference in terms of number of minutes (an optionally the number of seconds) between a From date/time and a To date/time. CLCDATTIM2 may be useful when determining time differences.
CMPLIBFMT
The Compare Library Format command compares one or more physical files in one library to the same file names in another library. The comparison is done for the number of fields, the record length, and the level ID. This can assist in ensuring files that are intended to match have the same format in different libraries.
CPYDBFDAT
The Copy Data Base Date command copies records in a data base file based on a comparison of a field value and a specified date and operator. Different date formats are valid for character, zoned, packed, date, or time stamp fields.
CPYRFMT
The Copy and Reformat command provides better reformatting capability than the system CPYF command which supports only *MAP and *DROP. In addition to *MAP and *DROP functions, CPYRFMT allows renaming of a field. The To file must exist.
CVTIFSAUT2
The Convert IFS Authority 2 command converts IFS authorities for a single user to an outfile named IFSAUT2P. This allows simplified processing of user authorities. The model file is TAAIFTWP with a format name of IFSAUT2PR.
CVTLIBAUT
The Convert Library Authorizations command converts the object authority information of all objects within a library and the library object to an outfile. The system command DSPOBJAUT operates on only a single object. The outfile name is OBJAUTP. The model file is QAOBJAUT in QSYS with a format name of QSYDSAUT.
CVTLIBAUT2
The Convert Library Authority 2 command converts the authorities of users to library objects (not the objects within a library) to an outfile. The DSPOBJAUT command operates on only a single object. The outfile name is OBJAUTP. The model file is QAOBJAUT in QSYS with a format name of QSYDSAUT.
CVTOBJD4
The Convert Object Description 4 command creates an outfile of object descriptions based on the DSPOBJD V5R3 outfile format. This allows a program which uses the outfile that is created on a more current release to be transferred to a prior release and operate successfully. The V5R3 format is created using the QUSLOBJ API and has a format name of QLIDOBJD.
CVTSFWRSC
The Convert Software Resources command provides a simpler outfile to work with than the system DSPSFWRSC command. Only the data that appears on the DSPSFWRSC OUTPUT(*PRINT) listing is converted to the SFWRSCP outfile. The model file is TAASYTXP with a record format name of SFWRSCR. Because the listing must be read by CPYSPLF, only the lower and upper case English language versions of DSPSFWRSC are supported.
CVTTIMSEC
The Convert Time to Seconds command converts a time value (HHMMSS) to a return parameter containing the number of seconds prior to midnight. For example, if the value is 030000 (3:00 AM), the return seconds would be (3600 x 3) or 10,800. CVTTIMSEC may be helpful when dealing with time values.
DLTDBFDAT
The Delete Data Base Date command deletes (or checks for deletion) records from a data base file based on a comparison of a field value and a specified date and operator. Different date formats are valid for character, zoned, packed, date, or time stamp fields. DLTDBFDAT can assist in cleaning up files.
DSPACGCDE
The Display Job Accounting Codes command displays a list of job accounting codes in code sequence from both User Profiles and Job Descriptions. This simplifies understanding what Job Accounting Codes exist and where they are defined.
DSPJOBPERF
The Display Job Performance command lists job performance information for the current job. The RESJOBPERF command (part of the JOBINF tool) should first be used to begin capturing the information. After some commands are entered, DSPJOBPERF may then by used to display the information.
DSPMSGUSE2
The Display Message Use 2 command reads the outfile created by the SCNEXTMSGF TAA Tool and creates a listing of the message ID and the command name that sends the message if it is known. Only system commands that send escape messages can be identified. Diagnostic messages and messages from APIs cannot be identified.
DSPSUMJOBQ
The Display Summary of Job Queue command provides a summary of a job queue by Status and Job Priority. One or both of the summaries may be listed along with an optional line for each job. DSPSUMJOBQ can help determine how many jobs exist for each type.
DSPSUMOUTQ
The Display Summary of Output Queue command provides a summary of an output queue by Status, Form Type, and User Data. One or all of the summaries may be listed along with an optional line for each spooled file. DSPSUMOUTQ can help determine how much printing must occur for each type.
DSPUSRSTG
The Display User Storage command provides a display or listing with one line per user of the number of objects owned and the total storage used. One, generic, or all users may be requested along with an omit list. The number of programs, files, and other objects is also shown.
JOBINF
The Job Information tool provides commands that allow you to create a record when a job begins and ends. The information that is captured includes how and when the job started and a summary of performance information when the job ended. The STRJOBINF and ENDJOBINF commands must be included in the job.
RNMIFSAUT
The Rename IFS Authorities command allows you to change the authorities from one user to another for IFS objects. The default is for ACTION(*CHECK) which will not cause any changes, but a listing is produced describing the changes that would occur. Two exceptions exist that will prevent a change 1) if the user is the owner of an object, or 2) if the user is the Primary Group Profile of the object.
RTVJOBPERF
The Retrieve Job Performance command retrieves performance information about the current job. The system keeps statistics for each job which are retrieved using the API QUSRJOBI. A ‘reset’ of the statistics must first be used for the job by RESJOBPERF or RTVJOBPERF RESET(*YES). Following the running of normal commands, RTVJOBPERF RESET(*NO) may then be used to retrieve the performance information that has occurred since the last ‘reset’.
RTVTCPSTKS
The Retrieve TCP Stack Status command retrieves TCP information for IPv4 and IPv6. Status information such as whether TCP is active or inactive is available for both IPv4 and IPv6. Starting and ending information is also available for IPv4.
RVKIFSAUT
The Revoke IFS Authority command revokes the authorities of a specified user to IFS objects. The default is to ‘check’ rather than ‘revoke’. A listing is produced describing the results. The authority is not revoked if the user is the owner of the object or if the user is the Primary Group Profile. If the user is authorized via an Authorization List, the Authorization List is not changed.
CHKDBFMBR
New parameters have been added for record length, number of fields, and level ID.
CHKGRPPRF
The tool has been reworked to provide better performance.
CMPSYSVAL
A specific comparison of the values for QAUDLVL, QAUDLVL2, and QPWDRULES is now made.
CRTDBFJRN
The command now supports an OUTFILFMT parameter to allow *TYPE1 … *TYPE5 formats of the journal information.
CVTWRKSPLF
The tool has been reworked to use an open list API (provides a significant increase in the number of spooled files that can be processed), additional fields exist in the outfile, and the performance has been improved. The PRTDEV parameter which was used to determine the output queue has been dropped.
DLTUSRPRF2
A new option has been added to allow the deletion of user owned spooled files. These are not deleted by the system DLTUSRPRF command.
DSPTAPSIZ
Additional information has been added such as the volume ID and owner.
RMVOLDMSG
The days parameter max value has been increased to 999.
RNMUSRPRF
IFS authorities are now renamed to the new user.
RTVGENOBJ
The OBJ parameter now supports *ALLUSR, *USRLIBL, or *ALL as a qualified name.
RTVIPLA
New parameters have been added for DSPSTS, STRTCP, and SPLRCV.
RTVJOBSTRA
A new parameter has been added for Job Queue priority.
RTVJOBSTS
The job name and user name now support generic values.
RTVSYSD
A new parameter has been added for the LIC release.
RVKDUPAUT
The OBJ parameter now supports a library value of *ALL
SCNEXTMSGF
An outfile option has been added. See the new tool DSPMSGUSE2 for how to list the outfile along with the command names (if they can be found) for the associated message IDs.
SCNSRC
An new parameter has been added to allow a blank to be added at the end of each argument. The same parameter has been added to SCNALLSRC, SCNGENSRC, and SCNSRC2.
WRKJOBSTS
The F6 key is now available to DSPMSG MSGQ(QSYSOPR) MSGTYPE(*INQ).
AUDLOG
The DSPAUDLOG Option 7 failed in some cases. This has been corrected.
CHKINACT
In some cases if a job was no longer active the command failed. This is now monitored for and the job is ignored.
CLRLIB2
If an object was locked, the command failed. If an error occurred prior to resetting the job’s inquiry message attribute, the command failed. A new test has been added. These errors have been corrected.
CPYFRMCSV
An extra comma was output when the character immediately preceding the delimiter was a comma. This has been corrected.
CPYFRMCSV2
The command failed attempting to copy to the QTEMP TAATMPFILE file which had just been deleted. This has been corrected.
CVTLINETH
The TAATMPOBJ file was created in the OUTLIB instead of QTEMP. The same error occurred for CVTCTLASC, CVTCTLHOST, CVTCTLVWS, CVTCTLNET, CVTCTLLWS, CVTLINPPP, CVTLINSDLC, CVTLINASC, and CVTTIMZOND. The commands worked correctly when OUTLIB(QTEMP) was used. These errors have been corrected.
CVTQHST
The QHSTP file is now set for *NOMAX records.
CVTSYSVAL
The QAUDLVL value now fills the SYCURL field to allow a large list of entries.
CVTVOLSTAT
A default tape size of 1/4 is now used.
CVTWRKSPLF
An open list API is now used to allow a much larger number of spooled files to be created and performance has been improved.
DLTDEPLGL
If no logical files exist, the command now ends with a completion message instead of the escape message CPF3220.
DSPJOBSTRA
The command failed if displaying the current job. This has been corrected.
DSPOBJLCK
The size of the internal array for number of locks has been increased from 999 to 3000.
DSPTXT
The use of F6 for was failing as the TAAPRT1 file was already open and was not correctly handling the end of data. This impacted tools such as DSPMOON, DSPUSAHST, DSPUSAPRES, and DSPVTPRSC.
DYNMNU
The test for command line was not checking for *NONE in the menu record. The indication that this occurs is that the menu is displayed, but the options entered do not do anything. This has been corrected.
EDTDBF
The handling of variable length fields caused the field to contain blanks. This has been corrected.
RMVMSGQMSG
The sub tool CVTMSGQ2 is invoked via QCMDEXC and the library is now qualified.
RNMUSRPRF
The internal DLTUSRPRF command now specifies the PGPOPT keyword to change any Primary Group Profiles specified for the old user to the new user.
RTVJOBA2
The CPF3C55 message for job not active has been added to the list that returns TAA9893.
RVKDUPAUT
Objects which are locked are now bypassed and a diagnostic message is sent.
SAVALLCHG2
The build up of the command had 2 uses of the ACCPTH parameter. This has been corrected.
SAVAUTL
The AUTLOBJ outfile is now set to *NOMAX.
SCNEXTMSGF
The scan value is now folded to upper case before scanning.
SNDIFSMAIL
The escape message from CHKDLO was appearing after the function was completed. This has been corrected.
SPLSTO
Because the SPLSTO *USRSPC is updated by the use of of a pointer and not via an API, any changes were not picked up by a mirroring technique. The User Space is now updated by an API to allow a mirroring solution to work properly.
UPDFLD
A selection of *BLANKS, caused all fields to be updated. This has been corrected.
CMPDBFFMT
The escape message sent if mismatches occur is now TAA9891 instead of CPF9898.
CVTWRKSPLF
The tool has been reworked to use a different API which will provide better performance and a significant increase in the number of spooled files that can be processed. The PRTDEV parameter which was used to determine the output queue has been dropped.
DLTDEPLGL
If no dependent logical files exist, the command now ends with a completion message instead of the escape message CPF3220.
DLTOBJ
The system added a DLTOBJ command in QSYS. The TAA tool has been renamed to DLTOBJ2. Both commands support the basic parameters of a generic object name, a library, and a type. There are differences in the additional parameters and the TAA version supports a list for object type.
SCNSPLF2
Since the CVTWRKSPLF command dropped the PRTDEV parameter, it has also been dropped from SCNSPLF2 which uses CVTWRKSPLF.
WRKSPLF2
Since the CVTWRKSPLF command dropped the PRTDEV parameter, it has also been dropped from WRKSPLF2 which uses CVTWRKSPLF.
CHGRPGCPY
The Change RPG /COPY (CHGRPGCPY) command allows changes to /COPY statements in RPG for one, generic, or all members of a source file. The CHGRPGCPY2 exists for RPGLE source which also handles /INCLUDE. The default is OPTION(*CHECK) which means no changes are made and the listing describes what changes would be made. Selection criteria exists for the file, library, or member names in the existing /COPY statement.
CHKVAL
The Check Value command is intended for the case where the user inputs a value to a CL program and the value must be validated. CHKVAL offers several checking options that vary depending on the type requested. Special values are also supported. Standard error text may be used to simplify the explanation of any errors.
CLCTIMZOND
The Calculate Time Zone Difference command returns the number of minutes difference between two time zones. The time zone names as used by WRKTIMZON must be input or special values such as *PACIFIC. Daylight savings time is considered. An optional return value describes the difference in HH:MM format. A minus value may be returned.
CMPALLSRC
The Compare All Source command compares one, all, or generic source members in one or more source files in a library to the same file and members in a different library. A listing is produced for each file and the members. If the corresponding member does not exist or the data does not match, the member is flagged. An option exists for a detail comparison of unmatched members.
CPYNONGEN
The Copy Non Generic command copies records from one file/member to another and bypasses the records containing a list of generic values for a named field. This allows ‘all but generic xxx’ to be copied. Most queries do not support a selection by ‘*NE a generic value’. Using CPYNONGEN allows a subset file to be created which can then be queried.
CVTIP6DEV
The Convert IPv6 Device command converts the IP version 6 device information to the IP6DEVP outfile in a named library. TCP must be active. Only TCP/IPv6 network interfaces are supported. One record is written for each IP device. The API QtocLstNetIfc is used. For a description of the field values in the outfile, refer to the API documentation for format NIFC0200.
CVTSRCMBR
The Convert Source Member command converts source that exceeds 70 columns of data to a format not exceeding 70 columns. This allows a tool such as EDTSRC to work with previously created DDS source such as CL or DDS. The type of source must be named (CL, CMD, DDS, or TXT). Any non supported source types are flagged.
DSPCLPSRC
The Display CLP Source command displays or lists the source for a CLP type program (CLP, CLP38 and CLLE). If the source does not exist for a CLP or CLP38 program (non-TAA), a prompt occurs asking if RTVCLSRC should be used and a display occurs after retrieval. If a TAA program is specified and the user is authorized to the TAASRCACC Authorization List, the source in the TAA Archive is displayed.
DSPCMDSRC
The Display Command Source command displays or lists the command source for a command. If the source does not exist for a non-TAA command, a prompt occurs asking if RTVCMDSRC should be used and a display occurs after retrieval. If a TAA command is specified and the user is authorized to the TAASRCACC Authorization List, the source in the TAA Archive is displayed.
DSPDSTDAT
The Display DST (Daylight Savings Time) Date command displays or lists the start and end date/times for daylight savings time for a time zone in a specific year. The system support for Time Zone Descriptions does not include actual dates of change.
DSPIFSAUD
The Display IFS Auditing command displays the auditing attribute of IFS objects. Selection may be made on the type of auditing including *NONE. DSPIFSAUD assists in understanding what is being audited. To specify auditing for an IFS object, use CHGAUD.
DSPTAANAM
The Display TAA Name command allows input of 4 characters for a TAA ID such as SRCF and sends a completion message with the tool name and description. This can simplify determining what tool is being used when only an object name is known.
DSPTIMZONT
The Display Time Zone Time command displays or lists the date and time for a specified time zone. The day of week and offset from GMT are also shown. Daylight savings time (DST) is considered if the time zone supports DST and the current date/time is within the DST start and end date/time.
OPNSPLF
The Open Spooled File command is a testing aid. It allows a spooled file to be opened with a specific name and remain open. The intent of OPNSPLF is to allow other functions to test how they operate on an opened spooled file.
RTVDSTDAT
The Retrieve DST (Daylight Savings Time) Date command retrieves the actual dates that daylight savings time will begin and end for a Time Zone Description in a specific year. The system support for Time Zone Descriptions does not include actual dates of change. The TAA9893 escape message is sent if the Time Zone Description does not support daylight savings time.
RTVTIMZONT
The Retrieve Time Zone Time command retrieves the current date and time for a specified time zone. The day of week and offset from GMT may also be retrieved. Daylight savings time (DST) is considered if the time zone supports DST and the current date/time is within the DST start and end date/time.
SBMCHKACT
The Submit Check of Active Job command is intended for the case where a job should either
A message is sent to a specified message queue if the status is not what is requested.
SCNDBFFLD
The Scan Data Base Field command allows a scan of a field in a data base file for *EQ, *LE, … *CT (contains). Up to 3 fields that help identify the record where a match was found may be listed. SCNDBFFLD provides a simple query of data.
SCNDEVDSPA
The Scan Device Display Attributes command scans one, generic, or all display devices for attribute values. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of display devices.
SCNDEVPRTA
The Scan Device Printer Attributes command scans one, generic, or all printer devices for attribute values. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of printer devices.
SCNJOBLOG
The Scan Job Log command is intended to ‘net out’ a job log to allow a review by selection criteria. It allows a display or listing of a subset of the messages from a specific job log. The selection of messages may be done by a list of message IDs, message types, date/time range, severity, or by scanning the message text.
UNLOAD
The Unload a Device command provides a simple function to ensure a device is unloaded. If the command completes successfully and unloads the device or the device is not in a ready status (the status if already unloaded), the command completes normally. Different completion message text describes the condition. The command may be helpful when several save commands are used in a CL program and it is not known what the device condition is at the end.
CHKDBFMBR
MBR(*NONE) may now be specified to check against the file.
CMPSRC2
A new option has been added to allow a detail comparison of any members that differ.
CVTIFS
A new value has been added for ‘allow save’. The same value is also available on RTVIFSED2 and DSPIFS.
DSPHOLIDAY
An outfile option is now available.
DSPJOBSTRA
New parameters exist for Status and Duplicate Job Request.
DSPJRNCDE
A wider window is not provided.
MOVSPLOUTQ
Spooled files in a HLD status may now be moved.
PMTFLD
A list of field types may be entered to allow selection of only the named types.
RTVDTAQD
A new parameter has been added for ‘enforce data queue lock’. The same value has been added to CVTDTAQA.
RTVJOBSTS
New values exist for DUPJOBRQS to return the first or last job based on when the job entered the system. The previous values of *FIRST or *LAST determine the job to return based on job number.
RTVRPGFLD
Support of /INCLUDE has been added.
RTVTIMZOND
A new return parameter has been added for daylight savings shift time. The same field has been added to the CVTTIMZOND outfile.
SAVLIBSAVF
New parameters have been added for SPLFDTA, QDTA, and PVTAUT. The same parameters have been added to SAVALLCHG, SAVALLCHG2, and SAVCHG23 where applicable.
SNDSTSMSG
A new parameter has been added to allow the same message text to be sent to the job log.
AUDLOG
The PRTAUDLOG command failed if many journal type entries were specified. This has been corrected.
CHGSRCDAT
In some cases the source change date field was not properly updated. This has been corrected.
CHKSAVDEV
An escape message now occurs if CLEAR(*NONE) is specified and ESCAPE(*YES) if the device description specifies ‘unload’ on a ‘vary off’. You may change the device description or use ESCAPE(*NO).
CPYSPLTXT
The internal file TAATMPWRK is now created with SIZE(*NOMAX).
CVTFD
The TAAFDOUT file was not set to *NOMAX. This has been corrected.
CVTJOBACG3
If a job was cancelled while on the job queue, the information about the job that did the cancel instead of the job that was cancelled was placed in the accounting record. This has been corrected.
CVTOUTQ
Some error messages referred to CVTIFS. This has been corrected.
DLTLIB2
The command failed attempting to delete an empty library. This has been corrected.
DLTOLDSPLF
The command failed if a generic name was used for bypassing an output queue. This has been corrected.
DSAOLDPRF
The command failed if an invalid create date existed. These are now changed to a date of Oct 01, 1978.
DSPIFS
The previous change that forced the use of the *TYPE2 format has been rescinded. Either type may now be used. The OBJNAM and IFDIRE fields are now translated to upper case before making a comparison. The SORTBY parameter was not handled correctly and caused an error when opening TAAIFSAT. This has been corrected.
DSPIFSED
A blank date caused an error using CVTDAT. This is now bypassed.
DSPPGMADP2
The check for *ALLOBJ special authority produced an error in all cases. This has been corrected. The command failed if a program or service program was allocated. Since no corresponding objects will be converted for the type within a library, a diagnostic will be sent and the command will fail when all libraries have been processed.
DSPSTGUSE
The flagging calculation was in error. This has been corrected.
DSPTAPSIZ
The TAP01 device was hard coded by error. There was also problem if more than one page of output existed from DSPTAP. These problems have been corrected.
EDTSRC
The documentation has been updated to indicate that 70 bytes of source may be edited (not 71).
JOBACG
The ANZJOBACG command failed if a date was outside the range covered by CVTDAT. These dates are now bypassed.
PRTLIBAUT
The command failed for library QSYS when trying to operate on library QTEMP which is now bypassed. Also changed size of internal OBJAUTP file to *NOMAX.
RPLPGM
The library name failed if *CURLIB had been used. This has been corrected.
RTVPGMREFL
Incorrect service program information was returned if more than one service program existed. This has been corrected.
RTVPRDDSC
Only the last 3 character of the 7 character product ID are now used to determine the description.
RTVRPGFLD
If a /COPY was used and the file or member could not be found, better error messages are now sent describing the error.
SAVSYSBCH
The internal use of CHKSAVRST caused errors if the system did not have a upper or lower case English option. New parameters have been added for CHKSAVRST and PRTSAVLBL to bypass these functions.
An error in the documentation stated that on completion of a save option that the system restarted the controlling subsystem. This is incorrect. The controlling subsystem is restarted when the job running SAVSYSBCH ends thus allowing the POWERDOWN option to be used before the controlling subsystem is restarted. The documentation has been corrected.
The same documentation change was made to RCLSTGBCH.
SNDIFSMAIL
The command failed if TAAFLR did not exist. This is now monitored for internally.
SPLSTO
If a spooled file was deleted during an attempt to convert to the spool store, the command failed. This condition is now bypassed by a change to CVTFRMSPLF.
WRTIFS
If a previous caller failed, the open failed on the next attempt. This has been corrected.
CHKSAVDEV
An escape message now occurs if CLEAR(*NONE) is specified and ESCAPE(*YES) if the device description specifies ‘unload’ on a ‘vary off’. You may change the device description or use ESCAPE(*NO).
DSPJOBSTRA
The default has been changed to display the last job (highest job number) if a duplicate set of job names exist.
ADDRDBDIR2
The Add Relational Data Base (RDB) command is intended to assist in moving RDB entries as seen with DSPRDBDIRE to a different system. You must first capture the RDB entries to an outfile with DSPRDBDIRE and then move the outfile to the system to be applied to. Duplicate RDB names are rejected as well as a second version of *LOCAL for the Remote Location Name.
ADJAPOST
The Adjust Apostrophes command is designed to adjust the number of apostrophes in a variable so that the return result is valid for command processing. ADJAPOST is specifically designed for IFS processing, but may be used for variables intended for non-IFS use.
CHKDBFMBR
The Check Data Base File Member command simplifies checking for a data base file and authority to it. This provides clear messages when the file or member does not exist, the file is not the requested file type, or the user does not have the proper authorization.
CHKSTDJOBS
The Check Standard Jobs command provides a method of determining if required system and standard processing jobs are active. CHKSTDJOBS operates by using the output of the TAA CVTWRKACT command when the system is known to be in a good state and checking the jobs to see if they are still active.
CVTJOBPERF
The Convert Job Performance command converts job performance information for specified active jobs to an outfile. A reset capability exists. This provides a simple summary of such things as CPU seconds used, the percentage of CPU seconds used, transaction count, and response time. The model file is TAAJOFDP with a format name of JOBPERFR.
CVTLIBLCK
The Convert Library Locks command converts any locks held on a library and any objects within the library. This allows a determination of whether any locks exist before a function that requires exclusive use of the library. The model file in TAATOOL is TAAOBJDP with a format name of OBJLCKR.
CVTLIBLCK2
The Convert Library Locks 2 command converts any locks held on one or more object types. This allows a determination of who has the library on their library list or has made an explicit allocation of a library. The model file in TAATOOL is TAAOBJDP with a format name of OBJLCKR.
CVTSEUTYP
The Convert SEU type command converts an SEU type such as RPG to the object type *PGM (or PF to *FILE). This can be helpful when an end user inputs an SEU type and the object type is needed.
DLYSBMJOB
The Delay Submit Job command provides a simple solution for submitting a job to start in a specified number of seconds, minutes, hours, and days. This avoids the use of SBMJOB which requires the SCDDATE and SCDTIME parameters to do a simple submit after a time delay. The DLYSBMJOB job would be placed on the QSYSNOMAX job queue with the generated SCDDATE and ENDTIME parameters and would submit the requested job (and command) after the delay.
DSPEMTMBR
The Display Empty Members command displays or prints the empty members for one, generic, or all files in one or more libraries. Size information is also supplied to point out space savings that can be achieved for members that are no longer needed. The size information includes the data and access path size, but not the member description object which can be up to 20K bytes.
DSPLSTJLG
The Display Last Job Log command displays the last QPJOBLOG file for the current user based on the job number. This simplifies displaying the job log for programmers and operators when the last submitted job fails.
DSPSPLCRTD
The Display Spool Create Date command displays spooled files for one or more output queues in ascending create date sequence. Totals occur for each day. An outfile is optional. A beginning date may be specified to allow a number of current days to be bypassed. DSPSPLCRTD may assist in understanding cleanup requirements.
DSPSRCCHG
The Display Source Change command displays the changes to a source member between two dates. Both dates default to the last time the source member was changed. The default is to display just the changes. All statements may be listed with the changes flagged.
DSPTAPSIZ
The Display Tape Size command displays or lists an approximation of how much data has been written to a tape. Each file is listed along with a total. An outfile is optional. Hardware compression is not considered. DSPTAP is used to determine the information. Because a spooled file must be read, only lower and upper case English is supported.
DUPALLSPLF
The Duplicate All Spooled Files command duplicates selected spooled files from one output queue to another. The default is to duplicate all spooled files. A variety of selection criteria exists.
EDTSRC
The Edit Source tool is a subset of an SEU (PDM) like function. The intent of the tool is to provide a simple source editor for a system that does not have the STRSEU command or a similar function. This would be typical in some remote or small installations. Any source may be edited, but prompting exists only for CLP, CLLE, and CMD type source.
RCLSTGBCH
The Reclaim Storage in Batch command is designed to allow you to run RCLSTG (requires the restricted state) in batch. This allows scheduling of RCLSTG using the Job Scheduler or the SBMJOB SCDDATE/SCDTIME function. The RCLSTG2 command which is a front end to RCLSTG is used as it provides a better historical view of the Reclaim Storage results.
RMVEMTMBR
The Remove Empty Members command removes empty members in a data or source file. An ACTION parameter exists that defaults to *CHECK meaning a listing is produced of what would be removed if *REMOVE had been specified.
RTVSQLPKGA
The Retrieve SQL Package Attributes command retrieves basic information about an *SQLPKG object type. The spooled file from PRTSQLINF is used to access some of the information. Only lower and upper case English is supported.
SAVSYSBCH
The Save System in Batch command is designed to allow you to run backup functions in batch that require the restricted state. This includes Save the Entire System (Option 21), Save System Data (Option 22), and Save User Data (Option 23). This allows scheduling of these functions using the Job Scheduler or the SBMJOB SCDDATE/SCDTIME function. Both tape and virtual tape are supported.
SBMJOBSCDE
The Submit Job Schedule Entry command submits one of the job schedule entries immediately. The job schedule entry is not changed. This allows a batch command interface instead of Option 10 (Submit immediately) from the WRKJOBSCDE display.
SCNUSRPRFA
The Scan User Profile Attributes command scans one, generic, or all user profiles for attribute values. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of user profiles.
SNDIFSMAIL
The Send IFS Mail command sends a note and an IFS attachment to one or more recipients. The recipients are described by using a name and a corresponding E-Mail address that must exist in a MAILADRP file or by entering a specific E-Mail address. The SNDDST command is used internally.
SNDMSGLIN
The Send Message Line command allows a long message to be sent to a joblog or displayed interactively where each line of text from the command is a separate line. Each line of the message can be up to 56 bytes and can be up to 7 lines. SNDMSGLIN avoids a continuous string of text in a message which can be difficult to read.
WRKSRC
The Work Source command is a subset like WRKMBRPDM function. The intent of the tool is to provide a simple work display for source members on a system that does not have the WRKMBRPDM command or a similar function. This would be typical in some remote or small installations. The TAA EDTSRC command is used to edit the source.
ADDTIM
The number of seconds input has been increased from 5 to 9 digits.
CMPSRC2
New parameters have been added to allow deletion of the spooled file for a file with a 100% match and to allow the title and processing to fit with CMPALLSRC.
CRTVTP
The new DSPTAPSIZ command has been added as an option on WRKVTP.
CVTDEVDSP
A DEVD parameter has been added to allow conversion of a generically named device. The same option has been added to CVTDEVPRT. A new field exists in the CVTDEVDSP outfile for IP address.
CVTIFS
A new field has been added for the audit value.
CVTJOBLOG
New fields exist in the outfile for the system date shown at the top line of each job log and the message date in CYMD sequence.
CVTMODINF
An OBJ parameter has been added to allow conversion of a specific or generic objects in addition to all objects in the named libraries.
DLTOLDSPLF
The LIST parameter which allows bypassing named output queues now supports *ALL for a specific library.
DSPIFSED
The ASNEEDARC value has been added to describe whether the object has been changed since the last save when UPDHST(*YES) is specified. The audit value has also been added.
FTP2
A new parameter has been to FTP2 and SBMFTP2 for OUTQ to allow the created log file to be directed to a specific output queue. The FTP2 parameter is only used in batch jobs not initiated by SBMFTP2.
PAGSEP
New documentation has been added to the tool documentation regarding how to print a spooled attribute that is not supported by the tool.
PRTPAGRNG
A new parameter has been added to allow for DBCS data. If requested, the output data is shifted to the right one position.
RCLSTG
The options now align with the system for *DIR and ASPDEV.
RPLPF
The CPYF parameter now defaults to *MAPDROP. The previous default of *YES maps to *MAPDROP. A new value has been added to allow the rename of a DDS field.
RTVDAT
The WEEKOFMTH parameter has been added.
RTVIFSED
The ASNEEDARC parameter has been added to allow a determination of whether a system object has changed since the last save. The AUDITVAL parameter has also been added.
SAVALLCHG
The COMPACT parameter has been added.
SAVLIBSAVF
The DTACPR parameter now supports *LOW, *MEDIUM, and *HIGH. The same change has been made to several SAVxxx commands.
SNDBRKACT
The command now sends a diagnostic message if SNDBRKMSG fails and an escape message if any errors occur.
Install
If the previous command library no longer exists, the install failed. This has been corrected.
APYRMTJRN
CRTAPYRMTD failed with CPF3C92 (value not valid for optimum space alignment). The journal entry for adding and removing members was not handled properly. These errors have been corrected.
CRTUSRSPC
Due to a system change, the largest user space is now 16,730,120 instead 16,776,704.
CVTDSPTAP
The outfile has been set to *NOMAX.
CVTIFSEAUT
The command failed if many IFS objects were converted with a CEE0813 message. This has been corrected by re-creating the activation group after 2,500 calls to the RPG program.
CVTIFSOWN
The IFSARC field was not being filled. This has been corrected.
CVTJOBACG3
The job number, entry date/time and start date/time fields were not being output. This has been corrected.
CVTLIBDBF
The OUTMBR parameter was not being used. This has been corrected.
CVTMSGQ2
Some errors in the parameters passed to the API have been corrected.
CVTTAPSAVD
The outfile has been set to *NOMAX.
DLYCMD
The command now allows the date format of the job to differ for the date format described in QDATFMT. The display of the initial date on the display now appears in job format instead of the system value format.
DSPHOLIDAY
The day of week for New Years Day was incorrect sometimes. Memorial Day was not being displayed. These errors have been corrected.
DSPJRNRCV2
The command failed on CPF0818 (value cannot be converted). Blank dates also caused problems. These errors have been corrected.
DYNMNU
There were inconsistencies between ADDDYNMNUU, MTNDYNMNUU, and CHGDYNMNUU with the values allowed for the parameters for LOGCMD and CMDLIN. If a TAA command was improperly entered on a menu command line, the STRDYNMNU command aborted instead of displaying the error. These errors have been corrected.
PRTJRNSUM
In a strange case the file name was blank and the command failed on CHKOBJ. This is now treated as a ‘not found’ condition.
PRTLIBANL
The omit library parameter did not handle generic properly. This has been corrected.
RCLSTG2
Due to changes in the system, the DSPRCLHST information had to be changed. No counts now exist for the display.
RMVMSGQMSG
TAA9893 is now sent as an escape message if the message queue cannot be allocate to an *EXCL lock.
RMVOLDMSG
The command failed when a list was provided with EXTLST less than zero. This has been corrected.
RTVDIAGMSG
The message library return values were blank. This has been corrected.
RTVIFSED
CRTTAATOOL did not create the tool. This has been corrected.
RTVLIBSRCF
A better message is now provided if *STD is requested and no source files are found to match.
SAVALLCHG
The command failed if QTEMP was not on the library list. This is now checked for and an escape message issued.
SCNMAILLOG
The tool has been reworked to correct errors in selection and formatting.
SNDSPLMAIL
The internet address field was blanked when re-prompting. This has been corrected.
SPLARC
The PRTOUTQ command failed when an output queue was specified without a library name. This has been corrected.
SPLSTO
If the re-print option did not find any detail records, escape message TAA9895 is now sent and it is translated to a normal error message by WRKSPLSTO rather than aborting the program.
CRTUSRSPC
The system changed the maximum size of a user space from 16,776,704 to 16,773,120. TAA use of CRTUSRSPC never specified the maximum. If CRTUSRSPC was used directly and specified the old maximum, the command would fail. The CRTUSRSPC command reflects the new maximum.
MAILADR
The LOGMAILENT function has been reworked. Minor differences exist such as the MLLSTR field is now used to denote TEST(*YES) instead of the last record.
RCLSTG2
Due to changes in the system, the same count information that appeared on DSPRCLHST is no longer available.
RMVMSGQMSG
TAA9893 is now sent as an escape message if the message queue cannot be allocated to an *EXCL lock.
RPLPF
The CPYF parameter default is now *MAPDROP. The previous default of *YES is mapped to *MAPDROP thus causing the same function.
CHKCMDQLFN
The Check Command Qualified Name command checks the parameters from CRTCMD that support qualified names to ensure that if a program is specified that the library qualifier is not *LIBL. Using *LIBL from a command that is used in a program that adopts authority presents a security exposure where a bogus program could be used.
CHKJOBMSGW
The Check Job Message Wait command allows you to send a notification when a job is waiting for a response to a message (MSGW status). The notification can be one or more of
CHKOBJATR
The Check Object Attribute command checks for an object attribute such as RPG or PF. The value ‘*ALL’ is considered valid. TAA9893 is sent as an escape message for an invalid attribute. The command is useful for checking other command input which allows an object attribute.
CVTOBJD3
The Convert Object Description 3 command converts DSPOBJD information to a subset outfile using the same field names (such as ODOBNM for object name). Not all fields from the system file are included. The command is intended for the case where the program is created to run on a prior release where the DSPOBJD model file may differ and cause a file override error in a program. A list of object attributes may be specified.
DLYHLDSPLF
The Delay Hold Spooled File command submits a batch job to QSYSNOMAX to run HLDSPLF after a delay time of a specified number of seconds. This allows a processing program to perform functions while the spooled file is the READY status.
DLYRLSSPLF
The Delay Release Spooled File command submits a batch job to QSYSNOMAX to run RLSSPLF after a delay time of a specified number of seconds. This allows a processing program to perform functions while the spooled file is the HELD status.
DSPOBJSIZ
The Display Object Size command displays or lists objects and their sizes. Selection can occur on a generic object name, object type, object attribute, and owner. Sequencing can be requested by size. DSPOBJSIZ provides a simple review of objects by size.
DUPAUTLAUT
The Duplicate Authorization List Authorities command duplicates the authorities from one *AUTL to another. Both *AUTL objects must be owned by the same user. All authorities from the To *AUTL are removed first and the authorities from the From *AUTL are copied. DUPAUTLAUT is helpful when you want to create an *AUTL that is similar, but not the same as an existing *AUTL.
ENDOLDJBQJ
The End Old Job Queue Jobs command ends jobs which are on one or all job queues based on a specified number of retention days. Jobs that have a schedule date are bypassed. An Action parameter exists that allows a determination of the jobs that would be ended if ACTION(*END) had been specified.
PGMADP
The Program Adopt tool provides a series of commands to help manage the programs that adopt a user profile during the running of the program. This allows a review and approval of these programs and a method of monitoring for changes.
RTVLFSRC
The Retrieve Logical File Source command retrieves the information from an existing logical file object and writes a DDS source member that attempts to emulate the original source that was used. The command has several restrictions. It is limited to simple logical files. Key fields described for the logical file are written to the DDS along with select/omit criteria.
SCNCLSA
The Scan Class Attributes command scans one or more Class Objects for attribute values. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of Class objects.
SCNCMDA
The Scan Command Attributes command scans one or more Command Objects for attribute values. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of Command objects.
SCNDSPFA
The Scan Display File Attributes command scans one or more display files for attribute values. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of display files.
SCNDTAQA
The Scan Data Queue Attributes command scans one or more Data Queues for attribute values. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of Data Queue objects.
SCNJOBDA
The Scan Job Description Attributes command scans one or more job description objects for attribute values. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of job descriptions.
SCNJOBQA
The Scan Job Queue Attributes command scans one or more Job queue objects for attribute values. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of Job Queues.
SCNLFA
The Scan Logical File Attributes command scans one or more logical files for attribute values. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of logical files.
SCNMSGQA
The Scan Message Queue Attributes command scans one or more Message Queues for attribute values. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of Message Queue objects.
SCNOBJDA
The Scan Object Description Attributes command scans one or more objects for attribute values. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of objects.
SCNOUTQA
The Scan Output Queue Attributes command scans one or more Output Queues for attribute values. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of Output Queue objects.
SCNPFA
The Scan Physical File Attributes command scans one or more physical files for attribute values. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of physical files.
SCNPGMA
The Scan Program Attributes command scans one or more programs for attribute values. This acts as a simple query to determine the value of attributes of program objects.
CHKAPOST
An option has been added to allow checking for the double quote character (“) or both the single apostrophe and double quote character.
CRTCMDHLP
If the member does not exist, it is now added.
CVTDEVPRT
Additional outfile fields are now included.
CVTDTAQA
Additional outfile fields are now included.
CVTOUTQ
Additional outfile fields are now included.
CVTPGMA
The object type is now included in the outfile.
CVTSRVPGMA
The object type is now included in the outfile.
CVTWRKSPLF
Additional outfile fields are now included.
DSPCMDKWD
The SELECT parameter now supports *SCAN to allow scanning of all keywords for a string.
DSPTAADAT
A ‘level’ parameter has been added to allow selection by assigned level of importance. A sequence parameter has been added to allow sequencing in integration date order. *DESCEND is the default.
DUPSPLF
A new parameter has been added to allow the new spooled file to be released if the original spooled file was in the held status.
HELPTAA
A new option exists for FNDCMD.
JOBACG
New parameters have been added to DSPJOBACG to allow lists of omitted jobs and users.
QRYUSE
The data base outfile information is now included in the outfile for *QRYDFN object types. A RFMQRYUSE command is now supported to reformat any existing files to the new format.
RTVDEVPRT
Additional return values are now supported.
RTVDTAQD
Additional return values are now supported.
RTVSPLFA
Additional return values are now supported.
WRKALLSPLF
A new parameter SPLSTOID has been added to allow a spool store ID to be entered and used with CVTSPLSTO.
WRKCURUSR
The F16 key has been added as a toggle between a display of the job user and the subsystem name. A similar change had been made to DSPCURUSR.
WRKIPDEV
A new option exists to write to an outfile.
WRKSBSD2
A new option exists to allow the immediate display of one of the subsystem parts such as the routing entries if a specific subsystem is named.
ADDDAT3
The command failed if the FROMFMT was other than *JOB format. This has been corrected.
CAPLIB2
The command failed on SNDJLGMSG because of a length of a DCL. This has been corrected.
CPYTOOUTQ
If a single member was requested, the code did not operate properly. This has been corrected.
CRTCMDHLP
If the member does not exist, it is now added.
CVTCMDA
The validity checker library contained the wrong value. This has been corrected.
CVTLIBOBJA
The command failed to grant the authorization for the group name if the user was *GROUP. This has been corrected.
CVTQHST2
The conversion was ignoring messages with a blank message ID. This has been corrected.
CVTTAPSAVD
The command does not support IFS objects. These are now bypassed.
DLTDUPRCD
TAAPRT1 overflowed 500,000 records. It has been changed to *NOMAX for this program. All TAA printer files have had the size increased from 500,000 to 1,000,000.
DLTIFS
The command failed if a single apostrophe existed in the name. This has been corrected.
DLTOLDSPLF
In some cases the CVTOUTQ command failed with an invalid starting record number. This has been corrected.
DSPALLSPLF
Option 9 for PRTPAGRNG failed as the wrong spooled file number was prompted for.
PRTRPGDO
Mismatches such as a DOxx group ended by ENDIF were not flagged. If the last group did not have a valid ENDxx, it was not flagged. These errors have been corrected.
RMVALLLFM
Added special handling for join logical files and multi-format logical files. SQL indexes and Encoded Vector Indexes are now processed by saving the files, deleting them, and having ADDALLLFM restore them.
RMVMSGQMSG
Added monitor for CPF2410 after RMVMSG for case where message key no longer exists.
RTVCLSA
The *NOMAX value for DFTWAIT was not returned, but rather -1. This has been corrected.
RTVCMDA
The return parameters were not correct in some cases as the proxy chain was not being handled. This impacted CVTCMDA. This has been corrected.
SORTDBF
The input member parameter was ignored and the first member was always used. This has been corrected.
SORTDB2
The wrong character was used in Col 20 of the I specs. The command now properly supports different decimal types. These errors have been corrected.
SPLARC
In an unusual situation, the open date was blank. This caused problems when converting the date. If an invalid open date exists, it is now changed to the current date.
SPLCTL
In an unusual situation, there could be multiple spooled files from a system job with the same spooled file number. In this case, the internal CPYSPLF failed. The code now flags this situation and bypasses the spooled file.
SPLSTO
If CVTSPLSTO is used and the spooled file no longer exists, better error handling now occurs.
DSPPERTAA
The option numbers have changed beginning with 16 because of additions.
DSPTAADAT
A sequence parameter has been added to allow sequencing in integration date order. The sequence has been changed to descending order because of the default.
QRYUSE
The file format for QRYUSEP has changed to include outfile information for *QRYDFN object types. A RFMQRYUSE command is available to reformat the files.
SCNALLSRC
If the argument was not found in any of the source files, the escape message TAA9893 is now sent.
BOMBRUN
The Bombing Run command provides an interactive game where you attempt to bomb a target. A plane moves across the display after you press Enter. F6 is used to drop the bomb. You must account for the direction and maximum speed of the wind. The target is also moving.
CHKAUDAUT
The Check *AUDIT Special Authority command checks if the user (including group authority and adopted authority) has *AUDIT special authority. The command completes normally if the user has *AUDIT authority with no feedback. If the user does not have *AUDIT authority, TAA9891 is sent as an escape message.
CHKAUDVAL
The Check Audit Value command checks a list of specified audit value such as *AUTFAIL against the values in the QAUDLVL and QAUDLVL2 system values. If one of the specified values does not exist, TAA9891 is sent as an escape message.
CLRLIB2
The Clear Library 2 command is like the system CLRLIB command, but also clears objects that can cause CLRLIB to fail such as dependent logical files in a different library, constraints specified by ADDPFCST, receivers that have not been saved, and output queues with entries. Some exceptions exist that may prevent a cleared library.
CNFDLTRCD
The Confirm Delete Record command allows deleting a record by entering a relative record number of a record in a file. A prompt appears with the data from the file (characters below X’40 appear as blanks). You must confirm the deletion by pressing F6. CNFDLTRCD may only be used in an interactive environment.
CPYFRMCSV
The Copy From Comma Delimited File tool provides two commands to copy comma delimited files (such as from a spread sheet) to an externally described file. CPYFRMCSV should be used for one time functions or for the first time to help you create a customized externally described file. CPYFRMCSV2 should be used when an externally described file already exists.
CPYNULLFLD
The Copy Null Fields command copies data from a file that contains null fields to a corresponding file that does not have null fields. The null values are changed to zeros. You may create the corresponding file or replace the data in the file if it already exists. CPYNULLFLD may be used to allow functions that do not operate on null field files to be used.
CVTPING
The Convert Ping command captures the information from a PING command and places the results in one record written to an outfile. Each record contains the results for 5 ping attempts and the minimum, average, and maximum of all attempts. The outfile name is always PINGP. The model outfile is TAATCPM with a format name of PINGRCD.
DLTLIB2
The Delete Library 2 command is like the system DLTLIB command, but also deletes objects that can cause DLTLIB to fail such as dependent logical files in a different library, constraints specified by ADDPFCST, receivers that have not been saved, and output queues with entries. Some exceptions exist that may prevent the library from being deleted.
DSPCRTDAT
The Display Create Date command provides a display or listing of objects with selection on the create date and time. The default displays the objects in descending create date and time order. DSPCRTDAT may be useful in understanding recent changes.
DSPCRTUSR
The Display Create User command displays or lists objects and compares the ‘create user’ to the ‘current owner’. A specific ‘create user’ may be selected. Differences are flagged. DSPCRTUSR may be helpful in understanding changes that have occurred.
DSPEXCLCK
The Display Exclusive Locks command displays or lists the objects/members that have exclusive locks. This can be a very slow running command if many physical file objects are specified to be checked as CVTOBJLCK must be used on each to determine if any members are locked exclusively. DSPEXCLCK can assist in determining what cannot be processed because of exclusive locks.
DSPSPLOWN
The Display Spooled Files Owner command displays or lists by spooled file owner either each owned spooled file or a summary by user. This allows a review of how many spooled files and how much spooled file storage is owned by users. Specific libraries may be named or all libraries.
DSPSTGUSE
The Display Storage Use command displays or lists the amount of storage used in descending order by user profile. A percentage (default of 90%) may be specified to flag those profiles that are approaching the maximum storage allowed per profile. DSPSTGUSE is helpful in understanding what users have used versus the maximum allowed for each.
DSPSYSSEC
The Display System Security command displays or lists the high level information about system security and what the pending changes are. The RTVSYSSEC TAA command is used to retrieve the information.
DSPTAADAT
The Display TAA Integration Date command displays or lists tools by integration date. This provides a review of what tools have been shipped by date. A ‘from’ and ‘to’ date may be specified along with a category. A count by year is optional.
RMVSRCMBR
The Remove Source Members command removes members from a source file based on a number of retention days. The comparison may be made to the Create Date, the Change Date, or the Use Date. An ACTION parameter exists and defaults to *CHECK to provide a listing of what would be removed.
RSTOBJSAVF
The Restore Objects to Save File command reads a tape saved by SAVLIB or SAVOBJ for one, many, or all libraries and restores the objects to the TAATMPLIB library for each library found. After each library is restored, a save file is created in a named library and the TAATMPLIB library is saved to the save file. The TAATMPLIB library is then cleared and the next library is processed.
SCNALLSRC2
The Scan All Source 2 command will scan for up to 20 arguments in all source files in one or more libraries. Special values exist for the library name such as *ALLUSR. An omit list of libraries may also be named. The command is submitted to batch with JOBD and JOBQ parameters.
SCNSPLF2
The Scan Spooled File 2 command scans selected spooled files for a string and displays or prints the results. This allows searching for a string that exists in spooled files such as job logs. The QUSLSPL API is used to determine the selected spooled files.
CMPLIB2
A list of included and excluded object types may now be specified.
CPYUSRPRF2
The PASSWORD parameter now supports *RANDOM to allow the INZPWD function of creating a random password. The value for the parameter may be fixed via a new Application Value. For example, when the prompt appears, *RANDOM will be displayed without allowing a user change. The CPYUSRPRF2 option from the SECOFR2 menu now supports this.
DLTOLDQRPL
A library parameter has been added to allow deleting from a IASP QRPLOBJ object.
DSPPERTAA
New options exist for BOMBRUN and FNDWRD.
DSPQHST2
The library of the QHST2 is now displayed on DSPQHST2.
JOBACG
The ANZJOBACG command has been added which has more function than the PRTJOBACGn commands.
PRTDB
A new keyword (COLHDG) has been added to allow the DDS column headings to be used instead of the field names.
PRTIFS
If *TYPE2 is specified and a directory name exceeds 30 bytes, additional lines are listed for the full path name.
SCNALLSRC
A new parameter (DLTSPLF) has been added to allow deletion of spooled files where the argument was not found.
SNDMSGSBM
The command may now be run in batch using QCMDEXC.
SNDUSRBRK
The USER parameter now supports a generic name or *ALL for all users.
CHKMAILADR
An address such as ‘xxx%abc.’ was passing the syntax check. This has been corrected.
CHKTGTRLS
Added the V6R1M0 release name.
CPYUSRPRF
The command failed in some cases involving group profiles of the current user or the From user profile. This has been corrected.
CVTSYSVAL
The command now allows the proper conversion when the system tags the WRKSYSVAL spooled file as DBCS capable. The command did not properly check the release version of the system. These errors have been corrected.
DLYCMD
The final wait time for DLYJOB was not handled properly which was impacting tools such as SAVE2. The restricted state message appeared even though the restricted state was not requested. These errors have been corrected.
DYNMNU
The install program failed to make an addition to the DYNMNU Application Value in TAASECURE. This has been corrected.
EXCSRC
The command failed if the STRCND command was spread over multiple lines. This has been corrected.
HELPTAA
Option 4 for TAASUMMARY displayed only the first half. A prompt screen now appears allowing a continuation.
JOBACG
The total for job time in minutes was off shifted on PRTJOBACG3. This has been corrected.
JOBACT
The WRKJOBACT command failed with excess parameters on an OVRDBF command. This has been corrected.
LCK1STRCD
If the file was not on the library list, the command failed. This has been corrected.
RMVOLDMSG
If multiple message queues were specified, only the first in the list was processed. This has been corrected.
RNMUSRPRF
The message queue for the old user in QUSRSYS is now deleted. If the user did not have a home directory, the command failed. This has been corrected.
RTVLIBSIZ
If no objects exist in the library, the command failed with CPF9898. The size of the library object is now returned.
RTVSRVMODA
The command failed if more than 25 modules existed. This has been corrected.
SAVACT
The EDTSAVACT command now uses *ALLUSR to propagate the list of libraries.
SAVSNDL
The SAVF parameter was not being processed. This has been corrected.
SCNCMDUSG
The command failed if the source library no longer existed. This has been corrected.
SCNIFS
The command now ensures that a *DIR object is specified.
SNDOBJLCKM
If the object had an *EXCL lock, the command failed. This has been corrected.
SPLSTO
CVTSPLSTO now monitors for a spooled file not being in existence and resends the system message.
CHKALLOBJO
The Check *ALLOBJ Owner command checks the owner of an object to ensure he has *ALLOBJ special authority. For example, if a user with *ALLOBJ authority creates a program with USRPRF(*OWNER), but the user is part of a group that does not have *ALLOBJ and the group profile becomes the owner, the program will not run with *ALLOBJ authority. CHKALLOBJO can be used as part of the create step to ensure the proper create of a program.
CHKLCKSYSV
The Check Locked System Value command checks a system value to see if it is locked by the DST/SST function. This prevents certain system values from being used by CHGSYSVAL (or the Change option on WRKSYSVAL). The escape message TAA9896 is sent if the DST/SST function has been used and the system value is one that is on the list that may be locked. Otherwise, the command completes normally.
CLCDATDIF4
The Calculate Date Difference 4 command is like CLCDATDIF3, but allows a list of one or more day names to be specified. This allows an answer to a question such as ‘How many Tuesdays and Thursdays exist between 2 dates?’
CLROUTQ2
The Clear Output Queue 2 command clears all but a specified number of spooled files from an output queue. The spooled files are first sorted in descending sequence by open date/time. The spooled files are then read, the specified number are bypassed, and the remainder are deleted. CLROUTQ2 simplifies keeping an output queue with a manageable number of spooled files.
CMPIFS
The Compare IFS command is designed to assist when you want to ensure that IFS objects in one or more directories on different systems or partitions are the same. The CAPIFS command must be used on both systems/partitions to capture the IFS information. The two libraries containing the CAPIFS information must exist on the same system when CMPIFS run. A spooled file is displayed or output with the differences.
CMPOUTQ
The Compare Output Queue command compares the major attribute information from each spooled file in one or more output queues to the same information created on another system. The CAPOUTQ command must be used on both systems/partitions to create a library with the spooled file information. The two created libraries must exist on the same system when CMPOUTQ run. A spooled file is displayed or output with the differences.
CMPRPYLE
The Compare System Reply List Entries command compares two versions of the RPYLSTP file output by CVTRPYLE. This may be used to compare against a previous version on the same system or to compare against the output from two different systems.
DSPDSKSTS
The Display Disk Status command displays or lists information about the disks attached to the system. The display differs from the system WRKDSKSTS command in that fewer statistics are shown, but the data is grouped by ASP with additional information about each hardware resource. The data is accessed from the TAA CVTDSKSTS command.
DSPLIBSIZ
The Display Library Size command displays or lists a summary of a library with size and count information. One, generic, or many libraries may be requested to be included. The library object record is included in the size and count of objects. An outfile may also be requested which contains many additional fields. The outfile model file in TAATOOL is TAALIDHP with a format name of LIBSIZR.
DSPLIB2
The Display Library 2 command displays or lists objects, data members, and source members in a named library. Summaries of each section are shown. More information is shown than the system command DSPLIB, but only a spooled file exists (not an interactive display). DSPLIB2 can be helpful when reviewing the contents of a library.
DSPQMQRY
The Display QMQRY command displays either a *QMQRY or *QRYDFN object by retrieving basic information about the object and the source retrieved by RTVQMQRY. The command may be useful in reviewing an existing query.
DSPSBSJBQE
The Display Subsystem Job Queue Entries command displays the job queue entries for one or more subsystems. This allows a review of the important entries that control batch work. Selection by a specific job queue may be made. An outfile is optional.
FIXDBFFLD
The Fix Data Base Field changes a character field (or an entire record) in a member to trim leading blanks, remove a list of characters, and translate characters. A single field may be used for selection. FIXDBFFLD may be useful when data is received from another system that contains unwanted characters.
HLDJOB2
The Hold Job 2 command holds one or more jobs using the system HLDJOB command. Generic job names or user names may be specified along with a subsystem name. An ACTION parameter allows either *CHECK or *HOLD. HLDJOB2 can assist when a set of jobs needs to be held. You must have *JOBCTL special authority to use HLDJOB2.
LOOKUP
The Lookup command provides a search within a CL program of a character variable that is an array of equal length elements. The variable must be declared as *CHAR LEN(32000). An alternate array may be specified and the corresponding element returned after a successful lookup. The alternate array variable must also be declared as *CHAR LEN(32000).
LOOKUP2
The Lookup 2 command provides a search within a CL program of a character variable of 32,000 bytes that is an array of equal length elements. An option allows the insertion into the first blank element. Another option allows a shorter length for the lookup argument to enable additional information to be stored in each element.
PMTOPR2
The Prompt Operator 2 command is a simpler version of PMTOPR and DSPWINDOW. It allows a CL program to display a window and optionally allow an F12 for Cancel and/or a Y/N return value. Up to 6 lines of text may appear plus a title. PMTOPR2 provides a simple method of communicating with an operator.
RLSJOB2
The Release Job 2 command releases one or more jobs that are in a HLD status by using the system RLSJOB command. Generic job names or user names may be specified along with a subsystem name. An ACTION parameter allows either *CHECK or *RELEASE. RLSJOB2 can assist when a set of jobs needs to be released. You must have *JOBCTL special authority to use RLSJOB2.
RTVSYSSEC
The Retrieve System Security command retrieves the overall system security values including the current and pending security level, current and pending password level, whether changes can be made to security system values, whether to allow digital certificates to be added, and whether the service tools password can be changed.
SCNCLPCMD
The Scan CLP Command scans CL source members for up to 50 different command names. A display or listing is output. An outfile is optional. SCNCLPCMD offers better function that the system PRTCMDUSG command in terms of finding command usage. If an outfile is created, the model file in TAATOOL is TAACLTEP with a format name of CMDRCD.
SCNDTAQ
The Scan Data Queue command scans the entries in a data queue for a value. Both the scan value and the entry are converted to upper case before scanning. A listing of the entries containing the value is optional. An option also exists to send an escape message if the scan value is not found.
SNDOBJLCKM
The Send Object Lock Message command sends a break message to workstations that have jobs with locks held on up to 100 different named objects. An option exists to end the jobs after sending a break message. SNDOBJLCKM can be used to inform users that an exclusive function is needed for the objects and ending of the jobs is required. A listing that describes the actions taken is displayed or output.
SORTCLPVAR
The Sort CLP Variable command provides a sort of a number of fixed length elements of up to 100 bytes in a 32,000 byte variable. The data is sequenced in either ascending or descending order and returned in the same variable. The array may be loaded by a tool such as LOOKUP2. The first all blank element or if the variable is full signals the end of the elements.
WRKSYSVAL2
The Work System Value 2 command allows an entry of a string of characters such as ‘LMT’ or ‘LIMIT’ and scans the system value names and text for matches. A work display appears with the matching system values and options to display or ‘work with’. WRKSYSVAL2 simplifies accessing a system value when you know part of the name or a word in the text description.
CLCMOD10
A second command (CLCMOD10L) has been added which calculates the self check digit beginning at the left (high order digit) as opposed to CLCMOD10 which calculates beginning at the units position.
CVTOBJLCK
The MBR parameter now supports *ALL.
CVTSYSVAL
The OUTMBR parameter now supports *DATE to allow a member name of Mcyymmdd to be created. This allows for CMPSYSVAL to compare different days. The same function has been added to CVTRPYLE, CVTJOBSCDE, and CVTREGINF.
CVTWRKSPLF
The EXPDATE parameter now supports *NONE to allow a selection of the spooled files that do not have an expiration date.
DLTDBFRCD
Non-externally described files are now supported. Use the file name as the field name.
DLTIFS
Folders are now supported.
DLTOBJ
An OBJATTR parameter has been added.
DSPHOLIDAY
New holidays have been added for Groundhog Day, Mardi Gras, Cinco de Mayo, Armed Forces Day, and Flag Day. *ADMPROF is now the preferred value instead of *SECRETARY and the day is called ‘Administrative Professional’s Day’. Both values produce the same day. RTVHOLIDAY and CHKHOLIDAY includes the same changes.
DSPIFS
The command now uses the *TYPE2 format regardless of what is specified. This allows the full path name of the object to appear on the listing instead of the directory name.
DSPOBJD2
A pattern scan capability has been added to allow a value such as AB_D%12 to find names such as ABCD12, ABXD123, and ABYDZZ312. An OUTPUT parameter has been added to allow listing the results.
DSPSECRVW
A new parameter has been added to allow sequencing on the the maximum storage allowed parameter.
DYNMNU
A new option exists to allow a group profile to be added to the master user file and used if the user entering the Dynamic Menu is part of the group. Supplemental groups are also supported.
FNDJOB
A sort parameter has been added to allow the jobs to appear in job, user, or job number sequence.
PAGSEP
The number of pages in the spooled file is now listed at the bottom of the separator page.
RNMUSRPRF
If the old user is a group profile, the group members are changed to reflect the new user. IFS objects owned by the old user now have their ownership changed to the new user. The home directory of the old user (if it exists) is renamed to the new user’s home directory.
RTVJOBSCDE
The entry number parameter now supports *FIRST and *LAST in addition to a specific number or *ONLY. A new parameter has been added for the number of jobs that exist with the same name.
RTVJRNRCV
Additional return parameters have been added to allow for up to 1500 receivers to be returned. CVTJRNA also allows up to 1500 receivers.
SCNEXTMSGF
The listing has been improved to show where the scan value exists in the first or second level text.
WRKOBJ2
A pattern scan capability has been added to allow a value such as AB_D%12 to find names such as ABCD12, ABXD123, and ABYDZZ312.
CAPJOBA
The command failed with CPF1336 if multiple DDM conversations existed. The previous diagnostic was CPF180E. A separate command is now used for DDMCNV and a monitor for CPF1336. The diagnostic is left in the job log.
CMPLIB
The command failed in some cases with CPF3309 (spooled file does not exist). This has been corrected.
CVTMSGQ
In some cases an index error caused a failure. This has been corrected.
CVTOUTQ
For certain spool types such as AFPDS, the system places the number of records in the field originally used for diskette records and appeared in the outfile as SPNREC with a max of 6 digits. This caused an error on large spooled files. If a large spooled file of this type occurs, the SPNREC field will contain 999,999 and a new field SPNRC2 will contain 9 digits.
CVTWRKSPLF
The *GE, *GT, *LT, *LE logic was incorrect for selecting the expiration date. This has been corrected.
DLTIFS
Some selection criteria was not working properly. This has been corrected.
DLTIFSDIR
The internal command RTVIFSED now uses the USRPRF parameter value rather than QSECOFR to avoid the case where the target system did not have a QSECOFR profile or password.
DLTOLDSPLF
The number of Output Queues that could be bypassed failed in printing if a large number were specified.
DSPSBSJOBQ
If the JOBQ did not exist or the user was not authorized, the command failed. This has been corrected.
DSPTXT
For large arrays that were passed (such as DSPUSAHST or DSPUSAPRES), the F10 function on an element toward the end of the array positioned to an earlier element. This has been corrected.
DSPUSRJOB
If a job log was deleted by using Option 8 and then 4 for delete and the job log was the last spooled file for the job, an error occurred after the delete of the spooled file. This has been corrected.
DUPTAADBF
If the name of the new object already existed in the library, the error message incorrectly used the TAA file name instead of the new object name. This has been corrected.
DYNMNU
In some cases the DSPDYNMNU count of users that were listed was off. This has been corrected.
QRYUSE
The CVTQRYUSE command was failing if the user was not authorized to the query objects. This has been corrected.
RGZLIB
If many members were requested to be processed in multi-member files, the command failed with a receiver value too small. This has been corrected.
RMVSPCAUT
The internal command name used was in error. This has been corrected.
RNMUSRPRF
If the user had all authority to an object, the new user was given *CHANGE authority. The old user authorities were not being duplicated to the new user profile. These errors have been corrected.
RTVGENOBJ
The RETAIN(*NO) option was deleting the temporary user space each time instead of when no more objects existed to be returned. This has been corrected.
RTVIFSED
The * and ? characters are now considered valid in an address. The CPFA089 escape message will no longer be sent.
RTVSPLFA2
A new parameter USRDFNDTA2 has been added to allow for 255 bytes. The existing USRDFNDTA parameter remains with a length of 250.
SHOUT
There was a timing problem. If the job was no longer active, SNDBRKMSG does not send a message. This did not cause an escape message, but caused confusion in the job log. If USERS(*ALLACTIVE) was specified, the limit of 100 users has This has been corrected. been increased to 1600.
SWPUSRPRF
The command left a handle on the current profile. This has been corrected.
WRKOBJ2
The option to display the object if a save file, now reports errors instead of failing. Several fixes have been made for the Change/Work option to report a change rather than a non-supported function.
DSPIFS
The OUTFILFMT parameter now defaults to *TYPE2 and *TYPE1 is ignored if entered. This allows the full path name to be listed.
DYNMNU
The Dynamic Menu files must be reformatted. Checking occurs during STRDYNMNU and a few other commands. A new command RFMDYNMNU is supplied to assist in reformatting.
RTVIFSED
CPFA089 is no longer a monitorable message.
RTVJRNRCV
New parameters have been added that allow up to 1500 receivers to a single journal to be returned instead of the old limit of 490. If you have less than 490 receivers, your use of RTVJRNRCV is compatible. If you have more than 490 receivers, the NBRRCV field was set to 99999. If less than 1500, the NBRRCV field will now contain the actual number.
ADDDATMBR
The Add Date Member command adds a new member to a multi-member file using the name MCYYMMDDnn where CYYMMDD is the current date and nn is a consecutive number beginning with 01. Up to 99 versions may exist for a single day and a maximum of 32,767 members in the file. A return value exists for the member name that was assigned.
ADDDAT3
The Add Date 3 command allows a number of days to be added or subtracted from a date and returns a new date. ADDDAT3 is similar to ADDDAT2, but has been optimized for new dates in the same year as the input date. The number of days parameter is limited to -365 to +365. Any date format may be input and output.
CHGIFSOWN2
The Change IFS Owner 2 command changes all IFS objects owned by one user profile to another. This allows a simple means of switching owners. An option exists to revoke the current owners authority. You must have *ALLOBJ special authority to use CHGIFSOWN2.
CHKPWDBLK
The Check Password Block command provides the same function as the system V6R1 support to control users who attempt to change their password too frequently. The system supports checking with the use of CHGPWD, but not with CHGUSRPRF. CHKPWDBLK is intended to be placed in a program that uses CHGUSRPRF to change passwords, but also wants to ensure infrequent changes. TAA9897 is sent as an escape message if the time limit has not passed.
CMPLIB2
The Compare Library 2 command is designed to assist when you want to ensure that one or more libraries on different systems or partitions are the same. The CAPLIB2 command must be used on both systems/partitions to capture object and member information. The libraries containing the CAPLIB2 information must exist on the same system when CMPLIB2 run. A spooled file is displayed or output with the differences.
CMPMSGD
The Compare Message Descriptions command compares message descriptions in one message file to another. Corresponding message IDs are checked for in both files and the individual attributes of a message description are compared for matching IDs. A range of message IDs may be specified. A spooled file is created with any differences.
CVTPRTSTS
The Convert Printer Status command converts the status information for all or generic printers to an outfile. This includes the output queue associated with the printer and the status of both the writer and the output queue. The outfile is always PRTSTSP and the model file is TAAPRTJP. The API QGYRPRTL is used along with the TAA Tool RTVDEVPRT.
DLTIFSOWN
The Delete IFS Owner command deletes all IFS objects owned by a user profile. This allows a simple means of IFS cleanup. You must have *ALLOBJ special authority to use DLTIFSOWN.
DSPDBFALW
The Display Data Base File Allow Functions command displays the options for ‘allow update’ and ‘allow delete’ that may be set for physical data base files. A listing is produced of either all files or only those which have specified either of the ‘allow’ options. The intent of DSPDBFALW is to allow a review of these options.
DSPMBRCPC
The Display Member Capacity command displays one line per member describing the current number of records and the record capacity. Multiple libraries and a generic file name may be used. A specified percentage allows a flagging of those members which are nearing their record capacity. The command defaults to list only those members which are flagged.
DSPMLTFMT
The Display Multi-Format Files command displays or lists Logical Files that have either multiple formats or are joined files. The dependent files are also listed. One or more libraries may be specified with a request for a single, generic, or all files.
DSPPGMADP2
The Display Program Adopt 2 command displays the programs which adopt (USRPRF = *OWNER) or those which do not use adopted authority from a calling program (ie CHGPGM has been used with USEADPAUT = *NO). Both *PGM and *SRVPGM object types are supported. The DSPPGMADP2 function operates on a library basis as opposed to the system DSPPGMADP command which operates on a user profile basis.
DSPRSTDAT
The Display Restore Date command displays or lists the objects that have been restored to a library after the library was restored. More than one library or the entire system may be reviewed. Options exist to list the new libraries and new objects (never restored). DSPRSTDAT assists in understanding what objects have been restored or created since the last restore of a library.
DSPSAVSUM
The Display Save Summary command displays or lists a save summary from one or more libraries of where objects are saved to. The objects are separated into several categories:
Separate summaries appear for each save file used and each volume ID (first volume only) used. A detail listing of objects is optional.
ENDJOB2
The End Job 2 command provides for ending multiple jobs such as generic job names, generic user names, etc. The parameters of the command (such as OPTION and DELAY) are passed to individual ENDJOB commands for active jobs that meet the selection criteria. You must have *JOBCTL special authority to use ENDJOB2.
GENRANPWD
The Generate Random Password command generates a random password of a specified length from 5 to 100 bytes. Options exist to allow digits, allow vowels (AEIOUY), and allow lower case. No adjacent characters will ever be the same. The first character is always an upper case letter A-Z that is not a vowel. The second character is always a digit if digits are allowed.
HLDALLJOBQ
The Hold All Job Queues command holds all job queues in one or more libraries using generated HLDJOBQ system commands. A single job queue name, a generic name, or all job queues may be held. An ACTION parameter allows either *CHECK or *HOLD. HLDALLJOBQ can assist when a full or partial shutdown of the system is needed. You must have both *ALLOBJ and *JOBCTL special authority to use HLDALLJOBQ. See the companion tool RLSALLJOBQ.
HLDALLOUTQ
The Hold All Output Queues command holds all output queues in one or more libraries using generated HLDOUTQ system commands. A single output queue name, a generic name, or all output queues may be held. An ACTION parameter allows either *CHECK or *HOLD. HLDALLOUTQ can assist when a full or partial shutdown of the system is needed. You must have both *ALLOBJ and *JOBCTL special authority to use HLDALLOUTQ. See the companion tool RLSALLOUTQ.
HLDALLWTR
The Hold All Writers command holds all writers by using generated HLDWTR system commands. A single writer, a generic name, or all writers may be held. An ACTION parameter allows either *CHECK or *HOLD. HLDALLWTR can assist when a full or partial shutdown of the system is needed. You must have *JOBCTL special authority to use HLDALLWTR. See the companion tool RLSALLWTR.
RGTADJVAR
The Right Adjust Variable command takes a value such as ‘23@@@@@’ and adjusts it to ‘@@@@23’. RGTADJVAR is intended for character variables that contain decimal values. Both character and decimal return variables are supported. A value such as ‘-23,112.38@@@’ is also valid. Options exist to determine if special characters are valid.
RLSALLJOBQ
The Release All Job Queues command releases all job queues in one or more libraries using generated RLSJOBQ system commands. A single job queue name, a generic name, or all job queues may be released. An ACTION parameter allows either *CHECK or *RELEASE. RLSALLJOBQ can assist when bringing up the system after a full or partial shutdown. You must have both *ALLOBJ and *JOBCTL special authority to use RLSALLJOBQ. See the companion tool HLDALLJOBQ.
RLSALLOUTQ
The Release All Output Queues command releases all output queues in one or more libraries using generated RLSOUTQ system commands. A single output queue name, a generic name, or all output queues may be released. An ACTION parameter allows either *CHECK or *RELEASE. RLSALLOUTQ can assist when bringing the system up after a full or partial shutdown. You must have both *ALLOBJ and *JOBCTL special authority to use RLSALLOUTQ. See the companion tool HLDALLOUTQ.
RLSALLWTR
The Release All Writers command releases all writers using generated RLSWTR system commands. A single writer, a generic name, or all writers may be released. An ACTION parameter allows either *CHECK or *RELEASE. RLSALLWTR can assist when bringing the system up after a full or partial shutdown. You must have *JOBCTL special authority to use RLSALLWTR. See the companion tool HLDALLWTR.
RPLJOBDLIB
The Replace Job Description Library command allows a replace of an existing library in one or more job descriptions with a different library name. The replace library takes the position in the library list of the library being replaced. RPLJOBDLIB can be useful if library names must be changed.
SCNSPLF
The Scan Spooled File command scans a spooled file for a string and returns a count of how many strings were found. Other return variables exist for the line of data where the scan value was found, the position within the line, and the page number. These values are returned as arrays of up to 100 values. Only the first time the string is found on a print line is considered.
CMPMODA
Additional parameters are now compared.
CMPPGMPARM
A new parameter has been added to allow bypassing the error on a call to QSYS or QGY.
CVTDSKSTS
Additional fields now exist in the outfile for serial number, model, resource name, and location.
CVTTAPSAVD
The SEQNBR parameter has been added.
CVTUSRPRF2
Additional fields now exist in the outfile and some selection capability has been added.
DLTIFS
New parameters have been added to delete a directory if all the objects are deleted and an action parameter which allows a review of what would be deleted.
DSPACTJOB
Additional selection criteria has been added.
DSPCLPVAR
Data Structures caused by the use of the DCL command DEVVAR keyword are now listed.
PRTALLJOBQ
Totals for released and held job queues are now provided.
PRTCHGSUM
A new option has been added to control whether new members created after the specified change date are listed.
RTVCLPVAR
A new field in the return DS for each variable describes whether the variable is defined as a Data Structure (has other variables defined over it with the DEFVAR keyword). Optional return variables include the list of fields in data structures and a count.
RTVDLTRCD
The CHKDLTRCD command now supports records with time and date fields.
RTVJOBSTS
A new parameter has been added to return the list of up to 200 duplicate job names. The performance of the command has been improved.
RTVMODA
Several new parameters have been added.
RTVOUTQA
A new return variable exists for the owner of the output queue.
RTVUSRSPC
A new return variable exists to allow a return of up to 32,000 bytes from a user space.
SORTDBF
A new parameter has been added to allow a text description of a new To file.
WRKF2
The options have changed from 3 letter abbreviations to numbers to better match the system standard. The same approach has been used for DSPF2, DSPMBRS, and WRKMBRS.
ADDUNQMBR
The error handling of duplicate members names has been improved.
CHKDUPAP
If PRTOPT(*EXTENDED) was specified, the size and date of last use were taken from the object instead of the member. This has been corrected.
CHKMBR2
If the member was allocated to another job and *LIBL was specified, the command failed. This has been corrected.
CHKOBJ2
If the object was allocated to another job and *LIBL was specified, the command failed. This has been corrected.
CLCUCCCHKD
If an error occurred, an invalid message file was referenced for some error conditions. This has been corrected.
CRTSFLPGM
If the same file name was used in a different library, the program could have been created against the wrong file depending on the library list order. This has been corrected. Because of the way key fields are used in a generated display format, a restriction has been added to prevent the use of a key field with an alias. This avoids a display file create error.
CVTALLDBD
The DDSYS field was not populated in the output file. This has been corrected.
CVTUSRPRF2
The handling of the file and member already being in existence caused errors. This has been corrected.
DSPACTJOB
In some cases the call to TAAJOCGC failed. This has been corrected.
DSPOBJD3
Some special values for the library qualifier were replacing the outfile for each library processed. This has been corrected.
DSPUSAHST
The Rollup key was allowed on the last page. This has been corrected.
DYNMNU
GO DYNMNU had two entries for DSPDYNMNUU. The second has been removed and therefore some of the selection numbers changed. The prompt text for the CHKDYNMNUU was incorrect. This has been corrected.
PRTDB3S
The command was not allowing a prompt for fields to be listed. This has been corrected.
PRTPAGRNG
The size of FROMPAGE/TOPAGE has been increased from 5 to 7 digits to allow for large spooled files.
RTVDAT
Dates not within the current century were not retrieved properly. This has been corrected.
RTVDLTRCD
Several error conditions existed for time and date fields and when RELRCD(*YES) was specified. These have been corrected.
SCNEXTMSGF
The length of the scan value included a blank at the end. This has been corrected to use the actual length entered.
STACK
The SNDSTK command now removes MCH3601 messages that are ignored, but were remaining in the job lob in some situations
DYNMNU
GO DYNMNU had two entries for DSPDYNMNUU. The second has been removed and therefore some of the selection numbers changed.
PRTOUTFILE
A 3rd and 4th array have been added to allow for additional TAA outfiles. Programs calling TAADBIKR must add the new parameters.
WRKF2
The options have changed from 3 letter abbreviations to numbers to better match the system standard. The same approach has been used for DSPF2, DSPMBRS, and WRKMBRS.
CMPMODA
The Compare Module Attributes command compares the attributes of two module (*MODULE) objects. A spooled file is created of any differences.
CMPOUTFILE
The Compare System Outfiles command compares the formats used by system outfile commands from the current release to a previous release. For example, you may be interested to know if the DSPOBJD outfile format has changed in this release. A display or a listing is produced. The QA* files in QSYS used for outfile formats are compared.
CVTACTPRFL
The Convert Active Profile List command builds an outfile of the user profiles displayed by the DSPACTPRFL command. DSPACTPRFL lists the profiles which will not be disabled by the system ANZPRFACT function. CHGACTPRFL is used to maintain the list. CHGUSRPRF may still be used to disable such a profile. The outfile is named ACTPRFP. The model file is TAASEHSP with a format name of ACTPRFLR.
CVTIFSOWN
The Convert IFS Owner command builds an outfile of the owned objects in the IFS (does not include objects in libraries). The system DSPUSRPRF OUTFILE function does not output this information. The QSYLOBJA API is used to extract the information. The outfile is named IFSOWNP and is placed in a specified library. The model file is TAAIFTP with a format name of IFSOWNR.
DLTJOBDLIB
The Delete Job Description Library command deletes a library from the INLLIBL attribute of one or more job descriptions. This command is useful if a library has been deleted and should be removed from any Job Descriptions. No error occurs if the library is not found in a Job Description.
DSPIFSOWN
The Display IFS Owner command displays or lists owned objects in the IFS (does not include objects in libraries). The system DSPUSRPRF command does not display this information. The QSYLOBJA API is used to extract the information.
DSPJOBDLIB
The Display Job Description Libraries command provides two functions for one, generic, or all job descriptions:
The output is either displayed or listed.
DSPLIBJOBD
The Display Library Job Description command displays or lists one or more libraries and job descriptions in one or more libraries that contain a specified library name. This allows you to determine what libraries are specified within job descriptions.
DSPQHST
The Display QHST command provides a method of searching the data from the QHST logs and displays or lists the entries. The QHST information must first be converted to a QHST2 file using the CVTQHST2 command. DSPQHST provides several search criteria such as a date range, a generic job or user name, message ID, and a scan value to scan the message text.
DSPSCDJOBQ
The Display Scheduled Job Queue Jobs command displays or lists the jobs on one or all job queues that have a scheduled date. A range of date and time value may be specified. You must have *ALLOBJ special authority to specify *ALL as a library qualifier.
DSPTBL
The Display Table command is similar to the display that appears using option 5 from the system WRKTBL command to display a *TBL object. A listing is optional. The TAA version also shows any differences from the base value. For example, if X’04’ is output as X’37’ and not as X’04’, ** is used to flag the position.
DSPTOTPAG
The Display Total Pages command displays or lists a running total of the pages for spooled files in an output queue. The intent of the command is to provide an indication for a user of where his output is in the queue and how many pages are to be printed before a specific spooled file.
RVKDUPIFSA
The Revoke Duplicate IFS Authority command checks or revokes duplicate authorities to the *PUBLIC user of IFS objects. You must first run CVTIFSAUT to create an outfile of authorizations. If the authorization for a user is the same as the *PUBLIC profile, it is considered a duplicate (except for the owner). If the *PUBLIC user is specified as *AUTL, the authorizations from the *AUTL are used. Duplicates because of Group Profiles are not considered. The default is to ‘check’ (a listing if produced).
SELSPLF
The Select Spooled File command operates from an interactive CL program and displays the spooled files for the current or named user and allows the selection of one spooled file. The ID information about the spooled file is passed back to the calling program. The QUSLSPL API is used to determine the spooled files.
WRKJOBSTS
The Work Job Status command provides a work display or listing of all jobs in one or more named status values such as RUN or DSC. The display has a similar layout and options as the WRKACTJOB display. The jobs appear in job number order as opposed to the subsystem sequence used by WRKACTJOB.
ZIP
The ZIP and UNZIP commands perform standard PC zip and unzip functions for compressing/decompressing data in the IFS. This can be used to provide better performance for the transmission of objects. The Qshell and jar functions are used along with the QTOCVRT API. A DSPZIP command also exists.
CHKINACT2
The listing now includes the number of transactions, the CPU time used and the job status at each interval. A new function now exists to allow ending a job after a time period of a job that was disconnected. Several minor enhancements have been made.
CHKSGNCNT
A new option exists with WRKSGNCNT to allow a Group Profile record to be entered as a ‘shorthand’ to allow all members of the Group Profile or Supplemental Group Profile to be treated the same. An individual within the group may still have a unique record to allow different treatment. See the discussion in the tool documentation.
CHKTAACMD
A summary by command has been added and a new parameter to prevent the detail listing.
CVTJOBQ
JOBQ(*ALL) with a specific library name is now supported.
DLYCMD
The command now checks if the restricted state already exists, and has modified some of the messages displayed regarding the restricted state.
DSPCMDKWD
The OUTPUT parameter is now supported to provide a spooled file.
DSPOUTFILE
A new option has been added to allow a display of the command help text.
DSPQHST2
An exclude list of message IDs is now supported. An ending date and time parameter is also supported. The command prompt for the dates changed to more closely resemble DSPLOG. The message type has been added to the detail display.
DSPSECRVW
Additional parameters have been added to allow sequencing on such information as the last used date and priority limit.
DSPTAACAT
New categories have been added for *ARP (Address resolution table) and *LVL.
FAVCMD
A new option of ‘?’ on WRKFAVCMD allows a command to be prompted when FV is used. This allows the packaging of a command with some standard values and still allows command prompting.
FNDCMD
A new option has been added for DSPTAA to display the TAA Tool documentation if the command exists in TAATOOL.
INZPWD2
The INZPWD2 command which generates a random password has a new parameter to allow the password to be placed in a data area in QTEMP.
MAILADR
A new option F7 exists on the WRKMAILADR display to invoke the new command SELMAILGRP. This allows defining the members of the group by selecting from the records in MAILADRP. If you have all authority to MAILADRP file and change the value for domain checking, a prompt appears and allows you to make a permanent change to the value.
MONMSGQ
A new special value of *ANYINQ may be placed in the data area of message IDs to handle any Inquiry type message.
RTVIFSED
An additional parameter has been added to RTVIFSED2 for whether the object has been changed and needs to be archived to the system.
RTVSPLFA
An additional parameter has been added for the RTNSPLNBR.
SNDSPLMAIL
The SPLF parameter now defaults to *SELECT which means a display of the spooled files owned by the current user appears and a single spooled file may be selected.
WRKSAVFMBR
An OUTPUT parameter has been added.
CHKDUPAP
The format of the report has been changed to add the member name which is meaningful form multi-member files.
CHKINACT
Excess records were being written to the CHKINACT2S file if the DBFOPT value was not *ALL. This has been corrected.
CHKOLDOBJ
The command failed on TAATMPOBJ not being in existence. This has been corrected.
CRTCLPENT
If a *CMD object used a type of *GENERIC, the resulting CL type was incorrect (should be *CHAR). This has been corrected.
CVTIFS
The command failed when converting distributed directories in the QNTC file system. The command also failed on an apostrophe in the path name. These errors have been corrected. The same errors occurred on several other IFS commands and has been corrected.
DSPQHST2
Some messages were being converted by CVTQHST2 with a blank message ID. These have been bypassed.
JLGCTL
A performance fix was made to PRTJLGCTL.
MAILADR
The WRKMAILADR now prevents a Group name from being entered that does not have *GROUP as an address as seen on WRKMAILGRP. CHGMAILLOG now correctly sets the logging value.
QRYUSE
The restore of a *QMQRY object was not valid. This has been corrected.
SCNSRC
A character below X’40’ caused printing problems. This has been corrected by using the TAAPRT1 printer file instead of QPRINT.
WRKOBJ2
The command failed when the library was *ALL. This has been corrected.
WRTIFS
Field S_IXOTH was initialized to the wrong value. This has been corrected.
DSPQHST2
The command added an end date/time and changed the appearance of the command to more closely resemble the system DSPLOG command.
SNDSPLMAIL
The SPLF parameter now defaults to *SELECT to allow a selection of a single spooled file of the spooled files owned by the current user.
CHKBLKFLD
The Check Blank Fields command checks all values for each field in a file to determine if only blanks exist for character fields or zeros for decimal fields. This is intended as a debugging aid to check if a program that ‘adds new records’ is populating the correct fields. If only some records in the file contain values, the field is flagged with a different code.
CHKOWNSAVF
The Check Owner of Save File command checks the objects in a save file to see if they are owned by a specified user. If a library object is in the save file, it is also checked. An option exists to check the owner of the save file. TAA9896 is sent as an escape message if a different owner exists.
CVTARPTBL
The Convert ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) Table command creates an outfile of ARP table information for a specified line description. Address Resolution Protocol allows physically distinct networks to appear as if they were a single, logical network. The QtocLstPhyIfsARPTbl API is used. The outfile name is ARPTBLP. The model file is TAATCPKP with a format name of ARPTBLR.
DLTUSRPRF3
The Delete User Profile command does more than the system DLTUSRPRF command by deleting spooled files owned by the user, listing job descriptions, and job schedule entries where the user is named. A ‘check’ option is the default to allow you to review what will be deleted.
DSPARPTBL
The Display ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) Table command displays or prints the ARP table information for a specified line description. Address Resolution Protocol allows physically distinct networks to appear as if they were a single, logical network. The QtocLstPhyIfsARPTbl API is used to extract the values.
MAILADR
The Mail Address tool is a series of commands that allow you to create and maintain a list of E-Mail addresses. The MAILADR tool is required to use the SNDxxxMAIL commands unless a specific E-Mail address is entered. MAILADR allows an optional logging of anything sent by the SNDxxxMAIL commands.
MONMSGQ
The Monitor Message Queue tool provides a simple solution for monitoring a message queue for specific message IDs so that an action may be performed. For example, you may want to call a program when a specific message arrives on a message queue such as QSYSMSG. To use MONMSGQ, see the ‘Getting started’ instructions.
MYQ
The MY Q tool is a series of commands that lets you send and receive entries to a simple queue. This allows one program to place the entries on the queue and a second (or the same) program to receive them in a loop or by an entry number. The queue is a *USRSPC object that can contain up to 8,000 entries. All commands default the name of the queue to MYQ in QTEMP. A specific queue and library may be named.
SAVFARC
The Save File Archive tool is a series of commands that allows archiving of save files. This provides an online solution for save files to allow a restore of saved information without having to mount media. The sub tools WRKSAVFOBJ and WRKSAVFMBR may be used to allow an option for restore rather than entering complex commands.
SNDSPLMAIL
The Send Spooled File E-Mail command sends a spooled file in *SCS format with a brief text message to one or more recipients. The recipients are described by using a name and a corresponding E-Mail address that must exist in a MAILADRP file or by entering a specific E-Mail address. The SNDDST command is used internally. See the SNDTXTMAIL command for sending a long text message without a spooled file.
SNDTXTMAIL
The Send Text E-Mail command sends a text message to one or more recipients. The recipients are described by using a name and a corresponding E-Mail address that must exist in a MAILADRP file or by entering a specific E-Mail address. The SNDDST command is used internally. See the SNDSPLMAIL command for sending an E-Mail with an attached spooled file.
WRKOBJ2
The Work Object 2 command provides more options than the system WRKOBJ command. In addition to the same options as WRKOBJ, WRKOBJ2 supports options for Change/Work, DSPxxx, DSPOBJD2, and MOVOBJ. WRKOBJ2 provides specific commands for options such as CHGJOBD and DSPJOBD if a JOBD object is being displayed.
WRKSAVFMBR
The Work with Save File Members command provides a work display of the members of a saved data base file in a save file. Simple options allow a restore of the member or to display the description of the online member in the file where the member was saved from. WRKSAVFMBR provides a better solution than the system DSPSAVF command. such as the owner of the file has changed, the library doesn’t exist, the file has no members, etc
WRKSAVFOBJ
The Work with Save File Objects command provides a work display of the objects saved in a save file. Simple options allow a restore of the object, access to the WRKSAVFMBR command (for data base files) or to display the object in the library where the object was saved from. WRKSAVFOBJ provides a better solution than the system DSPSAVF command.
APPVAL
A new command RPLAPPVALD has been added to assist when an existing Application Value (in another library or system) has to be refreshed (such as with new text or a new valid option) and the current options retained.
CHKINACT2
A break message is now sent to a workstation that will be ended due inactivity. The message describes the reason. A new option exists for the ACTION field on WRKINACT2 for ‘*PGM’. This allows you to provide a user program when a timeout has occurred.
CHKMAILFLD
A new parameter has been added to allow up to 50 special values to be bypassed (not checked).
CPYSPLFDTA
The IFSFILE parameter now defaults to *FILE meaning the same name as the FILE value (spooled file name).
DLTIFS
The use of QDLS is now supported.
DSPACTJOB
The maximum number of active jobs has been increased from 3000 to 9999.
DSPMBRD
The display file format has been reworked to display only the large field sizes such as for data space size. Logical file members now have a unique single display.
DYNMNU
The CPYDYNMNUU command has been added to allow a copy from one defined user to a newly defined user. Both the user and security information are copied.
FNDCMD
New parameters has been added to allow up 20 libraries to be included or omitted from the search.
RTVVALA
A new return parameter has been added to allow a determination of whether the value contains an embedded blank.
SCNCMDKWD
The SRCMBR parameter has been added to allow a scan for generic names.
SCNSRC
The PRTFOLSTM parameter now supports a 1-9 value to allow more than one statement following a hit to be listed. A new parameter has been added to allow the member text to be listed first when hits are found in multiple members.
SRCCTL
The DSPCHKOUT listing now includes the file/member/library information of where the source was checked out to.
CHGIFSOWN
If the object name field contained lower case characters, the command completed normally without making any changes. This has been corrected.
CHKINACT2
The the CHKINACT2S summary file was to be written to, the ‘Data Base Option’ in the CHKINACT2 Application Value was ignored. This has been corrected.
CLCMOD10
The algorithm used worked correctly for most odd length fields. Even length fields were not calculated properly. These errors have been corrected.
CPYUSRPRF3
If a supplemental group name was a full 10 characters, the command failed as there was no blank following the name. This has been corrected.
CVTOUTQ
The internals have been reworked to avoid a timing problem that occasionally resulted in a GUI0006 escape message.
DLTIFS
The DAYSUSED function did not work properly. Selection by owner did not work in all cases. The use of QDLS was not officially supported. These errors have been corrected.
DSPDBFSTAT
Member statistics are not available for logical file members (the system keeps them only for physical file members). The output listing has been reworked.
DSPMBRD
Member statistics are not available for logical file members (the system keeps them only for physical file members). The display function has changed to prevent a rollup.
DSPMBRSTAT
Member statistics are not available for logical file members (the system keeps them only for physical file members). The FILETYPE parameter has been dropped.
DSPRCLHST
The wrong text was displayed about the QRCL library when no objects existed. This has been corrected.
DSPTAACAT
Returning from an 8 Option (Display Heading) backed all the way out if F3 was pressed instead of returning to the list be category. This has been corrected.
DYNMNU
The RTVDYNMNUU command failed in some instances when the BGNCMD or ENDCMD return values were not specified. The ‘added’ completion message was sent in error for such conditions as ‘retrieve’. The ADDDYNMNUU had the wrong default for LOGCMD. These errors have been corrected.
FTP2
Additional error strings from other systems are now ignored such as those containing the words SITE and NAMEFMT.
PRTCLPDO
An error occurred if some ‘DO’ type words were within CL comments. This has been corrected.
RTVJOBA2A
The command was failing on the USRRTNCDE field. The API document now says not to use this field so it has been dropped.
RTVMBRSTAT
Because the system does not keep statistics on logical files, an escape message is now sent if a logical file is specified.
SCNAUDLOG
The TAAAUDLOG file in QTEMP is now set for *NOMAX.
SORTDB2
Descending sequence was not properly handled. This has been corrected, but a restriction has been added that all sort fields require the same sequence (Ascending or Descending).
SYSHST
If RCLSTG fails, the system posts non-numeric data in the data area retrieved by CAPSYSHST. This caused a decimal data error. This tool has been changed so that if the data is non-numeric, blanks are used for the date and time which is displayed as ‘no information available’.
CPYSPLFDTA
The IFSFILE parameter now defaults to *FILE meaning the same name as the FILE parameter (spooled file name) if OUTTYPE(*IFS) is used. If OUTTYPE(*DBF) is used, IFSFILE(*FILE) or IFSFILE(*NONE) are ignored. No change to an existing use of the command is required.
DSPMBRSTAT
Because the system does not keep member statistics for logical file members, the FILETYPE parameter has been dropped.
RTVJOBA2A
The system documentation for the API used now says not to use the USRRTNCDE field so it has been dropped.
RTVMBRSTAT
Because the system does not keep member statistics for logical files, the TAA9894 escape message will be sent if a logical file is specified.
AUDITING
This is a documentation member only to help understand the basics of auditing on the system and some of the helpful TAA Tools. This provides an overview and some simple examples of how to get started with auditing.
CMPAUTLAUT
The Compare Authorization List Authority command compares the authorizations from one *AUTL object to another. This includes the owner and individual authorities. Differences are noted including From *AUTL users who do not exist for the To *AUTL and vice versa.
CVTTOBYT
The Convert to Bytes command allows a conversion from bytes to kilobytes, megabytes, etc. The companion command is Convert From Bytes which converts from kilobytes, megabytes etc to bytes.
DIVIDE
The Divide command provides a quotient, a remainder, and a decimal fraction after dividing a dividend by a divisor. The CL division function does not provide for a remainder. All variables must be specified as *DEC LEN(15 0).
DLTDLUSPLF
The Delete Deleted User Spooled Files command checks all spooled files on the system to determine if the user still exists. If the user does not exist, an action parameter determines whether the spooled file is listed or listed/deleted. This allows a cleanup of when a user profile is deleted that owns one or more spooled files.
DLTUSRSPLF
The Delete User Spooled Files command deletes the spooled files for a named user in one, generic, or all output queues. The user profile does not have to exist which allows cleanup when the user profile has been deleted, but still is the owner of spooled files. An action parameter determines whether the spooled file is listed or listed/deleted.
DSPBOF
The Display Based On File command displays the based on physical file members for a logical file. This provides a simpler means of determining the based on file members rather than using DSPFD. Other information about the access path is also displayed.
DSPOBJAUD
The Display Object Auditing command displays all audited objects in a list of libraries or all libraries. Auditing of an object is set by the CHGOBJAUD command. Options exist for selection by object type, a list of omitted libraries, and the library type.
DSPSPLUSE
The Display Spooled File Use command displays spooled files from one, generic, or all output queues that have not been used in a specified number of days. This provides an assist in cleanup where users claim they need spooled files kept online. The DLTOLDSPLF command may be used to clean up old spooled files that are not being used. See the COMPDATE parameter.
DSPUSRAUD
The Display User Auditing command displays a list of users and the attribute information about object auditing. A single user, a generic name, or all users may be requested. You may optionally bypass any user who does not have user auditing requested.
SCNAUDLOG
The Scan Audit Log command provides a different method of displaying or listing audit entries from the Audit Log data base file provided by the AUDLOG tool. In addition to standard selection fields such as date, time, user profile, etc, SCNAUDLOG allows a search on the entry data field. This can be particularly helpful for the ‘T’ Journal code (audit entries) where most of the data is in the entry data field.
STROBJCVN2
The Start Object Conversion 2 command is a front end to the system STROBJCVN command. STROBJCVN2 provides an easier solution by allowing a list of named or generic libraries and an omit list of libraries. A listing is produced instead of messages in the job log. Status messages describe which library is being operated on.
WRKLIBAUD
The Work Library Auditing command provides a work display for making changes to the create object auditing value for libraries. A named, a generic, or all libraries may be displayed. Selection may be made on the existing library create auditing value.
WRKOBJAUD
The Work Object Auditing command provides a work display for making changes to the object auditing value for objects in a library. A named, a generic, or all objects in a library may be displayed. Selection may be made on the existing object auditing value.
WRKUSRAUD
The Work User Auditing command provides a work display for making changes to user auditing values. A named, a generic, or all user profiles may be displayed. Selection may be made on the object auditing value or the user auditing actions.
Inq messages
The inquiry messages that occur if the system release does not match the TAA release or the warnings when a demonstration license is about to expire will not be sent between 10 PM and 8 AM.
CHGPWDA
New options exist for QPWDCHGBLK and QPWDEXPWRN.
DSPF2
A new option has been added for BOF = Display based on file for logical files. The same option also exists on WRKF2.
DSPJOBLOG4
If the job is active, a prompt now appears asking if the DSPJOBLOG command should be used.
DSPPWDA
New options exist for QPWDCHGBLK, QPWDEXPWRN, and QPWDRULES.
DYNMNU
A new command CHKDYNMNUU has been added to provide a listing of the defined users to the Dynamic Menu system and whether they still exist. The last signon date/time and whether the profile is enabled or disabled is also shown. CHKDYNMNUU and DSPDYNMNUU have been added to the GO DYNMNU menu.
PRTCLPDO
New parameters have been added to allow the printing of a range of statements.
PRTRPGDO
New parameters have been added to allow the printing of a range of statements.
RGZLIB
The RBDACCPTH and ALWCANCEL parameters have been added to the command and to the exception record.
RTVSYSVAL3
A new value in the data structure VLSYSR describes the system release.
CAPSYSINF
The WRKSYSINF command now sends a specific escape message if no library has been entered into the CAPSYSINF Application Value in TAASECURE.
CHKMINRLS
If *ALLUSR is specified, the QSYS2 library is bypassed to match the corresponding system command. FIXMINRLS also bypasses QSYS2 if *ALLUSR is specified.
CRTRPGENT
The code only returned the parameters for the first program called. The same error occurred on CRTCLPENT. This has been corrected.
CRTVTP
The command failed if no image catalogs existed. This has been corrected.
CVTJRNA
In some cases a LF was determined to be the file being journaled. These cases are now ignored.
DLTOLDSPLF
The columns for deleted and remaining size displayed the wrong values. The ACTION parameter was not handled correctly in conjunction with a named output queue to move spooled files to. These errors have been corrected.
DSPCMDCNT
The ‘Total members’ line was incorrect and has been reworded. The same change has been made to DSPCLPCNT, DSPDDSCNT, and DSPRPGCNT.
DSPQHST2
If CREATE(*YES) is specified for CVTQHST2, the file is now created with *NOMAX as a size.
DSPSPLF3
The command failed if RTVSPLFA returned *RCDF. This has been corrected. A specific escape message now occurs if an outfile was requested and does not exist.
DYNMNU
When a new user record is added, the program now ensures that the user name is an existing user profile.
FTP2
The SBMFTP2 command was running just the first of the OTHERCMD values. This has been corrected.
JOBACG
DLTJOBACG now deletes file JOBACGQ.
RTVEOMDAT
Dates not in the current century were miscalculated. Same error in RTVSOMDAT, RTVDAT3, RTVHOLIDAY, and DSPHOLIDAY. This has been corrected.
RTVHOLIDAY
Dates not in the current year failed for some types such as *VETERANS. This has been corrected.
SECOFR2
Option 10 for Vary Configuration Off checked for the wrong authorization list. This has been corrected.
SNDBRKACT
Messages were not being sent in some cases. This has been corrected.
WRKALLSPLF
If DSPSPLF3 was used, the OUTFILE parameter did not allow an outfile. This has been corrected.
CVTSYSVAL
The field SYCURL (long value) has been added and the SYCURA (additional values) has been dropped.
STRJRNLIB
Because the system added STRJRNLIB/ENDJRNLIB commands in V6R1M0, the existing TAA commands have been renamed to STRJRNLIB2/ENDJRNLIB2. The tool has been renamed to STRJRNLIB2.
TIMRCD
The TAATIMRCD journal has been deleted from TAATOOL. A new command CRTTIMRCDJ now exists to create the journal in a library other than TAATOOL.
ADDUNQMBR
The Add Unique Member command adds a unique member to an existing data base file. The naming convention UNQnnnnnnn is used where nnnnnnn is a number in the range of 1 to 9,999,999. The maximum members in a file at one time may only be 32,767. A return value exists for the member name that was assigned. The text description parameter should contain the purpose of the member.
CHGSGNDAT
The Change Signon Date command is intended for the case where a user profile swap has occurred and the user profile should be updated so that the current date and time becomes the signon date/time value. CHGSGNDAT may also be used without a profile swap to update the current profile if an option is specified. CHGSGNDAT may only be used in a CL program. The QSYCHGPR API is used.
CHKTAAAUT
The Check TAA Authorities command checks the current authorities for TAA objects and compares them to the shipped version of the product. TAA objects in QSYS may also be included in the check such as Authorization Lists. This allows a simple determination of what authority changes have been made on your system. This helps ensure that the TAA Tools may not be used without proper authority.
CMPDBF2
The Compare Data Base File 2 command compares two identical format unique keyed files and lists the changes to the data for a specific field name. CMPDBF2 allows you to make a periodic copy of a uniquely keyed file and then compare the current version against the last copied version to see the changes for a specific field.
CMPMSGFA
The Compare Message File Attributes command compares the attributes of two Message File objects. A spooled file is created of any differences.
CMPMSGQA
The Compare Message Queue Attributes command compares the attributes of two Message Queue objects. A spooled file is created of any differences.
CVTPTFGRP
The Convert PTF Group command converts the PTF groups to an outfile. There is one record output for each PTF group. This is the same information that can be displayed with WRKPTFGRP. The API ‘QpzListPTFGroups’ is used. The file name is always PTFGRPP with a format name of PTFGRPR.
CVTPTFGRPD
The Convert PTF Group Details command converts the individual PTFs for a PTF Group or all PTF Groups to an outfile. Each record contains several fields describing the status of the PTF. This is the same information that can be displayed with WRKPTFGRP using Option 5. The API ‘QpzListPTFGroupDetails’ is used. The file name is always PTFGRPDP with a format name of PTFGRPR.
DSPJRNA
The Display Journal Attributes command is similar to the system WRKJRNA command. DSPJRNA provides a ‘display only’ function. No Function keys allow a WRK type of command. No journal entries may be displayed. DSPJRNA may be useful for operations personnel who do not need WRK type functions.
DSPJRNRCVD
The Display Journal Receiver Directory command displays or prints the list of journal receivers for a specific journal. This is a ‘display only’ function that may be safely used by operations personnel.
DSPJRNRCV2
The Display Journal Receiver Attributes 2 command is similar to the system DSPJRNRCVA command, but does not provide for an F10 key which allows a WRK command. Only attributes of a journal receiver are displayed (not the journal entries).
GENPRMNBR
The Generate Prime Numbers command writes one record per prime number to the PRIMEP file. Each number is 7 digits in a packed field named PRIME. A range of prime numbers may be generated from 2 to 9,999,999. Prime numbers may be helpful in different applications. The algorithm used is a modified Sieve of Eratosthenes. The model outfile is TAANBREP with a format name of PRIMER.
RTVCMDSRC2
The Retrieve Command Source 2 command is designed to retrieve the source for system commands. It differs from RTVCMDSRC which does not provide prompt text for system commands. In order to provide prompt text for keywords, the command help text is accessed. You must correctly perform the actions described in the prompt when RTVCMDSRC2 is used. Several restrictions exist.
RTVCOLHDG
The Retrieve Column Heading command is a program that can be called (TAADBLRR) to retrieve the column headings for a field in a file. An externally described data structure is used to communicate with the program (TAADBLRP). The intent of the program is to allow a general purpose print program where neither the file nor the fields are known when the program is written. Either the field name or the column headings (as described in DDS can be returned) and are justified for printing.
RTVDAT4
The Retrieve Date 4 command is a subset of the RTVDAT TAA command. RTVDAT4 returns only the digit of the day of the week and the week of the year. The intent is to provide better performance than RTVDAT. Both return parameters should be specified for better performance.
RTVDAT5
The Retrieve Date 5 command allows an input of a one digit day of the week (1 = Sunday) and/or a 2 digit month (01 = January) and returns the spellings for the day and month. RTVDAT5 may be used following RTVDAT4 to return the spelling of the day.
RTVDOCOBJ
The Retrieve Document Object command allows the retrieval of information about a *DOC object when only the system object name that exists in the QDOC library is known. The system object names may appear from a function such as when using the DSPOBJD outfile. These names do not relate to a user recognizable name. RTVDOCOBJ provides a translation from the *DOC object name to the information provided by QRYDOCLIB.
RTVFLDDTA
The Retrieve Field Data command is a program (TAADBLSR) that may be called to retrieve the data for a field in a file. An externally described data structure (TAADBLSP) and a record image is used to communicate with the program. The intent of the tool is to allow a general purpose print program where neither the file nor the fields are known when the program is written. The data to be passed back may include editing characters for decimal data if a edit code is requested.
RTVGENOBJ
The Retrieve Generic Object command provides a simple method of processing a list of generic objects in a CL program. Each use of the command returns the basic information about a single object with the name, library, type, attribute, and text description. The list may be retained and processed multiple times.
RTVREGINF
The Retrieve Registration Information command retrieves information as displayed with WRKREGINF. RTVREGINF retrieves information for one exit point. The Retrieve Server Authentication Entries (QsyRetrieveServerEntries) API is used.
RTVSVRAUTE
The Retrieve Server Authentication Entry retrieves information for an authentication entry (added by ADDSVRAUTE). CCSID, User ID, and ‘Password specified’ values are returned. You must have both *ALLOBJ and *SECADM special authority to use RTVSVRAUTE.
TIMRCD
The Time Record tool is a series of commands that allow capturing of time in seconds and 6 digits of sub seconds by using SNDTIMRCD at various points in an application. A journal entry is written. The CVTTIMRCD command may then be used to extract the entries to a data base file. The DSPTIMRCD command allows you to analyze the entries with the calculated difference in time. TIMRCD is designed to assist in understanding performance tradeoffs, but may also be used to provide an audit trail.
General
Several CVT commands have enhanced performance by being changed internally to declare all variables used on TAA RTV commands. This avoids the MCH3601 messages from occurring.
AUDLOG
DSPAUDLOG now supports a start time parameter.
CAPJOBA
If the special attributes that require *JOBCTL special authority are not changed, the code now bypasses the attempt to change these attributes. This avoids an audit entry if the user does not have *JOBCTL.
CHGOBJOWN2
A new parameter has been added to allow selection by object attribute.
CVTLIBOBJD
A new parameter has been added to allow bypassing the escape message if an omit library does not exist.
DLTOLDSPLF
Summary information is now provided describing the amount of storage space remaining and the amount that was deleted. A new parameter has been added to provide a ‘check only’ function which does not delete any spooled files. This allows a review of the new summary information for what would occur if the default is used. A new parameter has been added to allow the retention period to be based on the last time the spooled file was used rather than the default of when it was created.
DSPF2
The SEL option has been added for DSPSELOMT for logical files with select/omit statements. The same enhancement has been made to WRKF2.
DSPGENOBJ
An outfile capability has been added.
DSPOBJD2
The object auditing value is now displayed.
DSPSBSJOBQ
The job queue library has been added to the main display. The same change was made to WRKSBSJOBQ.
FNDJOB
A new parameter for job number has been added which defaults to *ALL.
JOBACG
A new field has been added to the master file JOBACGP for the current user. DSPJOBACG now displays the information on the detail display and provides a new option for the F9 display (Change Position To). PRTJOBACG and PRTJOBACG2 have new options for the type of user. CVTJOBACG3 also updates the new field.
PRTCLPDO
The output has been updated for SELECT and ENDSELECT to provide indenting. Similar changes have been made to INDCLPDO and DSPCLPDO.
PRTSRCCHG
A new parameter has been added to allow a source type to be specified.
RTVDBFA
A new parameter has been added to describe the type of access path.
RTVILEPGMA
A new parameter has been added for ‘all creation data’.
RTVJRNA
New parameters have been added.
RTVJRNRCVA
New parameters have been added.
RTVMSGQA
A return parameter for CCSID has been added.
RTVNEWYEAR
The command which is used by RTVDAT now runs much faster on the current years.
RTVSPLFA
The last date used has been added as a return parameter to the RTVSPLFA2 command and also appears on DSPSPLFA.
SCNALLSRC
A JOBD parameter has been added.
SRCCTL
A new command has been added to display the members that are currently ‘checked out’.
AUDLOG
The DSPAUDLOG option to display the journal entry failed on a group profile access. This has been corrected.
CHKMINRLS
If the only library named was generic, the command failed. ILE programs were not handled correctly for ‘creation data’. These errors have been corrected.
CHKOLDOBJ
The omitted libraries were not being handled properly. This has been corrected.
CLPDBR
The OPNDBR command failed if the file to be opened was not in the same library as the control file. This has been corrected.
CPYSPLTXT
If MODIFY(*YES) was specified and the spooled file contained DBCS data, the work files in QTEMP are now created with IGCDATA(*YES).
CPYTAA
The RPGLE code was being truncated at position 80 of the source statement. A change has been made to allow the full 100 bytes to be output.
CRTDBFJRN
Fields in wider records were not being populated. This has been corrected.
CRTVTP
The WRKVTP function failed for Options 11 and 12 if an an *ALLOBJ user did not have *OBJMGT rights. This has been corrected.
CVTLIBDBF
The tool has been reworked to avoid problems with the system file QADBXREF.
CVTREGINF
Apostrophes are now trimmed from an input parameter. Program is now returned correctly.
CVTWRKACT
For some reason the system does not provide a status for PJ jobs using the API. These have been assumed to have a status of DEQW.
DSPGENOBJ
A specific escape message is now issued for a non-generic request using *LIBL and OBJTYPE(*ALL).
DSPSBMJOB
The detail display was incorrect for the completion status of a ‘normal’ completion. This has been corrected.
FNDJOB
The ACTSTS may have characters below X’40’ which causes an I/O error. These have been set to blanks.
FTP2
If a specific member was named for the log file, the command did not process properly. When the LOGFILE parameter specified an existing file that was not created by FTP2, an I/O error CPF5152 (wrong format name) caused program TAAFTPAR2 to fail. A check of the format ID has been added. When the file in the LOGFILE parameter did not exist, FTP2 created it with MAXMBRS(1) instead MAXMBRS(*NOMAX). These errors have been corrected.
INDCLPDO
The command now handles SELECT, ENDSELECT, WHEN, and OTHERWISE. Similar changes have been made to PRTCLPDO and DSPCLPDO.
JOBDEP
If the master job went to an *END status during processing, an escape message appeared in some situations. This has been corrected.
RTVRPGFLD
In some cases a DS length had a leading spurious 9. This impacted several tools such as DSPRPGFLD and CMPPGMPARM. This has been corrected.
SCNALLSRC
If TRANSLATE(*NO) was specified, ARGUMENT(‘xxx’) was not searching for lower case and multiple arguments with some lower case was not handled properly. This has been corrected.
DSAUSRPRF
CPF9898 is the only escape message sent if the user does not exist. All other escape messages are now CPF9897.
DSPSECRVW
The REFRESH parameter default has been changed to *YES to avoid confusion. The same change has been made to DSPUSRPRF2, SNDGRPPRF, DSPLSTSGN, DSPPWDINF, and CVTALLGRPP.
ENAUSRPRF
CPF9898 is the only escape message now sent if the user is already enabled. All other escape messages are now CPF9897.
CHGOBJAUT
The Change Object Authority command allows changes to authority for one, generic, or *ALL objects in a library of a specific type, or all types. A list of up to 50 users may be specified for specific authorities or to remove all authorities.
CHGOBJAUTL
The Change Object Authorization List command changes the authorization list for one, generic, or all objects in a library. The authorization list may also be set to *NONE. This simplifies making mass changes.
CHKIASP
The Check IASP Status command checks that all IASPS are online. An omit list of IASPs may be specified. An escape message (TAA9892) is issued if all requested IASPs are not online.
CHKMINRLS
The Check Minimum Release command finds objects that were created with a target release earlier than the one specified on the command and determines if the source still exists. *PGM, *MODULE, and *SRVPGM objects are checked. All *SQLPKG objects are flagged. Objects with creation data may be bypassed. The companion tool to re-create the objects is FIXMINRLS. The tool is designed to assist in conversion to V6R1M0.
CHKSELOMT
The Check Select/Omit command allows select and/or omit lists to be checked against a name value. The lists may contain generic names. A *YES/*NO result field is returned to assist in your processing. CHKSELOMT simplifies programming when performing select/omit processing of names against lists.
CMPCMDLST
The Compare Command List command is intended for the case where a command supports both an ‘include’ and an ‘exclude’ list of system names or generic system names. CMPCMDLST ensures that both lists are unique and generic names do not overlap specific names (or generic names) in the other list. TAA9896 is sent as an escape message for non-unique situations. An option exists to allow generic overlap.
CRTTSTDTA
The Create Test Data command either adds new test data records to an existing member or updates existing records. A prompt appears with the fields from the file and various options may be selected such as consecutive numbers, random numbers, unique numbers, constants, character data, or digit data. Fields not specified are added as blanks or zeros or not changed during an update.
CVTCTLASC
The Convert Controller Description ASYNC command converts one, generic, or all ASYNC controller descriptions to an outfile. This provides a simple method of processing the information. The outfile name is always CTLASCP. The model file is TAACFGVP with a format name of CTLASCR.
CVTCTLHOST
The Convert Controller Description Host command converts one, generic, or all Host controller descriptions to an outfile. This provides a simple method of processing the information. The outfile name is always CTLHOSTP. The model file is TAACFGYP with a format name of CTLHOSTR.
CVTCTLLWS
The Convert Controller Description Local Workstation command converts one, generic, or all local workstation controller descriptions to an outfile. This provides a simple method of processing the information. The outfile name is always CTLLWSP. The model file is TAACFGWP with a format name of CTLLWSR.
CVTCTLNET
The Convert Controller Description Network command converts one, generic, or all network controller descriptions to an outfile. This provides a simple method of processing the information. The outfile name is always CTLNETP. The model file is TAACFGXP with a format name of CTLNETR.
CVTCTLVWS
The Convert Controller Description Virtual Workstation command converts one, generic, or all virtual workstation controller descriptions to an outfile. This provides a simple method of processing the information. The outfile name is always CTLVWSP. The model file is TAACFGZP with a format name of CTLVWSR.
CVTLINASC
The Convert Line Description ASYNC command converts one, generic, or all ASYNC line descriptions to an outfile. This provides a simple method of processing the information. The outfile name is always LINASCP. The model file is TAACFGUP with a format name of LINASCR.
CVTLINETH
The Convert Line Description Ethernet command converts one, generic, or all Ethernet line descriptions to an outfile. This provides a simple method of processing the information. The outfile name is always LINETHP. The model file is TAACFGPP with a format name of LINETHR.
CVTLINPPP
The Convert Line Description PPP (Point to Point Protocol) command converts one, generic, or all PPP line descriptions to an outfile. This provides a simple method of processing the information. The outfile name is always LINPPPP. The model file is TAACFGRP with a format name of LINPPPR.
CVTLINSDLC
The Convert Line Description SDLC command converts one, generic, or all SDLC line descriptions to an outfile. This provides a simple method of processing the information. The outfile name is always LINSDLP. The model file is TAACFGQP with a format name of LINSDLR.
DSPDTAARAD
The Display Data Area Description command displays or prints the attributes of a data area. The data area value is not shown.
DSPOBJD4
The Display Object Description 4 command is a problem determination aid and is similar to DSPOBJD2. DSPOBJD4 allows any object description on the system to be displayed if the user has *USE authority to the TAADSPOBJ4 authorization list. ‘Display only’ functions for additional object level information are also provided for most object types. No data can be displayed.
DSPSELOMT
The Display Select Omit command displays or prints the select/omit criteria of a logical file. A better display exists than that used by DSPFD TYPE(*SELECT) which makes it more obvious what the relationships are. Only single format logical files are supported.
FIXDECERR
The Fix Decimal Errors command fixes packed and/or zoned fields in an externally described file member. Packed fields are set to zeros if invalid decimal data exists. Zoned fields with invalid characters have the characters made valid. Use the VALDBF tool to check for decimal errors (does not change values).
FIXMINRLS
The Fix Minimum Release command finds objects that were created with a target release earlier than the one specified on the command and replaces the object for most cases. *PGM, *MODULE, and *SRVPGM objects are checked. *MODULE and single module *PGM objects are replaced. Objects with creation data may be bypassed. All *SQLPKG objects are flagged. The tool is designed to assist in conversion to V6R1M0.
FNDJOB
The Find Job command provides an interactive display of jobs by entering job/user/status values. The job and user names may be generic and may contain wildcards. Options exist on the display for further information or for actions such as ENDJOB if authorized. FNDJOB simplifies finding a job when only part of the job name or user name is known.
GENUNQNBR
The Generate Unique Number tool generates unique numbers within a specified range. The GENUNQNBR command is intended for CL program use and generates a single unique number each time the command is used. The GENUNQNBR2 command creates an outfile of unique numbers. The outfile name is always UNQNBRP which uses the model file TAANBRDP with a format name of UNQNBRR.
RTVCTLASC
The Retrieve Controller Description ASYNC tool retrieves information about an ASYNC controller. Because many parameters exist, 2 commands are provided (RTVCTLASC, and RTVCTLASC2). This provides the current information about the controller. The QDCRCTLD API is used to retrieve the data.
RTVCTLHOST
The Retrieve Controller Description Host tool retrieves information about a host controller. Because many parameters exist, 3 commands are provided (RTVCTLHOST, RTVCTLHOS2, and RTVCTLHOS3). This provides the current information about the controller. The QDCRCTLD API is used to retrieve the data.
RTVCTLLWS
The Retrieve Controller Description Local Workstation command retrieves information about a local workstation controller. This provides the current information about the controller. The QDCRCTLD API is used to retrieve the data.
RTVCTLNET
The Retrieve Controller Description Network command retrieves information about a network controller. This provides the current information about the controller. The QDCRCTLD API is used to retrieve the data.
RTVCTLVWS
The Retrieve Controller Description Virtual Workstation command retrieves information about a Virtual Workstation controller. This provides the current information about the controller. The QDCRCTLD API is used to retrieve the data.
RTVLINASC
The Retrieve Line Description ASYNC tool retrieves information about an ASYNC line. Because many parameters exist, 2 commands are provided (RTVLINASC and RTVLINASC2). This provides the current information about the line. The QDCRLIND API is used to retrieve the data.
RTVLINETH
The Retrieve Line Description Ethernet tool retrieves information about an Ethernet line. Because many parameters exist, 2 commands are provided (RTVLINETH and RTVLINETH2). This provides the current information about the line. The QDCRLIND API is used to retrieve the data.
RTVLINPPP
The Retrieve Line Description Point to Point Protocol (PPP) tool retrieves information about a PPP line. Because many parameters exist, 2 commands are provided (RTVLINPPP and RTVLINPPP2). This provides the current information about the line. The QDCRLIND API is used to retrieve the data.
RTVLINSDLC
The Retrieve Line Description SDLC tool retrieves information about an SDLC line. Because many parameters exist, 2 commands are provided (RTVLINSDLC and RTVLINSDL2). This provides the current information about the line. The QDCRLIND API is used to retrieve the data.
RTVPGMREFL
The Retrieve Program Referenced Libraries command retrieves from a program type object the list of libraries used by externally described files when the program was created. The system DSPPGMREF command is used to determine the files used by the program. An option exists to add the libraries to the library list if they are not already on the list. RTVPGMREFL can be helpful when re-creating a program or module.
CHKALLDBD
New parameters have been added for an omit list of libraries and whether to send the error message as an escape.
CPYSPLFIFS
The print line width has been increased from 256 to the maximum spooled file width of 378.
CRTCMDHLP
A new parameter has been added to allow bypassing the output of PNLGRP/EPNLGRP and the leading box of comments.
CVTOUTQ
The system that created the spooled file has been added to the outfile.
CVTWRKACT
A new parameter has been added to allow selection by one or more status values such as DEQW, SELW, etc.
DSPUSRPRF2
If a generic request or *ALL is made, multiple 5=Display options may now be entered.
RPLMOD
The new sub tool RTVPGMREFL is now used internally to temporarily add the libraries used by externally described files in the module for the re-create.
RPLPGM
The new sub tool RTVPGMREFL is now used internally to temporarily add the libraries used by externally described files in the module for the re-create.
RTVMODA
A new parameter for CRTDTA has been added.
RTVSPLFA
A new parameter for determining if the spooled file contains DBCS data has been added.
RTVSRVPGMA
A new parameter has been added for determining whether the service program has all creation data and is observable.
SNDBRKACT
A new parameter for including devices or generic devices has been added. The OMITDEV parameter now supports generic device names. A new parameter has been added to allow messages to be sent to the job issuing SNDBRKACT to describe the qualified job name of the jobs sent break messages.
TAA Archive
The file TAAARCBP has been added with one record for each TAA Category.
WRKIFS
F5 for refresh has been added.
CHKDBD
Dependent files in QTEMP caused a failure. These files are now listed with a special count.
CRTEXTPRTF
The command failed if PRINTER(*ONLY) was specified as the correct print width was not found. An incorrect length was used if a constant had embedded double apostrophes. Lower case constants were not being output for RPGLE source. Comment lines within printer output for a file that is not selected were output. These errors have been corrected.
CVTTAPSAVD
The command failed on objects if the SAV command was used. This has been corrected.
DLTOLDSPLF
The command failed if an output queue was in a library that was deleted during processing. This was corrected in the sub tool CVTALLOUTQ.
DSPAUDLOG2
Text has been added for the TPWR and TPWQ journal entries. If a user entry existed, the message ID from the previous entry was listed. This has been changed so blanks will appear.
DSPFMT
If the last field on a page was displayed by Option 5 and then rollup occurred, the field name of the previous page was used for the first field. This has been corrected.
DSPUSRPRF2
Multiple requests for 5=Display were not being honored. This has been corrected.
FNDCMD
The CRTFNDCMD command is now tolerant if a library has been deleted during processing or is allocated.
PRTDB
Some valid packed decimal values were considered as bad data and appeared as ‘++++’. This has been corrected.
PRTPAGRNG
The size of the internal file has been increased to allow for 1,200,000 print lines instead of 600,000.
PRTPGMCALL
A ‘recursion’ error appeared in some cases where it was valid. This has been corrected.
SBMTIMJOB2
The JOBQ name was not picked up properly. This has been corrected.
SORTDBF
FMTOPT(*NOCHK) was added to CPYFRMQRYF to avoid mismatch even though formats were the same.
GENRANNBR
If STRVAL is not 0 to begin with and more than 3,000 random numbers are generated, the numbers will not be the same as in the previous releases.
CHKMSGSPE
A new RANGE parameter has been added to allow a spell check of a range of message IDs.
DSPTAACAT
New categories have been added for *CTLD and *LIND.
EXCCMD
A new parameter has been added to allow printing of the source.
GENRANNBR
Escape messages are now sent if errors occur rather than setting Hx indicators.
WRKALLSPLF
The PRTREVERSE command has been added as a special user option.
ADDTIM
If the current job format was *YMD, the return date was wrong. This has been corrected.
CRTEXTPRTF
Output indicators for ‘Un’ are now diagnosed. The width of the printer file is now extracted from the RPG spec and placed in the PAGESIZE parameter of CRTPRTF.
DLTOLDSPLF
If SUMMARY(*NO) is used, the spooled file is created with HOLD(*YES) and then deleted.
SAVACT
For SAVALLACT and SAVCHGACT, a check is now made that the job is still active before sending messages. This avoids a timing problem for when the job is ended after the CVTWRKACT outfile was created and before taking action.
SAVCHG23
The previous fix in Jun 30, 2007 update caused an error if SAVACT(*NO) was specified. This has been corrected.
CHGUSRPRF3
The Change User Profile 3 command is a front end to the CHGUSRPRF command that allows a list of up to 300 user profile names or generic names to be changed. Most of the parameters from CHGUSRPRF are supported. This simplifies making mass changes to user profiles or for standardizing users of a department.
CHKMSGDSPE
The Check Message Description Spelling command checks a single message description for the spelling of the first and second level text. CHKMSGDSPE is helpful after adding or changing a message description. To check the spelling of all message descriptions in a file, use CHKMSGSPE.
CLCSQRT
The Calculate Square Root command calculates the square root of a numeric value that is greater than 0. The input value should be passed as a *DEC (15 5) value which allows numbers such as 123 or 123.456 to be input. The return value must be specified as *DEC LEN(15 5).
CMPOBJSEC
The Compare Object Security command compares security from one object to another. Individual authorities, ownership, and authorization lists are compared. If both objects are *PGM types, the USRPRF attribute and the USEADPAUT attribute (set by CHGPGM) are also compared.
CMPOBJSEC2
The Compare Object Security 2 command allows a comparison of one, generic, or all objects in a library to a specific object. This allows a determination if all security is being handled identically for a set of objects. A summary spooled file is output with one line for each object checked. Detail spooled files will exist for each object where the security differs.
CMPSRC4
The Compare Source 4 command is a front end to CMPSRC2. CMPSRC2 compares one, generic, or all members in a source file to another source file. CMPSRC4 allows all source files (or standard source files) to be compared from one library to another library.
CMPWLDCRD
The Compare Wild Card command provides a comparison of a system name against a compare value that contains fixed and/or floating wild cards. The companion command is CHKWLDCRD which is intended to be used before performing a function such as a DSPxxx OUTFILE or when using a list type API. Additional commands CMPWLDCRD2 and CHKWLDCRD2 may be used on any string (up to 500 bytes) such as customer names or addresses.
CRTCLPCALL
The Create CLP Call Parameters command creates the CALL and DCL statements for a CLP source member using the entry parameter list from a program (CLP, RPG, or single module RPGLE/CLLE). After ensuring a CL source member exists, CRTCLPCALL may be used to add records for the CALL and DCL statements. This simplifies building the proper interface between a CL program and the program to be called.
CRTCLPENT
The Create CLP Entry Parameters command creates the PGM and DCL statements for a CLP source member using the call and parameter list from a program (CLP, RPG, or single module RPGLE/CLLE) or from the keywords of a command. After adding a CL source member, CRTCLPENT may be used to add records for the PGM and DCL statements. This simplifies building the proper interface between a program or command which invokes a CL program.
CRTRPGCALL
The Create RPG Call Parameters command creates the CALL and PARM statements for an RPG or RPGLE source member using the entry parameter list from a program (CLP, RPG, or a single module RPGLE/CLLE). After ensuring an RPG source member exists, CRTRPGCALL may be used to add records for the CALL and PARM statements. This simplifies building the proper interface between an RPG program and the program to be called.
CRTRPGENT
The Create RPG Entry Parameters command creates the *ENTRY PLIST and PARM statements for an RPG or RPGLE source member. The information is extracted from a CALL and parameter list from a program (CLP, RPG, or single module RPGLE/CLLE) or from the keywords of a command. After adding an RPG source member, CRTRPGENT may be used to add records for the *ENTRY PLIST and PARM statements. This simplifies building the proper interface between a program or command which invokes an RPG program.
CVTTIMZOND
The Convert Time Zone Description command converts one, generic, or all time zone descriptions to an outfile. This provides a simple method of processing time zone information. The outfile name is always TIMZONP. The model file is TAATIMZP with a format name of TIMZONR.
DSPDBFKEY
The Display Data Base File by Key command displays or prints records from a single format data base file in keyed sequence. The key fields appear as the first fields in the listing. Any remaining fields that fit into the 378 maximum wide print line are also listed. DSPDBFKEY is a front end to the PRTDB key which allows listing fields by name.
DSPGENOBJ
The Display Generic Object command displays or prints a list of objects. A single object, all objects, a generic name, or a name including wild card characters may be used. If a display is requested, an option exists to use the TAA Display Object Description command which provides more information about the object.
DSPPGM2
The Display Program 2 command displays or prints information about a program by combining information from DSPPGM, RTVOBJD, DSPPGMREF, DSPOBJAUT, the entry list parameters, and whether programs of the same name exist in any other libraries. Text descriptions are displayed for objects and users if they can be found. This simplifies searching for information about a program.
EXTQLFJOB
The Extract Qualified Job Name command accepts an input value such as ‘123456/USERA/JOB1’ and returns separate variables for JOB, USER, and JOBNBR. If your program is attempting to parse a message containing a qualified job name, EXTQLFJOB may be helpful.
FNDCMD
The Find Command command displays a list of commands that match a string such as ‘JOBD’. By default all commands from QSYS and TAATOOL are displayed that match the string. When the display appears, options exist to prompt for the command or use the TAA DSPOBJD2 command. A separate command CRTFNDCMD may be used to build the file of commands for all or named libraries.
PRTREVERSE
The Print Reverse command prints a spooled file in reverse page order by creating a new spooled file. For example, if 3 pages exist, the new spooled file would contain page 3 as the first page, page 2 as the second page, and page 1 as the 3rd page. The lines per page are printed in the same order as they appear in the original spooled file.
RTVTIMZOND
The Retrieve Time Zone Description command retrieves information about a specific time zone description. This allows a program to process what is displayed by an option on WRKTIMZON.
SAVOWNOBJ
The Saved Owned Objects command saves objects owned by a specific user from a named library. A list of object types may be named. You must have *SAVSYS special authority to use SAVOWNOBJ.
SCNEXTMSGF
The Scan Extracted Message File tool is a series of commands that let you build a file of messages and then scan for a value. This can be helpful when you have seen a message containing a value such as ‘authenticate’, but no longer have the message ID to help determine the full text of the message. You may scan either the first or both the first and second level text.
SWPUSRPRF
The Swap User Profile command allows a swap to a user profile and runs a command under the new user profile. You must have *USE authority to the new user profile, but the authority may be adopted. When the command completes (either normally or abnormally), a special ‘scope’ program is used to ensure a swap back occurs to the original profile. Among other uses, SWPUSRPRF allows a means of adopting when using IFS objects.
AUDLOG
The CRTAUDLOG command now supports the ENTDTALEN parameter to allow a larger entry data length to be converted. Up to 1000 bytes may now be specified. If you are currently using the AUDLOG tool, see the tool documentation section on ‘Converting to a longer entry data length’ for how to convert the existing data to the new format.
CHGALLSPLF
The EXPDATE parameter has been added to CHGALLSPLF, CHGJOBSPLF, and RTVSPLFOVR. The EXPDATE and EXPOP has been added to CVTWRKSPLF and WRKSPLF2.
CHKALLDBD
Additional dependency codes are now described.
CHKOLDOBJ
An optional outfile of the old objects has been added.
CRTCMDHLP
A new parameter has been added to allow a ‘flag’ to be placed on the end of the command prompt help to assist in identifying what the command is part of.
CRTSFLPGM
The ‘position to’ line is compressed to allow more fields to fit on the line
A new SPACING parameter has been added to allow you to control the number of spaces between columns.
REPLACE(*YES) now causes an escape message if any source code changes have been made to either the RPG or DDS code since the objects were created. The message states that you must use the new option *YES2 or suggests the use of the RPLSFLPGM command.
The TITLE parameter now defaults to *RPGSRCMBR meaning to use the text from the RPG source member. An escape message is sent if the member does not exist.
If a Change request is made and no change actually occurred, the record is not updated, the lock is released, and a message describing that no change occurred is sent.
If a Change request is made and a key is changed, the subfile is refreshed.
RPLSFLPGM now supports DSPFMBR(*NONE) to bypass the re-create of the display file. You may prefer to re-create the display file using CRTDSPF.
CRTVTP
New options exist on WRKVTP to allow access to EDTOBJAUT for the device description and the image catalog.
CVTDSPDTA
An additional longer return variable has been added.
CVTJOBD
New fields have been added for DDM conversations and Job Log output.
CVTOUTQ
A new field has been added for the expiration date information added to the system in V5R4. The expiration date field has also been added to the outfile for CVTWRKSPLF. The same outfile is also used by CVTJOBSPLF.
DLTIFS
Better error messages now exist if the object type is not a *DIR or *DDIR.
A new command DLTIFS2 has been added which allows only an OBJ parameter to describe the full path length and performs the same function as DLTIFS.
DLTOLDSPLF
The special authorities *JOBCTL and *ALLOBJ/*SPLCTL (if OUTQ(*ALL) is specified) may now be adopted by either program or group profile adopt.
DMOSUBF
If a record is requested for change and no change occurs, the lock is released and a special message occurs.
DSPJOBSCDE
A SEQ parameter is now available to display the entries in either job name or next submitted date sequence.
DSPSBMJOB
An outfile option is now available.
DSPSPLFA
The File Open and Expiration Date values are now available in the V5R4 version.
DYNMNU
A new command (DSPDYNMNUU) has been added to provide a listing of what a user can access in terms of menus and options.
Special options for Rollup and Rolldown may not be specified to allow the appearance of a multi-page menu.
EDTVAR
Additional edit codes are now supported.
EXCCMD
If CMDERR(*ABORT2) is used, the escape message now includes the sequence number in the source where the error occurred.
JOBACG
New options exist for PRTJOBACG to list with totals by user.
PRTCLPDO
The restriction that the MONMSG EXEC(DO) keyword must be on the same line as the command has been removed. This allows a list of message IDs to be listed on multiple source statements followed by an EXEC(DO) to be recognized as the start of a DO group.
PRTDBFSIZ
A new parameter allows flagging of any data base networks where neither the physical or logical files prevent duplicate keys.
RGZLIB
An informational message is now sent to the job log describing the member about to be reorganized.
RPGSTSDS
New fields have been added to the RPG ILE program status structure defined by TAARPGEQ. A recompile of the RPG ILE program is required to use the new fields.
RTVJOBD
New parameters have been added for DDMCNV and LOGOUTPUT.
RTVPRVRLS
New return parameters exist for the N-2 release.
RTVSPLA
The RTVSPLFA2 command now supports the EXPDATE parameter based on the system enhancement in V5R4.
RTVTAPID
The performance has been enhanced if multiple tape files exist.
SAVSNDL
The completion messages have been enhanced to describe where the file(s) are on the remote system and how to restore them.
SCNALLSRC
CHGDAT and OUTFILE parameters are now supported.
SCNDTA
Wildcard functions are now supported to allow more complex searches to be made.
SCNGENSRC
CHGDAT and OUTFILE parameters are now supported.
SCNSRC
A new parameter has been added for a Change Date. A progress bar status message is now the default when processing all members.
SNDLNGMSG
A new parameter has been added to allow the message to be sent to the previous program of the one running SNDLNGMSG. A new value *FMT has been added to the MSGLEN parameter to allow formatting of the message so that words are not split over two lines. The minimum length of the message MSGLEN value is now 10.
TAAARC
The DSPTAA command now supports F18 = Bottom.
VALDBF
Zoned fields are now checked for non-digit data that will convert properly.
General
Most tools that support a OUTPUT(*) capability and produce a spooled file, now specify HOLD(*YES) to prevent the spooled file from being printed before the spooled file is deleted after displaying.
AUDLOG
In some cases the selected job and user were not passed to the sub program properly for Option 7. This has been corrected.
MTNAUDLOG failed if the AUDLOGP2 file existed, but did not have any records. This has been corrected.
CHGLBLJOBD
If a JOBD contained *SYSVAL and QUSRLIBL had a 10 character library name, the command failed. This has been corrected.
CPYSPLFIFS
When TOSTMF(*GEN) was specified with STMFTYPE(*SYS) a path error occurred. This has been corrected.
CVTAUDLOG3
When an ENDJOB OPTION(*CNTRLD) was issued, the job did not end normally because of an output operation to an unopened print file. This has been corrected.
CVTDSPTAP
If no files existed and LABEL(*FIRST) was specified, the command failed. This has been corrected, but also required a change to CHKTAPRDY.
CVTJOBSPLF
In some cases the command failed with a blank job number. This has been corrected.
CVTQHST
When one or more specific message IDs were requested, some blank message IDs appeared as records in the output. This has been corrected.
DLTJOBSPLF
In some cases the command failed to delete the spooled files.
DSPOBJD2
The command failed on some system objects where the last use date was blank.
DSPSBSJOBQ
The command failed on an RPG index error. This has been corrected.
DYNMNU
If a user is deleted from the Dynamic Menu system, any security records for the same user are now deleted.
If the menu was specified to run commands without using program adopt, a looping error occurred if an invalid command was entered. This has been corrected.
FMTLIN
An escape message is now sent if the INPUT parameter is blank. An error occurred if the INPUT leftmost character was blank. This has been corrected.
RTVCMDPARM
If 45 or more keywords existed, the command failed. This has been corrected.
RTVJOBA2
The command now sends TAA9893 if the job disappears during processing instead of letting the system message bubble up.
RTVTIMSTM
The *DMY formats for DATTIM15 and DATTIM23 were not formatted properly. This has been corrected.
SAVCHG23
If the SAVACT message queue was in QSYS, the command failed. This has been corrected.
WRKJOB2
The command was incorrectly set to run only in a CL program. It should be ALLOW(*IPGM *INTERACT *EXEC). This has been corrected.
WRKVTP
If Option 7 (DSPTAPLBL) or Option 8 (DSPSAVTAP) was requested to an image catalog that was not in the *READY status, a failure occurred. This has been corrected.
The last change date information from DSPVTP was not being presented properly. The information from RTVTAPLBL is now used.
CRTSFLPGM
The TITLE parameter is no longer required and defaults to *RPGSRCMBR meaning to take the title from the RPG source member. The member must exist to use the default.
CRTVTP
The size shown on WRKVTP is now the allocated size of the IFS object and not the actual size. This is now consistent with the way library object sizes are displayed.
The CRTVTP new parameter DIRAUT defaults to *EXCLUDE which differs from the assumed value of *RWX in the previous version.
FMTLIN
An escape message is now sent if the INPUT parameter is all blank.
PRTGENSRC
If SRCFILE(*STD) is specified and the QCMDSRC file exists, any members are listed first.
PRTGENSRC
If SRCFILE(*QATT) is specified and the QATTCMD file exists, any members are listed first.
RTVJOBA2
If the job does not exist or is ended during processing, TAA9893 is now sent.
CHGDSTLE
The Change Distribution List Entry command lets you change or remove an entry from one, generic, or all distribution lists. The From User ID value must match an existing entry. An ACTION parameter exists which defaults to *TEST to allow testing of what the *CHANGE function will provide.
CHGGRPPRF2
The Change Group Profile 2 command allows you to change all members of a group profile for the parameters OWNER, GRPAUT, or GRPAUTTYP. This provides a simple method of ensuring all members of the group have the same attributes related to group profile processing.
CHKACTJOB
The Check Active Job command determines whether a job or generic job name is active. This can be helpful in determining if a server job is active. TAA9893 is sent as an escape message if the specified parameters do not find a job.
CHKDIRE
The Check Directory Entry command checks the directory (see WRKDIRE) using the outfile of DSPDIRE to determine if the full user ID (ID, address, and description) exist. If not, TAA9894 is sent as an escape message.
CHKGRPPRF
The Check Group Profile command checks a profile to see if it is a group profile. TAA9891 is sent as an escape message if the profile is not a group profile. You must have *USE authority to the group profile to use CHKGRPPRF.
CHKINACT2
The Check Inactive Job 2 tool is a series of commands that allow the ending or discontinuing of jobs that have been inactive for a specified period of time. This allows security control when users walk away from their devices while still signed on. It may also be used to end jobs that are hung. CHKINACT2 allows for different timeout values while the CHKINACT tool has a single timeout value.
CHKJOBENDS
The Check Job End Status command is intended for batch jobs that are waiting for a delay time and periodically need to check if an End Job or End Subsystem command has issued a controlled cancel - OPTION(*CNTRLD). CHKJOBENDS allows a periodic wakeup with a total time specified. The escape message TAA9891 is sent if a controlled cancel has been requested.
CHKSAVF
The Check Save File command is designed to allow you to determine if a save file is available for use. For example, if a save is occurring to the save file, TAA9892 will be sent as an escape message.
CRTEXTPRTF
The Create Externally Described Printer File command reads an RPG source member with a program described printer file and creates the DDS for an externally described printer file and the printer file. Exceptions such as duplicate output lines for the same EXCPT line are noted and a new format name is assigned. You must make changes to the RPG source as well as correct any exceptions that are noted.
DSPGRPPRF
The Display Group Profile command displays or prints the members of a group and detail information. The command is an improvement over the system DSPUSRPRF OPTION(*GRPPRF) function in that information about the individual members is displayed.
DSPMOON
The Display Moon command displays the dates of the full moon for a specific year. The new moon occurs about 14 days earlier than the full moon. The 1st quarter moon occurs about 7 days earlier and the last quarter moon occurs about 7 days after the full moon.
DSPUSAHST
The Display USA History command displays information about the history of the USA by year. This includes notable events such as Presidential elections, significant battles, and other information. Some major events outside of the US are also included.
DSPUSAPRES
The Display USA President command displays information about a US President including the electoral voting, the Vice President, notable cabinet members, and major events that occurred during the presidency. By default a list of Presidents will be displayed and a selection may be made (F19) or a specific President may be entered on the command.
ENAGRPPRF
The Enable Group Profile command ensures that all members of a group profile are enabled. The companion command is Disable Group Profile which ensures that all members of a group profile are disabled. An option exists to determine if the users who are part of a supplemental group profile should be enabled/disabled. No change to the status of the named group profile occurs.
ENDSBSJOB
The End Subsystem Job command ends one or more jobs from one or all subsystems based on a number of minutes active. For example, you can end all jobs in a subsystem that have been active for more than 640 minutes (8 hours).
EXTQLFNAM
The Extract Qualified Name command extracts an object and optional library qualifier from a string such as ‘ABC/DEF’ where ABC is considered to be the library and DEF the object. Leading blanks and apostrophes are ignored. Any characters following the end of the object name (after the blank delimiter) are ignored.
RTVDDMA
The Retrieve DDM Attributes command retrieves the attributes of a DDM file. This includes such attributes as the Remote File name, Remote location name, and Remote network identifier. Only a file created by CRTDDMF may be used.
RTVDIRE
The Retrieve Directory Entry command retrieves a directory entry (see WRKDIRE) when only the name and address or just the name is known. This allows use of the return values to be used in other commands.
WRKDSAUSR
The Work Disabled User command provides a work display of the users with a *DISABLED status. An option exists to enable the users. An omit list of profiles may be specified which would allow the use of WRKDSAUSR in a CL program where you could omit certain profiles that were known to be disabled.
CHGJOBQJOB
The SEQ parameter has been added to allow for a processing sequence in the same order as the jobs appear on WRKJOBQ.
CPYSPLTXT
The maximum width supported for re-printing has been raised to 232 positions.
CRTVTP
A new option has been added to the WRKVTP display for a summary of the IFS entry if only a single entry exists. The size field is now hi-lighted if more than a single entry exists. If no tape resources exist when F8 is used, a prompt appears to allow you to create 10.
CVTLIBOBJA
New parameters have been added for object and object type.
DSPALLSPLF
The F11 key has been added to allow an alternate view which will display the date/time the spooled file was opened.
DSPPERTAA
New options have been added for DSPMOON, DSPUSAHST, and DSPUSAPRES.
DSPTAALIC
The IBM customer number has been added to the display.
PRTBLKOBJT
A range of dates may now be entered to allow checking against the object create date so that only new objects without text may be listed.
PRTJRNANL
The sequence of the columns has been changed to the Add, Updates, and Deletes appear first.
RSNALLMSG
A new parameter has been added to allow a received *ESCAPE message to be resent as a *DIAG.
RTVTAPLBL
A new parameter OWNER2 has been added to allow the full owner name (14 bytes) to be retrieved.
SAVALLCHG
The OMITOBJ parameter is now supported.
SAVSNDL
The LIB parameter now supports up to 300 libraries.
DLTOLDSPLF
The message regarding the limit of 160,000 spooled file has been removed as there is no limit.
DSPJOBLOG2
If no message IDs were specified, the command failed attempting to use the CHKGENERC command. This has been corrected.
DSPSBSJOB
Errors occurred if a large number of jobs were displayed.
DSPSPLFA
The command failed if the RCDLEN was *RCDF. This has been corrected.
DSPTXT
The F18 key caused an error on a small number of elements in the array. The F19 key caused end of program when it was not requested. These errors have been corrected.
DSPUSRAUT
Status messages were too long in CVTUSRAUT and caused an error. This has been corrected.
FTP2
If the remote system fails to process the namefmt subcommand, an escape message is no longer issued.
PRTASPUSE
The size of the storage and used fields have been increased. This prevents an invalid percentage from occurring.
PRTSAVAUD
The CPF3771 message is now checked for.
QRYUSE
The last use date of each query was changed to the date that CVTQRYUSE was run because of RTVQMQRY. A S/R approach is now used and RTVQMQRY is run against the restore version in QTEMP. This prevents the use date from being changed.
RTVDBFM
If a connection could not be made for a DDM file, the command failed. This condition is now bypassed.
RTVRPGFLD
RPG IV D specs with a ‘d’ internal definition are now assigned a length of 10.
SAVDBDLF
The SNDJLGMSG failed attempting to send excess data. This has been corrected.
STRJRNLIB
The SAMEOMIT and SAMEIMAGE function for *NO was improperly handled. This has been corrected.
WRKIPDEV
Some output queues did not appear on the display or listing if a previous record had a blank address. This has been corrected.
PRTJRNANL
The sequence of the columns has been changed to the Add, Updates, and Deletes appear first.
CHGJOBSPLF
The Change Job’s Spooled Files command changes all the spooled files for a job for specified attributes such as changing to a different form type. This simplifies cleanup at the end of a job for spooled files created during the job.
CHGQDFTJRN
The Change QDFTJRN Data Area command creates and/or changes the QDFTJRN data area in a named library. The QDFTJRN data area is used by the system to automatically start journaling for objects intended for remote journaling. Using CHGQDFTJRN simplifies entering data into the required data area.
CHGUSRAUD2
The Change User Auditing 2 command is similar to the system CHGUSRAUD command, but prompts for CHGUSRAUD with the existing values from the user profile. This simplifies making additions or deletions of the AUDLVL parameter which may contain several items.
CHKFILATR
The Check File Attribute command provides a simple check of an existing file to ensure it has an attribute that you want to process. A list of one or more valid file attributes must be provided. If the attribute of the named file is not in the list, TAA9896 is sent as an escape message.
CHKPGMATR
The Check Program Attribute command provides a simple check of an existing program to ensure it has an attribute that you want to process. A list of one or more valid program attributes must be provided. If the attribute of the named program is not in the list, TAA9896 is sent as an escape message.
CHKSRCTYP2
The Check Source Type 2 command provides a simple check of an existing source member to ensure it has a source type that you want to process. A list of one or more valid source types must be provided. If the source type of the named member is not in the list, TAA9896 is sent as an escape message.
CVTDAT13
The Convert Date 13 command converts the 13 character date retrieved by many system commands in the format CYYMMDDHHMMSS and returns date and time values ready for printing. The date is returned in job format with the job date separator used. The time is returned with the job time separator used.
DSPDFTRCD
The Display Default Records command displays the Relative Record numbers of the records in a file that match the default record used by the system when adding a new record. It is possible for an application or a utility like DFU to add a default record as an error. DSPDFTRCD will find these conditions, but not all may indicate an error. You must decide based on your application.
DSPPWDLMT
The Display Password Limit command uses converted data from QHST and displays or prints the devices and/or user profiles that have been disabled because the QMAXSIGN system value limit has been reached. This provides a good review of attempted break-ins or users who are having trouble.
DSPPWDLMT2
The Display Password Limit 2 command uses converted data from QHST and displays or prints the conditions where a user profile has successfully signed on after one or more invalid password attempts to a list of user profiles. This provides a good review of authorized users who may be trying to discover a password of another profile.
DUPJOBSPLF
The Duplicate Job Spooled File command duplicates the spooled files for the current job to a different output queue with a different owner. This allows a tool like Spool Archive (SPLARC) to back up a job’s spooled files even if the owner deletes them when the job completes.
PRTSAVAUD
The Print Save Audit command is intended to provide a listing for an auditor after a significant save has occurred such as some combination of SAVSECDTA, SAVCFG, SAVLIB, and SAV. The critical messages from the job log are printed to a listing. An option exists to print the QSYS data area information instead and one line per library with save date/time.
RTVDBFRR
The Retrieve Data Base File by Relative Record command allows a retrieval of the contents of up to 10 fields from a record in a data base file using a RR number. Both character (up to 50 bytes) and decimal fields are supported. The command allows a general purpose approach that may avoid having to write a program.
RTVDTAQ
The Retrieve Data Queue command retrieves the first entry in a data queue. Return values include the arrival date/time, sender ID, and the data. RTVDTAQ allows you to check if any processing should occur based on the arrival date and time of the first entry. The entry is not removed from the data queue. TAA9896 is sent as an escape message if no entries exist.
RTVLIBSIZ
The Retrieve Library Size command retrieves the size and number of objects in a library. The library object is also considered. The command is slow running against a large library or a library with many source members.
RTVMTHDAT
The Retrieve Month Date command allows a retrieval of the date in a month based on a day of the week and which week is desired. For example, you can determine the date of the 3rd Wednesday of a given month.
RTVSPLFID2
The Retrieve Spooled File ID 2 command is intended for the situation where you need to know the spooled file name and number of the last spooled file in a job and you do not know the name of the spooled file. The return variables may then be used with commands such as RTVSPLFA to determine other attributes or DUPSPLF to duplicate the spooled file.
RTVTOLCMD
The Retrieve TAA Tool Commands retrieves a list of commands for a named TAA Tool. The commands are passed back in a large variable which may then be used to perform other processing.
SAVJRNRCV
The Save Journal Receiver command saves all, active, or detached receivers for a specific journal. Saving an active receiver (not detached) is supported by the the system, but can make it awkward to restore.
SAVRSTASP
The Save and Restore ASP command allows a library to be saved and restored from one ASP to another. Both named and numbered ASPs are supported. An option exists to delete the existing library and must be used if the same library name is used for the restore library. A permanent library must be used for the creation of a save file used to save the library to and restore from. The save file is deleted if SAVRSTASP completes successfully.
SAVSNDM
The Save and Send Member with FTP tool is designed to simplify sending a member, generic members, or all members (from the same file) to another i5 System. Either a source or data file may be used. The SAVSNDM command saves one or more members to a save file and the save file is transmitted using FTP. On the remote system, use RSTSNDM (part of the SAVSNDM tool) to restore the member.
SAVSYSINF2
The Save System Information 2 command is a front end to the system SAVSYSINF command. SAVSYSINF saves a subset of the system data saved by SAVSYS and can be used after restoring a SAVSYS version. SAVSYSINF2 is preferable to the system function because SAVSYSINF2 runs SAVSYSINF and then updates a data area in TAASECURE. This provides a version of the save information which would be lost if the last SAVSYS was restored.
VRYCFGOFF
The Vary Configuration Off command provides a simple version of the VRYCFG command to vary off a device. The user must be authorized to the TAAVRYCFGO authorization list. The system VRYCFG command requires the user to have *JOBCTL special authority. The intent of VRYCFGOFF is to provide a solution without authorizing a user to *JOBCTL and may be used as an option an option on the SECOFR2 menu.
WRKVLDL
The Work Validation Lists command provides a work display for Validation List (*VLDL) objects. From the display, you may create and delete validation lists and access the TAA WRKVLDLE display to work with individual entries for a specific validation list.
WRKVLDLE
The Work Validation List Entries command is a series of commands that simplify working with validation list entries. After creating a Validation List, the remaining functions such as adding, changing, removing, displaying, verifying, retrieving, and converting can be done with TAA commands rather than system APIs.
ADDPDMOPT
The CHKCLSPE command has been added.
CHGINLPGM
The qualified library names may now be entered as *LIBL or *CURLIB.
CHKCLSPE
If a spelling error occurs, the complete statement is listed and not just the first line.
CHKHOLIDAY
Additional US Holidays are now supported. A DATE parameter has been added to allow checking of any date against one or more holidays.
CHKJRNLIB
A list of up to 300 libraries or generic libraries may now be specified. The QDFTJRN parameter has been added to allow checking for the QDFTJRN data area in the named libraries. This allows the system to automatically start journaling for objects in the library.
CRTDBFJRN
The command has been reworked to create the file and copy the requested journal entries to the file. This provides a simple approach and avoids the manual steps which were required with the old version. The old form of the command has been renamed to CRTDBFJRN2.
CVTIFS
A new parameter CVTDDIR has been added to allow conversion of entries in a distributed directory.
DSPSYS
The number of partitions has been added.
DSPUSRAUT2
A new option has been added to allow a bypass of the ‘*PUBLIC to *OBJ’ conditions so that only the specific individual authorities for a user are listed.
DUPTAPIN
The VOL parameter has been added to the DUPTAPIN and DUPTAPOUT commands.
DYNMNU
From 2-9 blank lines may now be specified after an option to allow better formatting of 2 column menus. Optional heading lines of up to 25 bytes may now appear on the menu to assist in formatting. The heading is indented to the right of the normal Option text and may be hi-lighted. A new entry is allowed for the security option to cause a blank line on the menu when the user is not authorized. This is intended to prevent a heading line which should appear in a fixed location from ‘floating up’.
EDTDBF
Variable length records are now supported. Fields larger than 800 bytes are now displayed for the first 800 bytes on the single field display, but may not be updated. Fields larger than 400 bytes are now displayed for the first 400 bytes on the hex display, but may not be updated.
FNDWRD
The SCAN parameter now supports *END to find words that end with the value specified.
PAUSE
A new parameter exists to allow the use of F6 to send an escape message to allow unique processing following PAUSE.
PRTDB
Three new commands have been added (PRTDBS, PRTDB2S, and PRTDB3S) which allow a prompt for the TAA SORTDBF command and then perform the same function as the corresponding commands without the ‘S’. The SORTDBF command provides a simple select/sort prompt. The PRTDB command is now more tolerant of invalid data.
PRTPRMJOBD
A new option exists to print the full library list.
RTVHOLIDAY
The command now supports all US Holidays and not just the floating type.
RTVSYSSTS
New parameters have been added such as the number of active jobs and the number of partitions.
SECOFR2
Option 10 has been added for the VRYCFGOFF command.
SPLARC
Better error messages now appear if more than 32K spooled files exist in an output queue and cannot be converted or STRSPLARC has been run more than the maximum of 26 times per day.
SPLSTO
A new command DLTSPLSTOD has been added to allow the delete of a spooled store ID and any associate data.
WRKALLSPLF
The OUTPTY parameter has been added to allow selection on output priority.
APPVAL
The EDTAPPVAL command for choice values has extra characters in some cases when ‘…’ was displayed.
CHGIFSOWN
The command failed if either the NEWOWN or CUROWN parameters were blank. An error message will now occur if blanks are found.
CHGUSRPRF2
The command failed if the user profile text had an apostrophe in it. This has been corrected.
CHKOBJSRC
The command failed if no source files existed in the libraries described by the LIB parameter.
CHKSAVTAP
If the command failed because the tape was varied off or some other problem existed, the QTEMP/QTTCPYDST file was not not re-created properly. This has been corrected.
CMPSRC
The 10th character of the member name was not being printed In some cases literals *ALL and *NEWMBR were passed instead of the actual member names. These errors have been corrected.
CMPSRCPARM
The command now considers *CHAR and *INT/*UINT to compare properly as types.
CVTJOBLOG
The job log open date failed to convert in some cases. This has been corrected.
CVTJOBSPLF
If no spooled files had ever existed for the job and JOB(*) was specified, the internal RTVJOBSTS command failed. This has been corrected.
CVTNETSTAT
The CVTNETCNN outfile field NCRMTA field was being padded with X’00’s. This has been changed to pad with blanks (X’40’s).
CVTQHST
The value for FROMDATE(*TODAY) was not handled properly. This has been corrected.
CVTWRKSBS
If the outfile is created, it is set to LVLCHK(*NO).
CVTWRKSPLF
The status values of ‘sending’ (SND), ‘message’ (MSG), and ‘deferred’ (DFR) were being ignored. This has been corrected.
DSPACTJOB
If a large number of active jobs existed, the display bypassed several jobs. This has been corrected.
DSPOBJLCK
In some cases the command failed with a message stating the data sent to the display was less than X’40’. The code now ensures that any below X’40’ characters are set to blank.
DSPPWDINF
The command was only handling *GE and *LE for the password signon date and the password change date. This has been corrected.
DSPUSRAUT
The command failed with an index error in some unusual cases. The internal arrays have been increased in size.
DYNMNU
The message for ‘maximum number of options exceeded’ was displayed based on the last menu in the subfile rather than the menu displayed. This has been corrected.
FIXCLPSRC
If an error occurred, the sequence number listed was off one. This has been corrected.
PRTLIBANL
To prevent a failure where a user has an old version of the DSPUSRPRF *BASIC outfile (QADSPUPB), CPYF now uses FMTOPT(*DROP).
PRTLIBAUT2
The QTEMP library is now bypassed if LIB(*ALL) is specified.
RTVCLPVAR
*INT and *UINT default field lengths are now included. This was causing errors in commands such as CMPCMDPARM. The QADSPFFD file is now closed in the RPG program to allow reuse.
RTVSPLFA
If an externally described printer file was being used to create the spooled file, the record length was incorrect. A value of *RCDF is now returned meaning ‘record format’.
RTVTIMSTM
The command failed on certain return fields if the job format was not *MDY. This has been corrected.
SPLARC
WRKSPLARC was failing if the OUTQ abbreviation did not begin with a letter. ADDSPLARCD now checks for this.
WRKSVRAUTE
If no entries exist, the command failed. This has been corrected as well as in CVTSVRAUTE.
CHKJRNLIB
The JRN parameter has been dropped in favor of the QDFTJRN parameter which allows checking for the QDFTJRN data area.
CRTDBFJRN
The command has been reworked to provide a simpler approach. The old form of the command has been renamed to CRTDBFJRN2.
CHKNAMFLD2
The Check Name Field 2 command allows you to check name and address values for proper case such as ‘THomas ThuMb’ or ‘Thomas thumb’ and returns a value of ‘Thomas Thumb’. The return value is ensured to have the first letter of each word capitalized and the remaining letters to be lower case.
CVTAUDJRNE
The Convert Audit Journal Entries command converts specific audit entries from the QAUDJRN journal to an outfile. The format of the outfile is determined by the entry type using system supplied model files. The intent of CVTAUDJRNE is to simplify the process of creating an outfile that can be used to write a query against audit entries.
CVTMSGQ2
The Convert Message Queue 2 command converts the messages found in an external message queue (such as QSYSOPR) to an outfile. This differs from the CVTMSGQ tool in that the open list QGYOLMSG API is used to allow a very large number of messages to be converted. Selection criteria allows different types of messages to be converted as well as a start date and time.
CVTOBJD2
The Convert Object Description 2 command creates the OBJDSCP outfile of objects similar to DSPOBJD. However, the output records contain only the object, library, and object type. The advantage of this approach is that the system does not have to determine the size of the objects. If a file has many members, the basic information can be retrieved quickly.
DSPDBFSTAT
The Display Data Base File Statistics command displays usage statistics for a physical file member. Usage for dependent logical files is also shown. This can assist in determining if logical file access paths should be used versus temporary indexes. The system data base statistics are used which are reset at each IPL.
DSPJOBLOG5
The Display Job Log 5 command provides a different method of viewing a job log and attempts to display the last escape message (and associated messages) first. The messages are displayed on an 80 byte wide display using a subfile with one line per message plus a detail display option. Different positions within the subfile can be quickly displayed along with a scanning capability to find any character string.
DSPTAPLBL
The Display Tape Label command displays or prints basic information about a tape label including the date the first file was written and the first expiration date. DSPTAPLBL is very efficient in displaying information from a virtual tape. The command can be very slow when certain tape devices are used.
ENDDSCJOB
The End Disconnected Job command checks for jobs in the DSC (disconnected) state and ends them by default. This allows a simple cleanup solution prior to a backup. An option exists to just list those jobs that are in the disconnected state.
RTVAUDMDLF
The Retrieve Audit Model File command retrieves the model file in QSYS based on an entry type for a journal entry. Only the entry types associated with the T journal code (for Journal type = Audit) are supported.
RTVDBFM
The Retrieve Library Data Base File Members command returns counts of data files and members and source files and members in a library.
RTVJOBTYPD
The Retrieve Job Type Description command returns a 15 byte description for a job type such as BCH or SBS.
RTVOUTDTAQ
The Retrieve Output Queue Data Queue command retrieves the information about a spooled file that has just entered the RDY status in an output queue. A data queue must be created to receive the data queue entries. This allows a CL program to be written to perform a typical task such as moving spooled files in a RDY status to a different output queue.
TRMFSTBLK
The Trim First Blank command trims an input value after the first blank position. For example, if ‘ABC DEF’ is input, ‘ABC’ is returned. The INPVAL may be up to 256 bytes. The RTNVAL parameter must be specified as *CHAR LEN(256).
WRKOUTQ2
The Work Output Queue 2 command is similar to the system WRKOUTQ command, but allows a list of multiple output queues to be specified and an option for a WRKALLSPLF type program. WRKOUTQ2 does not support a command line such as on WRKOUTQ.
AUDLOG
The DSPAUDLOG command now supports additional parameters to assist in the selection of journal entries.
CHGALLSPLF
A new parameter has been added for ‘current status’ to allow changing of only those spooled files that are in a RDY or HLD status.
CHKOBJ3
The member parameter now supports *LAST which the system command CHKOBJ does not.
CMPUSRPRF2
The create and change date/time for each member being compared is now shown on the listing to help ensure the files have not been tampered with. The same change has also been made to CMPNETA, CMPSYSVAL, and CMPREGINF.
CRTCMDHLP
A new parameter has been added to allow phrases such as ‘No help text’ provided to be inserted.
CVTAUDLOG3
The journal sequence number had been added to messages sent to the specified message queue.
DLTOBJ
New parameters have been added to delete only those objects owned or created by a specified user.
DSPALLJLG
The new DSPJOBLOG5 command has been added as an option on the display.
DSPDBFA
Size information has been added. F5=Refresh is now supported. The previous F5 for Display Members is now F4.
DSPJOBLOG2
The MSGID parameter now allows a generic message ID such as CPC*.
DSPJRNCDE
A new option is available to display the system supplied data base format for T journal codes (audit entries).
DSPSBSJOBQ
A new command DSPSBSJOB2 will allow users who are authorized to the TAAJOBCTL authorization list to be able to display all jobs.
DSPTAACAT
New categories have been added for *STAT, *PERF, and *VLDL. The handling of the display has been improved to allow a return to the last screen selected when *CATEG is used.
DSPTXT
An new value has been added to the RTNOPT to allow F19, but prevent the scan line. The F17 and F18 keys (First page/Last page) are now prevented if only a single page of data exists.
RGZLIB
Any library beginning with the letter Q may be named that is not a system library except for QGPL and Q36F.
RMVMSGQMSG
The CVTMSGQ2 tool is now used internally to allow for many more messages to be converted. Same change also for CPYMSGQ.
RTVEOMDAT
A new special value exists to allow the return date to be the last week day of the month.
RTVSOMDAT
A new special value exists to allow the return date to be the first week day of the month.
STRJRNLIB
An OMIT parameter has been added to allow specific object/type objects to be omitted.
USRGRP
A new parameter on RTVUSG allows for up to 999 user names to be returned. The GRT/RVKUSGAUT and SNDUSGMSG commands now support the new parameter.
WRKALLSPLF
CPYSPLFDTA and DSPJOBLOG5 are now supported for the USEROPTION parameter.
WRKRMTOUTQ
The IP addresses are now printed.
AUDLOG
Option 7 for the full entry failed if the audit record had a different user. This has been corrected.
CHGLIBOWN
The size of internal count fields has been increased from 5 to 7 to handle more than 100,000 objects in a library.
CHKINACT
In some unusual cases the system returned a status of 4 characters followed by something other than 6 blanks. This caused a non-comparison against the values in the CHKINACT data area in TAASECURE. The code was checking for 10 bytes of status, but now only checks the first 4.
CHKNAMFLD
The TAADBKXR2 program was not created with USRPRF(*OWNER). This has been corrected.
CMPPGMPARM
RPGLE D spec of type N was not handled properly. This has been corrected as well as in RTVRPGFLD and CMPPGMPARM.
CMPSRCPARM
*LGL and 1 byte *CHAR fields now compare correctly if the same length. *CHAR and *VARL fields now compare correctly if the same length.
CPYUSRPRF
If the profile being copied was a member of a group, the group membership was dropped from the ‘copy from’ profile. This has been corrected.
CRTVTP
The DSPVTP and RDYVTP commands were failing in some cases when the virtual tape device was varied off. The CRTVTP prompt override program was not correctly specified. These errors have been corrected.
CVTAUDLOG
The last sequence number was not being retrieved properly for a comparison. This has been corrected.
CVTAUDLOG3
The internal RCVJRNE command specified RCVRNG(*CURCHAIN). This caused misleading results when multiple receivers existed. This has been corrected to use *CURRENT.
CVTDSPTAP
For some tape labels, the expiration date appears as ’ 99999’ instead of ‘999999’ for a permanent date. Either is now handled.
CVTJOBACG3
The fix in April 2006 was incorrect for the JAAIO field. The correct field is now handled. The receiver and receiver library field are now updated for each record written.
CVTLIBOBJA
The command failed if objects were allocated. The command now converts what it can and sends an escape message if objects are locked. The completion message described the wrong number of records if the outfile specified other than the first member. This has been corrected.
CVTLIBOBJD
The handling of LIBTYP(*TEST) did not cause any selection. This has been corrected.
CVTSYSVAL
The command was changing the change date of previous members in the file. This has been corrected.
DSPDBFDTA
Signed fields were displaying as 0. This has been corrected.
DSPMBRSTAT
Some selection criteria was bypassed in some cases. This has been corrected.
FTP2
The ‘SITE NAMEFMT 1’ message is now ignored.
JOBACG
The average response time was being calculated with the wrong values. The CPU time was not set properly. These errors have been corrected.
RSTLIBIFS
The length of the STMF parameter was wrong in TAAIFTFC. This has been corrected.
RTVCLPVAR
Qualified names caused by a named OPNID on DCLF are dropped and only the variable name is used. This impacts several tools such as CMPPGMPARM.
RTVCMDPARM
The MAX parameter specified on an ELEM was not handled. This has been corrected.
RTVMBRSTAT
The TOTREADS and KEYREADS parameters did not have a correct definition. The parameter names have been changed to PHYIOREADS and READS and a correct definition provided.
RTVPFSRC
The handling of binary fields was not wrong. This was impacting other tools such as RTVDLTRCD. This has been corrected.
RTVRPGFLD
RPGLE DS specs that are ‘qualified’ are now bypassed to prevent a multiple definition error. This impacts several tools that use RTVRPGFLD such as CMPPGMPARM.
SAVE2
Use without authority to the TAASECURE library caused an error. This has been corrected.
SAVRCVL
The file transfer timer is now set to 3600 seconds and the inactivity timer to 7200 seconds. The same change has been made to the SAVSNDL tool.
UPSMON
The batch job now specifies LOGCLPGM(*NO) to minimize the job log size.
WRKALLSPLF
If the USER parameter is *CURRENT, a check for *JOBCTL is no longer done. This prevents an audit message if the user does not have *JOBCTL special authority.
The CPYSPLFDTA option was failing. This has been corrected.
CVTAUDLOG3
The internals of the tool have changed causing external changes. It now operates with less overhead and allows changing of a receiver while the function is in operation. If you are using the tool, review the new documentation.
CVTJOBACG3
The internals of the tool have changed causing external changes. It now operates with less overhead and allows changing of a receiver while the function is in operation. If you are using the tool, review the new documentation.
DSPMBRSTAT
The ‘Total reads’ column has been dropped. The ‘Key seq reads’ column has been changed to ‘Reads’. The *TOTRD value on the SEQFLD parameter has been dropped. The *KEYRD value of the SEQFLD parameter has been changed to *READS.
RTVMBRSTAT
The TOTREADS parameter has been renamed to PHYIOREADS and placed after the ADDS parameter. A new definition of the value now exists. The KEYREADS parameter has been renamed to READS and a new definition exists.
ADDSPCAUT
The Add Special Authority command allows the addition of a special authority to one or more profiles. This is a simpler interface than CHGUSRPRF which requires an entry for any existing authorities as well as a new special authority. A RMVSPCAUT command is also provided to remove a special authority from one or more profiles.
CAPPTFINF
The Capture PTF Information tool allows you to periodically capture PTF information using the outfile from the system DSPPTF command. Each captured version becomes a separate member in the PTFINFP data base file. The CMPPTFINF command may then be used to compare the changes between different versions.
CHKMAILADR
The Check E-Mail Address command checks the validity of an E-Mail address. The local-portion of an address is ensured to have proper syntax. The domain-portion is either syntax checked or checked using APIs to determine if the domain name exists. To check if the domain name actually exists, your system must have access to a domain name server.
CHKMAILFLD
The Check E-Mail Field command checks a field in all records in a file for a valid E mail address. A listing is output. The local-portion of an address is ensured to have proper syntax. The domain-portion is either syntax checked or checked using APIs to determine if the domain name exists. To check if the domain name actually exists, your system must have access to a domain name server.
CPYFOMIT
The Copy File With Omit command copies from one file/member to another and omits records with specified values in a designated character field. The To file/member (it may be created) must have 0 records and have the same definition as the From file. The From file/member must not have 0 records. Up to 150 values may be specified to be omitted.
CRTVTP
The Create Virtual Tape tool provides a simple interface for creating, displaying, and deleting a virtual tape structure. The intent of the CRTVTP tool is that you would create or replace a virtual tape structure each time you need to use a virtual tape function and replace or delete it after the tape media is written.
CVTIMGCLG
The Convert Image Catalog command converts the image catalogs to the IMGCLGP outfile in a named library. The QVOIRCLG API is used to retrieve the entries. The model outfile is TAACLGBP with a format name of IMGCLGR.
CVTIMGCLGE
The Convert Image Catalog Entries command converts the entries for a specific image catalog to the IMGCLGEP outfile in a named library. The QVOIRCLD API is used to retrieve the entries. The model outfile is TAACLGAP with a format name of IMGCLGER.
CVTJOBLCK
The Convert Job Locks command converts the locks for a specific job to an outfile. The file can then be processed for a variety of needs. The name of the output file is JOBLCKP. The model file is TAAJOEDP with a format name of JOBLCKR.
CVTNETSTAT
The Convert Network Statistics tool allows the conversion of TCP network statistics to outfiles. Options on the CVTNETSTAT command allow conversion of TCP/IP
Each of the sub functions is a separate command. System APIs are used to access the data.
CVTOBJD
The Convert Object Description command is similar to the DSPOBJD function of creating an outfile. Unlike DSPOBJD, an object name such as ‘*XYZ*’ may be specified to output a record for any objects containing ‘XYZ’ within the name field. Selection by object attribute (eg PF) or owner may also be made.
CVTUSRPRF2
The Convert User Profile 2 command converts the DSPUSRPRF outfile to an externally described file containing all of the fields in the QADSPUPB outfile plus individual fields for each of the special authorities, each of the supplemental groups, etc. This allows a simple query to use the individual fields for analysis.
DSPJOBLOG4
The Display Job Log 4 command allows a user who has specific *USE authority to the TAASPLSEC authorization list to be able to display any job log on the system. Program adopt and group adopt are not considered valid.
DSPMSGTYP
The Display Message Type command provides a simple display of the codes and descriptions the system uses for the RCVMSG RTNTYPE parameter.
DSPVTPRSC
The Display Virtual Tape Resources command provides a subfile display of the virtual tape resources. The command must be entered in an interactive environment. To see the virtual tape resources that are in use, enter the DSPVTP command.
RTVDBFOVR
The Retrieve Data Base Override command retrieves the override values assigned to a data base file. The OVRDBF command is passed back in a large variable. RTVDBFOVR reads the spooled file created by DSPOVR. The command requires an upper/lower case English language system.
RTVMSKPWD
The Retrieve Masked Password tool provides a command to mask a password (CHGMSKPWD) and a command to retrieve a masked password (RTVMSKPWD). The password is translated to different characters and the positions are rearranged within a 256 byte field in the MSKPWDP file in TAASECURE. The tool may be used for a variety of needs such as with the TAA FTP commands which require a password be entered.
RTVNXTVER
The Retrieve Next Version command allows the input of a value such as ABC001, increments the digit portion and returns a value of ABC002. This can be helpful when an application is attempting to add another version.
RTVPRDDSC
The Retrieve Product Description command retrieves a description of a licensed product such as 5761SS1. The description is returned in a 25 byte variable.
RTVPRTOVR
The Retrieve Printer Overrides command retrieves the override values assigned to a printer file. The override command is passed back in a large variable so they may be used to override to a different file. Restrictions exist.
RTVTAPLBL
The Retrieve Tape Label command retrieves information about a mounted volume and the first file (if any). This can be used to determine such information as the volume ID, the owner, the density, the name of the first file on tape, the date it was written, and the expiration date. The QTARTLBL API is used.
RTVVTPRSC
The Retrieve Virtual Tape Resources command retrieves the list of virtual tape resources, the status of each, and a count of how many exist. The names and status of each of the resources are passed back in a 1000 byte and 1200 byte variables where each resource name is 10 bytes and each status is 12 bytes.
Install
If the CHKINACT job is active, it is ended and restarted as part of the install of the TAA Productivity Tools.
Security
Some TAA objects were set to allow the *PUBLIC user to have *CHANGE authority. This number has been reduced significantly. A few objects still retain *PUBLIC *CHANGE authority, but are not considered to have security or integrity issues. See the new section added to the HELPTAA discussion on security.
CHKSAVRST
BRMS error messages have been added to the output.
CLPDBR
A menu allowing GO CLPDBR is now available with a list of commands supported by the tool.
CLRTAP
A CLEAR parameter (as on INZTAP) has been added.
CMPSYSINF
The CMPSYSINF command has been added to provide a simple menu for the processing commands CMPSYSINFO, CMPSYSINFM, and CMPSYSINFI.
CRTVTP
The WRKVTP command has been added to allow a form of of ‘one stop shopping’ for virtual tape needs.
CVTDSPTAP
The VOL parameter has been added and also to CVTTAPSAVD.
DLTGENLIB
An option has been added to only allow a deletion if the create date of the library is *LE a specified date.
DSPONLINE
The ‘spelling aid’ function has been added to the menu.
DSPOUTFILE
Additional outfiles for DSPHDWRSC have been added.
DSPQHST2
A new LF (Job, User, Date, Time) has been added and may be accessed by using the F6 menu.
DSPSECRVW
New parameters have been added for STATUS(*ENABLED or *DISABLED) and OWNER and GRPPRF.
DSPTAACAT
New categories have been added for *EML, *IMGCLG, and *VTP.
DSPTXT
A new option has been added to prevent the Scan line and F16 to scan.
MOVCLPDCL
A new parameter has been added to allow DCL statements found after the first program statement to be moved ahead of TAA standard error code DCLs.
PRTCRTDAT
A new parameter has been added to allow the create user to appear on the listing instead of the owner.
RTVDEVTAP
New parameters have been added for tape characteristics.
RTVDLTRCD
Deleted records that span a 16MB boundary in the physical file are now retrieved normally.
RTVJOBSTS
A new parameter has been added to allow the return of the job name for when the JOB parameter requests *ALL.
SPLARC
The PRTSPLARC command now supports the OWNER parameter to allow re-printing of spooled files when the owner no longer exists on the system.
APYRMTJRN
The APYRMTJRNn job listing now includes a line that describes why the program ended. In some cases the APYRMTJRNn job ended without cause. This has been corrected.
If the journal receiver containing the last sequence number processed was deleted, several commands that used RTVAPYRMTD failed. This has been corrected to use the first sequence number found in the current chain of receivers.
The WRKAPYRMT command gave the wrong error message for Option 4 (delete) and the object still exists. This has been corrected.
CHGDIRAUT
The AUTL parameter was not handled properly. This has been corrected.
CHKDAT3
The DTCYMD date format was being returned as blanks. This caused errors in commands such as DSPSYSHST. This has been corrected.
CHKTAPRDY
The command was failing if there were no files on the tape with a corresponding message. This has been corrected to allow the command to complete normally.
CMPSECINF
The OUTPUT(*) value was causing spooled files for *USRPRF and *SYSVAL type comparisons. This has been corrected.
CVTDSPTAP
The date conversions from *JUL to *MDY were not being handled properly. This was impacting tools such as CHKTAPRDY. This has been corrected.
CVTMSGF
The MSGFP file is now created as LVLCHK(*NO).
CVTMSGQ
The OUTMBR parameter is now properly handled.
CVTTOSPLF
The TAA9893 message has been shortened to allow it to appear in full on the PRTSPLARC listing.
DSPALLSPLF
The F19 function was failing if DSPFSTSPLF was specified and no files existed in the specified output queue.
DSPCLPCNT
The CHKOBJ command was checking for *LIBL instead of the library value specified on the command. This has been corrected and the same change has been made to DSPCMDCNT, DSPDDSCNT, and DSPRPGCNT. If a statement ended in a + or - followed by an all blank statement, an error occurred. This has been corrected and DSPCMDCNT as well.
DSPDBFA
The level check value was always ‘Yes’. This has been corrected.
DSPDTAQD
The number of maximum entries allowed was wrong. This was partly caused by RTVDTAQD. This has been corrected.
DSPQHST2
In some cases the ‘position to’ fields at the top of the DSPQHST2 display were not set properly. This has been corrected.
DSPTAACAT
If no categories were entered at the top of the display, F3 could not be used to exit. This has been corrected.
PRTCRTDAT
The program now monitors for the TAA9893 message, prints the cause, and continues to run.
PRTPGMSEC
If the owner was a member of group, the current profile was being used to determine the special authorities instead of the group profile. This has been corrected.
RTVASPSTS
The Close List API is now used after each call to the QYASPOL API to prevent a memory overflow.
RTVDLTRCD
The To file is now specified as SIZE(*NOMAX). The command was failing in some cases and not retrieving all of the possible deleted records in others. These errors have been corrected and a deleted record which spans a 16MB boundary in the physical file can now be retrieved.
RTVDTAQD
The number of maximum entries was wrong. This has been corrected.
RTVFLDARR
The number of validity checks returned was wrong. This has been corrected.
RTVSTGPOOL
The entry for shared pool 4 was wrong in the command definition. The same error existed in DSPSTGPOOL. These errors have been corrected.
SCNGENSRCD
If a GENNAME was entered with an *, the command failed on the spooled file name. This has been corrected.
SORTDB
If a position exceeded 999, the leading digit was dropped. This has been corrected.
UPSMON
The wrong delay time was specified for the PWRDWNSYS command. This has been corrected.
CMPSRC3
The NEWSRCP and OLDSRCP files in TAATOOL used for the CMPSRC3 command are now *PUBLIC(*EXCLUDE) to prevent misuse. The CMPSRC3 program adopts authority to allow compatible use of the tool.
CRTPRTPGM
The PRTDBFSRC file in TAATOOL is now *PUBLIC(*EXCLUDE) which prevents taking the default on the command for most users.
CHKARACDE
The Check Area Code command provides a method of checking for a valid area code. The TAA9891 escape message is sent if the area code is invalid. An optional completion message is provided. Only the area codes provided by the PRTARACDE tool are supported (includes US, Canada, Caribbean, Samoa, etc).
CHKARAFLD
The Check Area Code Field command checks a named field in a data base file for a valid area code. Depending on the field type, different lengths are valid. Only the area codes provided by the PRTARACDE tool are supported (includes US, Canada, Caribbean, Samoa, etc).
CPYSPLFDTA
The Copy Spooled File Data command reads a spooled file and outputs a file intended for a spread sheet processor. Selection criteria exist so that only columnar data may be output. An option exists to include delimiters and column headings. Either a data base file or an IFS object may be output.
CPYUNQKEY
The Copy Unique Key Records command copies unmatched keyed records from one file to another. Both files must be keyed and have the same definition. This allows a merging to occur for unique keys. By default, PROCESS(*CHK) is used to check what the results would be. An optional listing of the matched and unmatched records may be specified.
DSPCCSID
The Display File CCSIDs command displays either a total of the CCSIDs that exist in a data base file or the CCSIDs for the individual fields. CCSIDs are assigned to each character field in a file and normally all character fields will use the same CCSID. If different CCSIDs are used within the file, different processing may be required. DSPCCSID allows you to determine if a file uses a standard CCSID for all character fields and what the value is.
DTAARC
The Data Archive provides online save files for critical data. Multiple version may exist. Options exist for ‘save while active’ and saving dependent logical files. The DTAARC tool is not intended to replace normal backup. A typical use would be to restore the save file to a different library to review a previous value. In an emergency, you can restore from the online save files.
JOBACT
The Job Active tool provides a periodic check for critical jobs that are designed to be active at all times. If one of these jobs is not active, a message may be sent to QSYSMSG (QSYSOPR is used if QSYSMSG does not exist) or a command may be run.
MOVCLPDCL
The Move CLP DCLs command moves DCL and DCLF statements from anywhere in CL or CLLE source to the correct place in the source. This allows you to enter a DCL statement when you are coding and then use MOVCLPDCL before compiling the program.
RTVARACDE
The Retrieve Area Code command retrieves the description of an area code including the time zone, state, and up to 5 descriptions (such as city names). Only the area codes provided in PRTARACDE are supported (includes US, Canada, Caribbean, Samoa, etc).
RTVCCSID
The Retrieve File CCSID (Code Character Set ID) command retrieves a summary of the CCSIDs specified for a data base file. CCSIDs are assigned to each character field in a file and normally all character fields will use the same CCSID. If different CCSIDs are used within the file, different processing may be required. RTVCCSID allows you to determine if a file uses a standard CCSID for all character fields and what the value is.
SBMTIMJOB2
The Submit Time Job 2 command is a front end to SBMJOB that allows the same job to be submitted multiple times for a given day. A start and end time must be specified as well as a time interval in minutes.
ADDPDMOPT
A new option for MOVCLPDCL is now available to be added (default is MV).
APYRMTJRN
Warning messages are now issued at various points when the journal sequence number exceeds 9 billion.
AUDLOG
A new option has been added to DSPAUDLOG to allow the use of the DSPJRN command to display the full entry. The journal receiver must be online for this function.
CLPDBR
A new parameter exists for LVLCHK to allow *ALLOBJ users to use the function without registering the file. A new value exists to allow specific TAA tools to use CLPDBR without registering the file.
CRTSFLPGM
If in add mode and a key lower than the top key in the subfile is added, the subfile is repositioned to the new key.
CVTOUTQ
The QOGYSOSPL API is now used instead of QUSLSPL. This allows for substantially more spooled files to be converted. The previous limit was 160,000.
DSPACTJOB
A new parameter has been added to allow a list of specific subsystems to be displayed.
DSPDBFA
The save date and time have been added.
DSPUSRJOB
Option 5 (DSPJOB) will use the system DSPJOB command if the user is displaying his own job or has *JOBCTL special authority. If the user is displaying another job and is authorized to the TAAJOBCTL authorization list, DSPJOB3 will be used. The TAAJOBCTL authorization list is also used to control the Work or Display spooled file option.
FIXCLPSRC
A new parameter has been added to allow qualified command names to align the command name to position 14 instead of the library name.
JLGCTL
A new parameter has been added to CRTJLGCTL to allow a source library to be named.
MTNJRN
A new parameter has been added to allow the retention days to refer to either the attach or detach date of a journal receiver.
PRTARACDE
The current and planned toll free numbers have been added.
RTVDBFA
New return parameters have been added for the save date/ time and restore date/time.
RTVPFSRC
The VARLEN keyword is now supported.
SAVE2
Special values have been added for the Exit After program for *PWRDWN or *SIGNOFF. The sequence of processing has been changed to allow the CHKSAVRST and PRTSAVLBL functions to occur before calling the exit program or performing the new special values.
SCNDUPRCD
An outfile of the duplicate records may now be requested.
SNDNETOUTQ
Two new parameters have been added for CLASS and PTY.
UPSMON
The QUPSMSGQ system value is now set by the UPSMON job rather than CHGUPSMON. When the UPSMON job ends using the new ENDUPSMON command, the system value is reset to QSYSOPR. The logging level of the UPSMON job has been changed to LOG(2 0 *MSG). DSPUPSMON now describes whether the UPSMON job is active.
APPVAL
The EDTAPPVAL choice area used for ‘…’ was one position off. This has been corrected.
APYRMTJRN
The DSPAPYRMTD command displayed the first journal receiver used when STRAPYRMT ran rather than the current journal receiver. This has been corrected.
CHKASPTHD
The SHOUTPCT value was not being calculated properly. This has been corrected.
CHKDUPOBJ
The command failed to find duplicates when OBJ(*ALL) was specified. This has been corrected.
CHKSAV
The SAVFDMP file is not set for *NOMAX records.
CHKSAVRST
The CPD37A0 message has been added.
CHK400CMD
The command failed if a source file had no members. This has been corrected.
CVTFRMSPLF
The CPF33D7 escape message (requested buffers not returned) is now removed from the job log and an information message is placed in the job log describing what occurred.
CVTJOBACG3
The JAAIO field was passed in with a leading blank. A workaround has been provided to set the field to zeros.
CVTMSGQ
When the API failed because of more than 16MB of messages, the RPG program failed to set LR on. This has been corrected.
CVTOUTQ
The OUTMBR parameter was not handled properly. This has been corrected.
DLYCMD
If an actual date was entered using SETDLYCMD, the value was ignored. This has been corrected.
DSPACGSGN
If a user profile did not exist, an error occurred. This has been corrected.
DSPUSRJOB
The F5 key for refresh appeared to display all empty records. This has been corrected.
FIXCLPSRC
If a qualified command existed, longer values were truncated. This has been corrected.
JOBACG
The JOBACGP file is now created with SIZE(*NOMAX).
JOBANZ
The CHGJOBANZD command was not updating the message queue library. The JOBANZ menu was not created. An escape message was not being sent if GO JOBANZ is used without first describing the library for the JOBANZ objects. These errors have been corrected.
MOVSPLOUTQ
If a spooled file no longer existed after the completion of WRKOUTQ *PRINT, an error occurred. This has been corrected.
PRTLIBANL
The code now handles more than 16 ASPs and the total line of ASPs has been changed to indicate the number of ASPs.
PRTSPLANZ
The internal files have been specified as SIZE *NOMAX.
RTVAUTSRCD
Two new codes GC and AD have been added.
SAVE2
The Option 21 date was being ignored and *CURRENT always specified. This has been corrected to use the value specified using Option 81.
SAVSNDL
The SBMSAVSNDL parameters were reversed in the CL program. This has been corrected.
SCNDUPRCD
The member parameter was not processed properly. This has been corrected.
SCNUPDVAR
The command failed if the variable was larger than 32 bytes. This has been corrected.
SORTCLPDCL
If MBR(*ALL) was specified, there was incorrect checking to ensure the outfile (if different) had no members. This has been corrected.
SORTDBF
The internal files have been specified as SIZE *NOMAX.
SPLARC
If a file was open when STRSPLARC was run, an audit record was created that could not be used. This has been corrected so that no audit record will exist.
UPSMON
The EXIT1DLY time was not allowed to exceed 15 seconds. This has been corrected.
WRKASP
In some cases the command failed when the ASP could not be found and the error handling was not proper. This has been corrected.
WRKIPDEV
If an output queue did not exist, the command failed improperly. This has been corrected.
RTVDLTRCD
The CHKDLTRCD command has been changed to ALWACTIVE(*YES) instead of *NO.
SAVE2
The sequence of processing has been changed after the DLYCMD has completed. The Exit After program now runs after the CHKSAVRST and PRTSAVLBL functions.
UPSMON
Several additions have been made to the tool as described in the TAAENHANCE documentation. A specific change that has occurred is that the QUPSMSGQ system value is no longer set by CHGUPSMON, but rather in the UPSMON job. If the UPSMON job is allowed to end by use of the new ENDUPSMON command, the QUPSMSGQ system value is reset to QSYSOPR. The logging level of the UPSMON job is now LOG(2 0 *MSG).
CHGCMDLIB
The Change Command Library command allows you to change the name of the alternate library used for TAA commands (and a few other TAA objects). Depending on the existing command library, you may be asked to run DLTTAACMD and/or DUPTAACMD.
CPYSHFLFT
The Copy and Shift Left command copies a member beginning at a specified position to another member. This allows shifting of the data to the left. The user must have *ALL authority to the To file to use CPYSHFLFT.
PRTAUTLOBJ
The Print Authorization List Objects command prints a listing of one or more authorization lists and the objects that are authorized to each list. The system command DSPAUTLOBJ, lists only a single authorization list. See the PRTAUTL command for the user authorizations to the lists.
PRTMBRSUM
The Print Member Summary command prints a listing of all data base files in a library with one line per file. The number of members and the save date of the files are shown. Totals by PF-Dta, LF-Dta, and PF-Src are provided. PRTMBRSUM may be helpful to review how many members exist in a library.
PRTSPLANZ
The Print Spool Analysis command analyzes a QSPL library. A summary by day or month may be made. The listing includes the number of members (empty or with data) and the corresponding sizes. PRTSPLANZ provides a summary of how much spooled data exists.
SCNGENSRCD
The Scan Generic Source Description command provides a simple display or listing of generic source members. One line per member appears. Either a single source file, all source files, standard source files, or the QATT source files in a library may be requested.
General
The DDS source for files needed for certain CRT commands with a demonstration license is no longer shipped with the product in QATTDDS in TAATOOL. The CPYTAADDS command used by CRTxxx commands (eg CRTSPLARC) is now valid when a *DEMO license exists.
CAPJOBA
The LOGOUTPUT parameter for the new release is now captured and restored by RTNJOBA.
CHKDUPOBJ
An OBJ parameter has been added to allow for comparing specific object names or generic names.
CHKSAVTAP
The restriction of block size (32K or less) has been removed.
CLPDBR
The OPNDBR command now supports a LVLCHK parameter that will allow *ALLOBJ users to name a file without the file being entered by WRKDBRCTL. This allows more generalized approaches with CLPDBR.
CRTCLPDCL
The command now defaults to create a data structure by using the V5R4 new DCL support.
CVTDSPTAP
The tool has been reworked to use the DSPTAP outfile and is no longer English dependent. Fields from the trailer label such as ‘file length’ and ‘system code’ are no longer available.
CVTTAPSAVD
New fields have been added to the outfile for number of members and spooled files saved per library. Because the format of DSPTAP changed in V5R4, the member records no longer contain certain heading information such as the owner and object size.
CVTVOLSTAT
The 6384 Model 001 device has been added.
DSPACTJOB
A new option on the display allows the use of DSPJOB3 unless SPLF(*NONE) is specified. The F16 key is now available for re-sequencing the data such as by user or job name.
INZPWD
The length of the randomly generated password can now be specified as 6 to 10 characters.
JLGCTL
A new function exists on DSPJLGCTL to access the completion code from the CPF1164 message. This is retrieved using the new RTVJLGCTLC command. A new command exists (PRTJLGCTLS) to list a summary of the jobs by date, job name, or user. The CVTJLGCTL command now allows up to 300 user names to be omitted and the names may be generic. New parameters exist to omit job or generic job names and control conversion and deletion if the jobs have ended abnormally.
MOVSPLF
A selection for JOBNBR has been added.
PAUSE
The MSGQ parameter now supports *SUBMITTER as a special value.
PRTDB
Variable length fields are now supported.
PRTLIBDTL
The total for the library now appears in MB and GB in addition to bytes.
SNDTIMMSG
The TAAMSGP2 file in TAATOOL is now set to *PUBLIC *USE and programs adopt to allow use by any user to use SNDTIMMSG. CRTTIMMSG creates the TIMMSGP file used by SNDTIMMSG in a user library. If you delete the file and re-create it with CRTTIMMSG, the authorization becomes *PUBLIC *USE.
UPSMON
Several significant enhancements have been made including additional exit programs, a delay option before the Exit 1 program, and a several internal improvements. The QUPSDLYTIM value is no longer set to *NOMAX, but now uses a time value of 99998 seconds. See the discussion of why this was done with the tool documentation. New testing commands have been added to allow you to simulate ‘power lost’ and ‘power restored’ without powering down the system or impacting non-UPSMON jobs.
Install
The RSTLIB and RSTOBJ commands are now library qualified to QSYS to avoid problems of users who have exit programs that cause different functions.
General
The TAA functions that use CPYSPLF now specify CTLCHAR(*NONE) when the default is specified.
Several files used as externally described data structures were not being created in the TAA command library (if one was defined). This has been corrected.
CHKDAT3
The command was failing on the date low and high range checking.
CRTSFLPGM
The RPLSFLPGM command did not allow for names longer than 8 for RPG IV. This has been corrected.
CVTALLOUTQ
Added monitor for ‘writer not active’ received from RTVOUTQA and ignored.
DSPUSRAUT
The command failed if an OUTFILE was named with a long object and library name. This has been corrected.
DSPUSRAUT2
The command failed on the QTEMP library if library objects in QTEMP were requested. This has been corrected.
MOVSPLOUTQ
The WRKOUTQ printed format has changed. The new column positions have been accounted for.
PRTJOBSUM
See the change for CPF1164 messages as described for the SYSHST tool.
PRTQHSTANL
See the change for CPF1164 messages as described for the SYSHST tool.
RTVOBJD2
The create user name was missing. This has been corrected.
RTVOUTQA
If the writer is not available, MCH3601 messages have been removed from the job log.
SAVE2
Option 80 caused the defaults to refer to the objects in the SLOANT library for the before and after exit program. These should be set to *NONE and are corrected in this version.
SYSHST
The system CPF1164 message has a minimum reported CPU time for any job of 1 second. If a large number of jobs occurred, the CPU usage for a day can exceed 24 hours. Since the system does not report less than 1 second, each batch job of 1 second will be considered as 1/100th of a second.
WRKALLSPLF
The delete option failed if another job had deleted the spooled file. This has been corrected to provide a proper message.
WRKRMTOUTQ
The dependency on RTVHOSTNAM has been removed as it was causing performance problems. Remote output queues with a name were being omitted. This has been corrected.
WRTIFS
The documentation has been corrected for the right order of the parameters.
** Deleted tools **
As specified in the "Tools to be Deleted" topic of HELPTAA,
the following tools were deleted:
CPYDSTTAP, CPYDST230, CPYDST305, CPYDST310, and CPYDST320.CRTCLPDCL
The new V5R4 CLP compiler data structure support is now generated by default. To be compatible with previous releases, use DSNAME(*NONE). Binary fields are now changed to *INT types.
CVTDSPTAP
The tool now uses the DSPTAP outfile information. Fields from the trailer label such as ‘file length’ and ‘system code’ are no longer available.
CVTTAPSAVD
The printed format of DSPTAP changed significantly in V5R4. The tool has been reworked, but the member records no longer contain certain heading information such as the owner.
DSPASPSTS
The system has added a DSPASPSTS command in V5R4. The TAA command has been renamed to DSPASPSTS2.
PRTJOBSUM
The CPU time for each job is now shown in seconds (not hours). CPU Hours are shown in the summaries by day and for the final total. See also the change made in the fixes for the SYSHST tool.
SYSHST
See the change described in the fixes for the SYSHST tool.
UPSMON
The default QUPSDLYTIM value is now set to 99998 instead of *NOMAX. See the tool documentation for a discussion of this.
CHKNAMFLD
The Check Name Field command allows you to check or update a name and address field in a file for names such ‘THomas ThuMb’ or ‘Thomas thumb’ and have them changed to ‘Thomas Thumb’. The field to be checked is ensured to have the first letter of each word capitalized and the remaining letters to be lower case.
CMPJOBSCDE
The Compare Job Schedule Entries command may be used to compare the values of job schedule entries from two different systems or from a previously captured version from the same system. The CVTJOBSCDE TAA command must be used to capture the information.
CMPLVLID
The Compare Level ID command compares level IDs for one, generic, or *ALL files in one library to another. An escape message is optional if differences exist. CMPLVLID may be helpful for situations such as when a file in a production library must match the same file in the test library.
CRTSFLPGM2
The Create Subfile Program 2 command creates a display file and program (RPG or RPGLE) which allows a display of data from arrays. A ‘position to’ function is optional. It is expected that you will make modifications to the program to build your own array, detail display, etc.
DLTMSGQMSG
The Delete Message Queue Messages command is an alternative to the RMVMSGQMSG command. DLTMSGQMSG is intended to be used when there are too many messages in a message queue for RMVMSGQMSG to be used. DLTMSGQMSG uses a different technique than RMVMSGQMSG. Messages may be deleted by a count or within a date range or both.
DSPLSTUSE
The Display Last Use command displays or prints a listing of one line per object in a library identifying the create date, the last used date, and the use count. Objects that have never been used are always listed. An option exists to list those objects that have not been used prior to a specified number of days. DSPLSTUSE helps determines what objects may be deleted because of lack of use.
FNDRNMRSTM
The Find Renamed Restore Members command outputs a spooled file for any members found that have a name ending in 4 digits. This typically occurs if a member has been saved, deleted, re-created with the same name, and then restored. One or more libraries may be searched. FNDRNMRSTM can assist you in cleaning up your system.
JOBANZ
The Job Analysis tool submits a never ending batch job to capture WRKACTJOB information at specified intervals. Options exist such as sending a message if a job has used more than a specified amount of CPU percentage during an interval. The JOBANZ tool can assist in determining which jobs and conditions are causing a slowdown in system performance.
SNDLNGMSG
The Send Long Message command is intended as a debugging aid to send one or more messages from a large variable. This allows the value of the variable to be more easily seen on a command entry display or in the job log. The message length may be between 20 and 512. A ruler is optional.
BUSCAL
A new command CHKBUSCALD has been added to allow a date to be checked as either an ‘include’ or ‘exclude’ type.
CAPSECINF
A ‘constant array’ has been added to allow the bypassing of a list of exit programs that you do not want to compare when CMPSECINF is used.
CMPJRNIMG2
The RCVRNG parameter now supports the *CURCHAIN special value to allow the full chain of receivers to be easily considered. *QTEMP is also a new special value to allow you have multiple DSPJRN requests to create the TAATMPJRNO outfile in QTEMP.
New records and deletions are now listed with one line. A new parameter exists to allow all of the fields being compared to be listed for new records.
CMPPRTFD
Several additional spool related values are now compared.
CMPREGINF
A new parameter has been added to allow bypassing of a list of exit points.
CMPUSRPRF2
The tool has been reworked to 1) provide notice when there is no corresponding user profile to compare to, 2) when a user profile has been deleted, 3) a single spooled file is now output describing differences instead of a unique spooled file per user.
CONARR
The *OBJ1 and *OBJ2 values may now be up to 20 bytes instead of 10.
CRTSFLPGM
An error message has been added to check for duplicate values in the list of values to be validity checked.
A new parameter has been added to allow up to 3 column headings. If more than one line of headings is specified, the screen is properly designed, but only the last line of column headings is provided. Once you are satisfied with the screen layout and text descriptions, use a source editor, scan for ZZCOLHDS, and add the additional column heading lines.
A new parameter has been added to allow an arrival sequence logical file to be specified instead of using a second version of the keyed file.
CVTDSKSTS
A new field has been added for the convert date as a CYMD field.
CVTOUTQ
An escape message now occurs from the processing program if more than 160,000 spooled files exist (the previous code allowed the API to send an escape message). The message describes the limit of the API used by the tool and how to recover. The same change has been made to DLTOLDSPLF.
CVTWRKACT
A new field has been added for microseconds of time.
DSPCLPDO
Additional tests for DOFOR, DOWHILE, and DOUNTIL have been added.
DSPDATFMT
A third screen is now available to show the timestamp format.
DSPDEVCHR
A second screen is now available to show the typical hex values to cause underlining, hi-lighting, etc.
DUPTAPIN
The CRTTAATOOL command now supports the create process for all objects including the C programs.
FIXCLENDDO
The DOWHILE, DOUNTIL, and DOFOR commands are now included.
INDCLPDO
The DOWHILE, DOUNTIL, and DOFOR commands are now included. The ‘changed’ indication has been moved to the left of the statement to simplify viewing.
JOBACG
The PRTJOBACG3 command has been added to allow selection by job completion code.
PRTCLPDO
Additional tests for DOFOR, DOWHILE, and DOUNTIL have been added.
RTVSPLA
Additional parameters have been added for USRDFNDTA and the USRDBFOBJ.
Inquiry pgm
The TAAINQMSG2 program failed in some unusual cases when the current date was greater than the license expiration date. If this occurs, the current date is forced to the expiration date.
BUSCAL
The *MEMORIAL value was incorrectly considered as fixed at May 31 instead of being a floating holiday. An internal array was not being re-initialized for every year being processed thus accounting for some failures and some incorrect calendars. These errors have been corrected.
CHKHOLIDAY
The *MLKING value is now documented.
CHKINACT
The job submitted by SBMINACT failed if TAATOOL was not on the library list. This has been corrected.
CLCMOD10
The wrong length was specified internally. This has been corrected.
CLCMOD11
The wrong length was specified internally. This has been corrected.
CMPJRNIMG2
If IMAGES(*BOTH) was specified, the paired entries for updates were not properly handled. This has been corrected.
CRTSFLPGM
The cursor is now positioned at the first record on the display. RPGLE programs with a single key field failed to create. This has been corrected. Authorization to the source has been changed to monitor for CPF9802 instead of CPF9801.
CVTOBJLCK
The OLCVTD field was being filled with UDATE. It has now been changed to use the date from the TIME op code.
DLTIFS
CPF9898 was being returned instead of TAA9896 if the object did not exist. This has been corrected.
DSPCLPDO
*CURLIB for the SRCFILE parameter was failing. This has been corrected.
DSPSECRVW
Special authorities were not being reset in all cases. This has been corrected.
DUPTAPIN
Error notification is now included for tape errors.
DYNMNU
The ANZDYNMNU command was checking for a range of dates using *GT/*LT. This has been changed to check for *GE/*LE.
FNDWRD
When a name had an embedded blank such as ‘New York’, it was appearing twice. This has been corrected.
JLGCTL
In some cases, messages from a different job were combined with the job being displayed or printed. This has been corrected.
MRGUSRPRF
The message queue (*MSGQ) object type of the From User in QUSRSYS is now deleted rather than transferring ownership to the To User profile.
PRTASPUSE
The date printed at the top of the report now appears in system date format instead of *MDY.
RTVFLDARR
A timestamp field did not return the correct date format. This has been corrected.
RTVJOBSTS
The user space name used in QTEMP is now named RTVJOBSTS and is not re-created in QTEMP if it exists. This avoids objects being placed in QRPLOBJ.
RTVOBJD3
The OBJTYPE(*ALL) function was not working. This has been corrected.
RTVWTRSTS
Added monitor for CPF3313 as an additional check for the writer not active.
SNDSTSMSG
In some cases the command was waiting longer than 100 seconds. The maximum wait is now constrained to 100 seconds. The TAASNDSTS *DTAARA in QTEMP is now deleted when *REMOVE is requested.
SNDTCPOUTQ
The command failed if the spooled file did not exist after CVTOUTQ was used. This has been corrected.
UPSMON
Program TAASYTLC12 was changed to use *NONE for the EXITPGM1 and EXITPGM2 values.
WRKRMTOUTQ
Remote output queues with system names were not being selected. This has been corrected.
WRKSPLF2
The command failed if the USRDTA parameter had a space within the characters such as ‘ABC D’. This has been corrected.
CMPUSRPRF2
The tool has been reworked and now produces a single spooled file for all detail differences instead of unique spooled files per user.
CHKWRD
The Check Word command checks the spelling of a word. An escape message is sent if the word is not in one of the specified TAA dictionaries. The default dictionary includes about 80,000 English words, places, proper names, system words (eg QCLSRC), TAA words (eg ADDDAT), and PRTSEUTXT words (eg PARM1).
CRTSFLPGM
The Create Subfile Program command creates a file maintenance program which uses a subfile. A keyed file must be specified. Simple validity checking, lower case, and edit codes may be specified. Both display file and RPG program source are generated and then the objects are created. You may need to modify the code to provide for such things as advanced validity checking.
DSPUSRJOB
The Display User Job command is a display only version of the system WRKUSRJOB command. Only display options are valid for a job. An option exists to display, work with, or prevent access to the spooled files of a job. Any user can display jobs and display the details of his own job. Only a user with *JOBCTL special authority can display the the details of a job which is not his own.
FNDWRD
The Find Word command lets you find an English word beginning with the letters you specify or you may scan for all words containing the value that was entered. Wildcards (’_‘) may also be used. An option exists to include proper names such as ’John’ and place names such as ‘Johnstown’. The supplied dictionary that is searched has about 80,000 words and names. FNDWRD is helpful when you do not know how to spell a word or name.
PARSE
The Parse command allows the parsing of an input value into one or more return variables. A list of separator characters must be specified (default is ‘blank’) to determine how the input value should be parsed. Up to 30 return variables of a maximum length of 200 bytes may be returned. PARSE is not intended to parse an i5/OS command string.
PRTALLJOBQ
The Print All Job Queues command prints one line per job queue for one or many job queues. Each line has the total number of jobs by RLS, HLD, and SCD categories and the subsystem the job queue is attached to (if any). Options exist to bypass job queues that do not have any jobs and select those which have jobs that match a status such as HLD.
PRTALLOUTQ
The Print All Output Queues command prints one line per output queue for one or many output queues. Each line has the total number of spooled files, the number of pages to be printed, and the allocated size of the spooled files. Options exist to bypass output queues that do not have any spooled files and select those output queues that have spooled files that match a status such as HLD.
RMVCHAR
The RMVCHAR command is similar to the RPG IV %TRIMx functions. Unlike %TRIMx, RMVCHAR allows you to remove specified characters anywhere in a string of up to 1000 bytes. The length of the returned value may also be returned.
RTVMBRSUM
The Retrieve Member Summary command returns variables for such things as the number of members, the number of active records, and the data space size of all members for a data base file. Both physical and logical files are supported. RTVMBRSUM is designed for multi-member files. For single member files, the RTVMBRD and RTVLFMD should be used.
SAVDBDLF
The Save Data Base Dependent LFs and Restore Data Base Dependent LFs commands provide a solution for the case where a logical file is built over a physical file in another library and a system restore is needed. SAVDBDLF must be run prior to the save of the system. RSTDBDLF is run after the restore of the system to restore the logical files. Access paths may be rebuilt. A few LFs are created, saved by SAVDBDLF, then deleted before RSTDBDLF is run.
SPELL
The Spell command provides a simple name to remember to allow access to the CHKWRD and FNDWRD tools. A menu of all the TAA spell checking tools is also available.
TRIM
The TRIM command is similar to the RPG IV %TRIMx functions. Leading blanks may be trimmed off the left hand side of a value along with specified characters. Trailing characters may also be trimmed off the right side of a value. Because the command returns a 1000 byte variable, there is no concept of trimming off trailing blanks. The length of the returned value may also be returned.
AUDLOG
The PRTAUDLOG command now allows multiple journal code, type, subtype combinations to be printed. A summary by code, type, and subtype is now provided.
CAPSECINF
A new value *ALL has been added for TYPE to allow all comparisons to be made. An OUTPUT parameter has been added.
CHKDAT3
The error message for a date range now includes an edited date.
CHKHOLIDAY
*MLKING has been added to the list of holidays.
CHKSAVTAP
An escape message now occurs if the block size exceeds 32K.
CHKSPELL2
An additional parameter has been added to allow a specific dictionary to be specified.
CRTLFSRC
A new parameter has been added to allow a WAITRCD time which defaults to 5 seconds (the system default is 60 seconds). The processing program has been reworked so it is significantly faster than the old version.
CVTALLDBD
A new parameter has been added to allow a specific source file to be named for the TAADBHUL member.
CVTAUDLOG3
An option now exists to allow a message to be sent immediately to a message queue if a specific type of journal entry occurs in the QAUDJRN journal. See the tool documentation.
DLTOLDSPLF
Several performance enhancements have been made to the base code and several underlying tools.
DSPTAACAT
A new category of *STRING has been added for the tools that provide string handling in CL.
HORSERACE
The name of the horse is now displayed on the left during the race when entering the stretch and not yet finished.
INZPWD
In addition to not being able to initialize the QSECOFR user profile, the user profiles QSRV, QSRVBAS, and TAAJOBCTL cannot be initialized. The same list is also included in DLTUSRPRF2 and CHGUSRPRF2.
JOBACG
The PRTJOBACG command has been enhanced to allow selection on values such as the number of transactions, average response time, and amount of job time.
MRGSPLF
A special value has been added to the SPLFNAME parameter to allow the first spooled file name in the FROMOUTQ to be used.
PRTRPGDO
Errors such as extra END statements are now listed under the operation code and totaled for the end of the listing.
SAVCHG23
The SAVACTWAIT parameter has been updated to allow for the list supported by the SAVCHGOBJ command.
SYSHST
The RCLSTG start and end date/time information has been added.
WRKALLSPLF
The system CPYSPLF and TAA CPYSPLF2 commands have been to the USEROPTION parameter.
CHKASPTHD
The command was attempting to send a message to user ‘A’. This has been corrected.
CHKDAT3
When using a call to TAADAUBR, the documentation has been corrected to say the DTLO and DTHI values should be right adjusted. Better checking has been added for 4 digit years.
CHKSAVRST
The command was failing if the user did not have the proper authority to TAASAVOS in TAATOOL. The approach has been changed to avoid the problem.
CPYUSRPRF
The command was failing if the profile to be copied had a group profile and the user of the command was not authorized to *OBJMGT and *CHANGE authority of the group profile. The function worked for *ALLOBJ and *SECADM users, but not if program adopt was used. The system does not allow program adopt to be used to gain authority to the group profile. This has been corrected to allow an adopting program to use CPYUSRPRF. Internally, CPYUSRPRF temporarily grants to the current user the required authority to the group profile and then removes the authority when the command completes.
CPYUSRPRF2
The command was failing if the profile to be copied had a text description with an apostrophe. This has been corrected. If the prompt override program was used and the text description was not changed on the prompt, blanks were passed to the processing program. In this case, the processing program now retrieves the text description for the new profile.
CVTIFS
The command failed if an omit directory existed. This has been corrected.
CVTOBJLCK
The command failed in a case where multiple retrieves from a user space was needed and a 0 length for retrieve was requested. This has been corrected.
CVTOUTQ
It is possible that the system will create a spooled file without an open date and/or open time. If this occurs, a time of 000000 and a date of Jan 01, 1980 is assumed.
CVTSAVFD
If multiple uses of the command occurred to the same SAVFDP file, an error occurred on an internal sort. This has been corrected by using a work file in QTEMP.
CVTWRKSBS
If RTVSBSD failed (eg the subsystem was locked after several tries), the RPG program did not close the outfile. This has been corrected.
DSPIFS
The selection criteria was not working. This has been corrected.
DSPJOBSCDE
The TAAJBSEL file was shipped in the archive as a DSPF type rather than LF. The TAAJBSEC program was changed to account for this.
DSPUSRAUT
The TAASECNP file is now created with SIZE(*NOMAX).
FTP2
The command was failing on message 500 ‘SITE NAMEFMT 1’. This has been corrected.
PRTQHSTANL
The command was failing if there were no entries in the log causing CPF2447. This is now monitored for and the same change was made to CVTQHST.
PRTSECAUD
An index error occurred because internal arrays were not large enough. The size has been significantly increased. The API used to check if the profile name was the same as the password changed causing misleading information. This has been corrected.
QRYUSE
The CVTQRYSTMT command failed if the query had never been used attempting to convert a blank date. This has been corrected. The CVTQRYUSE command was failing on a ‘delete from’ statement. This is now supported along with ‘insert’ and ‘update’. Not all possible SQL functions are supported.
RBLDBF
If the command was submitted from a batch program, it failed with a missing parenthesis. This has been corrected.
RGZLIB
The tool documentation states that if a member has only deleted records it will be reorganized. This occurs regardless of the values specified for DLTSPACE or DLTPCT. This has been clarified further and new action codes appear for this special case.
RSTLIBIFS
The command prompt for the STMF parameter has been changed to a *CHAR type with a length of 300 to allow longer names.
SAVE2
In some cases the Exit program after the save did not run. The code has been moved to ensure that it runs.
AUDLOG
The PRTAUDLOG command has combined the JOCODE, JOENTT, and JOSUBT into a 3 part single parameter that now allows up to 50 entries. This allows multiples to be specified on a single command.
CHKSPELL2
The parameter list now contains two additional parameters. This does not impact use via the command interface. However, if the CPP TAATXTEC is called directly, the additional parameters must be specified.
CRTLFSRC
The WAITRCD parameter has been added which defaults to 5 seconds. This differs from the system default of 60 seconds.
INZPWD
The user profiles QSRV, QSRVBAS, and TAAJOBCTL cannot no longer be initialized. The same change has been made to DLTUSRPRF2 and CHGUSRPRF2.
ADDSUPGRP
The Add Supplemental Group command allows the adding of a supplemental group profile to one or more user profiles. The companion command is Remove Supplemental Group to remove a supplemental group profile from one or more user profiles.
CAPSECINF
The Capture Security Information tool allows you to capture the current information for user profiles, system values, network attributes, and registration information. This allows a comparison to be made at a later time against the same information captured on a different date.
CAPSYSINF
The Capture System Information tool provides a method of capturing all object, member, and IFS object information on a system. Each type of information is optional. Each time CAPSYSINF is run, new versions are added to files in a named library (the default name is TAASYSINF). These files can then be used by other TAA Tools such as CPYSYSINF or CMPSYSINF or queried by user functions.
CHGDIRAUT
The Change Directory Authorization command changes the authorization to a directory and its objects and all subdirectories and their objects. The command is a front end to the system command CHGAUT and uses the same parameters. CHGDIRAUT simplifies making mass changes to IFS authorizations. You may need to change the test case for your home directory.
CMPNETA
The Compare Network Attributes command compares two different uses of CVTNETA and describes any differences. Each use of CVTNETA creates a named member with one record containing unique fields for all of the network attributes. The value of each network attribute is compared between the two file/members by CMPNETA. CHGNETA of MAXINTSSN to bump it by one, do the compare, and then reset MAXINTSSN.
CMPREGINF
The Compare Registration Information command compares two different uses of the CVTREGINF command and describes any differences. Each use of CVTREGINF creates a named member with one record for each combination of exit point and exit program. The values of each combination are compared from the two file/members by CMPREGINF. This will add an exit program and remove it when complete.
CMPSYSINF
The Compare System Information tool supports several commands to compare different versions of the information in the library specified on CRTSYSINF as captured by the CAPSYSINF command. This allows a determination of what objects are new, have been deleted, or have grown in size more than a specified value. The commands CMPSYSINFO, CMPSYSINFM, and CMPSYSINFI are provided.
CPYSYSINF
The Compare System Information tool supports several commands to compare different versions of the information in the library specified on CRTSYSINF as captured by the CAPSYSINF command. This allows a determination of what objects are new, have been deleted, or have grown in size more than a specified value. The commands CPYSYSINFO, CPYSYSINFM, and CPYSYSINFI are provided.
CVTNETA
The Convert Network Attributes command converts the network attributes to an outfile. NETATRP is the name of the outfile in the library you specify. One record with unique fields for each of the network attributes is written to the file. This allows a comparison to be made with other uses of CVTNETA at different dates. See the CMPNETA command.
DSPCLPCNT
The Display CLP Count command counts the number of lines of commands in a CL source member, generic members, or all members in a source file. Comment lines and blank lines are also counted. A percentage of comments is provided. DSPCLPCNT provides a better understanding of the amount of actual source versus a count of the number of statements in a source member.
DSPCMDCNT
The Display CMD Count command counts the number of lines of commands in a CMD source member, generic members, or all members in a source file. Comment lines and blank lines are also counted. A percentage of comments is provided. DSPCMDCNT provides a better understanding of the amount of actual source versus a count of the number of statements in a source member.
DSPDDSCNT
The Display DDS Count command counts the number of lines in a DDS source member, generic members, or all members in a source file. Comment lines and blank lines are also counted. A percentage of comments is provided. DSPDDSCNT provides a better understanding of the amount of actual source versus a count of the number of statements in a source member.
DSPRPGCNT
The Display RPG Count command counts the number of lines of code, array data, and comments in a source file. All RPG types are supported. A percentage of comments is provided. DSPRPGCNT provides a better understanding of the amount of actual source versus a count of the number of statements in a source member.
FNDRNMRSTF
The Find Renamed Restore File command outputs a spooled file for any files found that have a name ending in 4 digits. This typically occurs if a file has been saved, the format of the file has been changed, and you have requested a restore of the original object with ALWOBJDIF(*ALL). One or more libraries may be searched. FNDRNMRSTF can assist you in cleaning up your system.
GRTAUTMSGQ
The Grant Authority to Message Queue command is intended to prevent the *PUBLIC user from displaying and answering messages in a message queue such as QSYSOPR. The command sets the *PUBLIC authority to allow sending of messages, but prevents the use of DSPMSG to the message queue. A named user may be specified who will be able to both send messages and use DSPMSG.
RTVMBRD3
The Retrieve Member Description 3 tool is designed for HLL program use to retrieve the description of a member. An externally described data structure is used to both pass the ID fields (file, library, and member) and return the description fields. The program TAADBKUR must be called and passed the externally described data structure. No command exists.
SCNIFS
The Scan IFS command scans one or more stream files for an argument. If the argument is found anywhere in the stream file, a line is listed identifying the IFS object. SCNIFS assists in searching for values in the IFS.
SCNSRC2
The Scan Source 2 command is the inverse of the SCNSRC command. SCNSRC2 scans for an argument and lists the member in a spooled file if the argument does not exist. One, generic, or all members in a source file may be scanned. An outfile is optional.
CMPSYSVAL
An output parameter has been added. *LAST is now supported for the two member parameters.
CMPUSRPRF2
New parameters have been added to allow a comparison of previous versions of the DSPUSRPRF OUTFILE function captured on the same system. An output parameter has also been added.
CVTIFS
The OMITDIR parameter has been enhanced to allow a specific list and a generic type name. A SELECT parameter has been added to include or omit up to 10 file names such as all files beginning with a string and having a ‘txt’ extension. A new parameter (ESCAPE) allows the summary TAA9891 message to be sent as a diagnostic message rather than an escape message if prior errors (noted by diagnostic messages) were found (such as a locked object).
CVTOUTQ
New status values now exist for DFR (deferred) and SND (sending).
DLTIFS
A translate option has been added to allow ‘case-sensitive’ file systems to be processed.
DSPEDTCDE
A command key option has been added to prompt for DSPEDTD (allows a display of the user defined edit codes).
DSPIFS
A SELECT parameter has been added to include or omit up to 10 file names such as all files beginning with a string and having a ‘txt’ extension.
DSPTXT
The scan function now high-lights the entire word where the string was found rather than just the string.
RTVASPSTS
A new return value is available to help determine if an ASP has been switched to a different system or is powered off. The value is displayed on DSPASPA2.
RTVDAT
New return values are available for the ISO definitions of day (Monday = 1) and week where a week must contain a Thursday (the definition differs from the WEEKOFYEAR return variable).
SPLARC
A new command DLTSPLARCA has been added to delete the records pertaining to an output queue that should no longer be archived. Records from both SPLARCAUD and SPLARCMST are deleted.
CHGLIBOBJA
The ‘objects changed’ value at the end of the listing always showed 0. The description is now ‘objects listed’ and contains the correct count.
CPYSPLTXT
If MODIFY(*YES) was specified, an internal CPYF failed. This has been corrected.
CRTGRCKEY
The license date was only being set for the current date. This has been corrected to allow 10 days.
CVTIFS
The OMITDIR parameter was not functioning as described. The definition has been changed and the function improved. See the command help. If a name was specified for the USRPRF parameter, an error occurred in some cases where the original profile was attempted to be switched back. This has been corrected.
CVTIFSAUT
The test for OBJ(*EXISTS) was not being performed correctly. This has been corrected. If an object does not exist after CVTIFS is run, the error is monitored for and ignored. If consecutive apostrophes exist in the path name, they are changed to a single apostrophe before calling the API.
CVTIFSEAUT
When an object was not found, the substitution data was missing the 4 byte length. This has been corrected. The test for a pattern in the path name is now allowed. If consecutive apostrophes exist in the path name, they are changed to a single apostrophe before calling the API.
DLTOBJ
Logical files were not deleted unless the name occurred after the dependent physical name. This has been corrected.
FTP2
The command now runs in a *NEW activation group. The message ‘SITE command not implemented’ is now ignored.
PRTIFS
An index error occurred if more than 1000 owners existed. This has been corrected.
PRTLIBCNT
The total column information was offset. This has been corrected.
RTVIFSEAUT
The command was failing if double apostrophes existed in the name, nor the path name to be enclosed in apostrophes. These situations have been checked for and the path name has been changed.
RTVIFSED
The command was failing if double apostrophes existed in the name, nor the path name to be enclosed in apostrophes. These situations have been checked for and the path name has been changed.
RTVSBSD
The system sends CPF1606 if the subsystem is locked. This is now monitored for and a 3 second loop occurs 10 times waiting for the unlock to occur.
SRCARC
Several WRKSRCARC options produced ‘no version found’. This has been corrected.
WRKASP
If the total capacity of an ASP is 0 because the disks have been switched or powered off, the internal RTVASPSTS command failed. RTVASPSTS now completes for these cases, but does not provide all information as it is not available. If there is no mirror information, the data is not available and the protection description is set to ‘Unknown’. If the total capacity was 0, the percent used was taken from the previous ASP. These errors have been corrected.
WRKIPDEV
If F5 was used, the printer file was attempted to be opened again in some cases. This has been corrected.
WRKSPLF2
The PERIOD parameter was not being processed properly for *CURRENT or specific dates. This has been corrected.
CMPSYSVAL
An OUTPUT parameter has been added and defaults to display the spooled file if the command is entered interactively. The spooled file is deleted after it is displayed.
CMPUSRPRF
An OUTPUT parameter has been added and defaults to display a spooled file if the command is entered interactively. Deletion of the individual user profile spooled files remains under control of the DLTSPLF parameter.
CVTIFS
An ESCAPE parameter has been added to allow control over whether the command will complete normally if prior diagnostic messages have occurred which not errors such as locked objects. The parameter defaults to *NO. Use *YES for the compatible function.
DLTIFS
The OBJ parameter is now required (a path name must be specified).
OUTFILES
The outfiles for CVTREGINF, DSPSECRVW (TAASECKP in TAASECURE), and CVTSYSVAL are now created as ALWUPD(*NO) and ALWDLT(*NO). This provides for better security in knowing that the values cannot be changed.
CRTLST
The Create List command is intended for the case where a CL program wants to create a variable that can be used to simulate a list passed from a command. This can be used with the TAA EXTLST function.
CVTJOBSPLF
The Convert Job Spooled Files command converts existing spooled files for a specified job to an outfile. The WRKSPLFP data base file is written with one record for each spooled file. This is the same format as used by CVTWRKSPLF. CVTJOBSPLF provides a performance advantage over CVTWRKSPLF when the spooled files for a specific job are needed.
DSPSPLSIZ
The Display Spool Size command displays the number of members and their size from the QSPL library. The number of members with and without data are also displayed. A member may exist that does not hold any spooled data as the system tries to limit the number of members that must be created.
DSPTXT
The Display Text tool simulates (as best it can) a PC browser function on an i5 System. The data to be displayed is passed in an array of up to 9,999 elements of 78 bytes each. You must supply a program to interface to the Display Text tool. Use the DMODSPTXT command for a demonstration.
ENDACTJOB
The End Active Job command ends jobs for a specific job name, a user name, or both. All batch and interactive jobs would be ended. Jobs on the job queue would not be ended.
IFSLST
The IFS List tool provides commands to create a list of IFS Directories that may be used with the CVTIFS OBJ(*IFSLST) and CAPSYSINF IFS(*IFSLST) functions. This provides a specific set of directory names that will be converted. This allows you to minimize the time it takes to do CVTIFS or CAPSYSINF to the IFS directories you are interested in.
PRTJBQAUT
The Print Job Queue Authority command prints a listing of all job queues in one or more libraries. The important security options such as OPRCTL and individual authorizations are listed for each job queue.
PRTOTQAUT
The Print Output Queue Authority command prints a listing of all output queues in one or more libraries. The important security options such as DSPDTA, OPRCTL, and individual authorizations are listed for each output queue.
RTVNXTDAY
The Retrieve Next Day of Week command retrieves the date and the number of days from a date until a named weekday. For example, what is the date of the next Sunday. The date is returned in CYYMMDD format.
RTVPGMDBGA
The Retrieve Program Debug Attributes command retrieves a Y/N value about whether a program or module can be debugged by the ILE debugger. APIs for the ILE debugger are used to return the debug information.
RTVSPLSIZ
The Retrieve Spool Size command retrieves the number of members and their size from the QSPL library. The number of members with and without data are also retrieved. A member may exist that does not hold any spooled data as the system tries to limit the number of members that must be created.
SCNOUTQ
The Scan Output Queue command scans for a spooled file name, generic name, or all spooled files in an output queue for 1 to 20 arguments. A spooled file is output with the results including the spooled file name, line number, and the data for each successful scan.
STRBCHDBG
The Start Batch Debug command assists in debugging a program or service program in batch. STRBCHDBG removes the tedious and confusing steps involved in setting up an environment to debug in batch. With STRBCHDBG, debugging a batch program becomes about as easy as debugging an interactive program. The ILE debugger is used to debug (this will allow debugging of OPM programs).
IFS Tools
The commands DSPIFS, PRTIFS, DLTIFS, WRKIFS, and RTVIFSSUM have changed to use the allocated size of the objects instead of the actual size. A command option exists to allow the actual size.
CVTIFS
A new value is allowed on the OBJ parameter to allow reference to a file of directories to be converted. See the new IFSLST tool. A new field has been added to each outfile to contain the total allocated size for the directory.
CVTSBSD
A new field has been added to the outfile to allow for 7 digits of active jobs.
CVTVOLSTAT
The 3580 device is now supported.
CVTWRKSBS
A new field has been added to the outfile to to support 9 digits of K bytes for total storage.
DLTOLDSPLF
A new parameter has been added to allow a list of users (spooled filer owner) or generic users to be excluded. The ‘bypass output queue’ parameter now supports a generic name.
DSPJOBQA
New values have been added to the display (see RTVJOBQA).
DSPTAA
The F10 key has been added to allow positioning based on the cursor position. This allows positioning a specific bit of text at the top of the display.
PRTIFS
A new parameter has been added to determine the actual size of the objects or the allocated size should be listed.
RGZLIB
A new parameter allows reorganizing generic file names in a library.
RTVJOBQA
New parameters have been added for MAXACT, CURACT, SBSLIBNAM, and SEQNBR.
RTVNBRACT
A new parameter has been added to allow for 7 digits of active jobs.
RTVSBSD
A new parameter has been added to allow for 7 digits of active jobs.
SAVALLCHG
The SAVACTWAIT parameter has been changed to a 3 part list to match the system. The information for SAVACTWAIT and SAVACTMSGQ is now listed in the printed output.
UPDFLD
Variable length fields (up to 50 bytes) are now supported for both selection and update fields.
UPSMON
A new command STRUPSMON2 has been added to allow an autostart job entry to be added to start the UPSMON function. This is an alternative to adding TAATOOL/STRUPSMON to a startup job.
WRKALLSPLF
The USRDTA parameter has been changed to a 2 part list to allow for a generic value.
Install
Any new TAA Authorization Lists created are set to *PUBLIC *EXCLUDE.
ADDTIM
The date output format was changed to *SYSVAL for an internal field to allow a job to have a job date format other than *SYSVAL.
CHKSPLF
A monitor has been added for CPF3344.
CLCDBFHSH
The program was providing incorrect results on some large size files. This has been corrected.
CVTQRYUSE
Duplicate key errors appeared in some situations. These are now bypassed and noted on the listing.
DLTIFS
Object types other than *STMF and *DIR were not being deleted. This has been corrected.
DLTTAATOOL
If the tool had a LF, the LF was deleted, but the code indicated an error. This has been corrected.
DSPRPGHLP
Changes have been made to the RPGLE RESET operation code. A BADTYP error occurred if the user requested *ALL of a type and then did not make a selection. Another error occurred if the user requested *ALL of a type, pressed F8, and then requested the same type. These errors have been corrected.
PRTPGMCALL
If a recursion condition occurred where a program already processed was called by a sub program, looping occurred. Recursion is now prevented.
RTVNBRACT
The command was returning zeros for the number of active subsystems and jobs. This has been corrected.
RTVSBSD
If the subsystem was locked, CPF1606 occurred. A 3 second loop is now used for 30 seconds attempting to retrieve the information.
RTVTIMSTM
The date was being processed as YYMMDD instead of MMDDYY. This has been corrected.
SPLARC
If STRSPLARC SPLARCLIB(*LIBL) was used, excess files were deleted. This has been corrected.
SPLSTO
Two RPG programs were not adopting to allow updates to the spool store files. This has been corrected.
IFS Tools
The commands DSPIFS, PRTIFS, DLTIFS, WRKIFS, and RTVIFSSUM have changed to use the allocated size of the objects instead of the actual size. A command option exists to allow the actual size.
DLTTAATOOL
The CMDLIB parameter has been removed. This was left over from the QUSRTOOL implementation and no longer made sense. Any commands will be removed from both TAATOOL and your command library (if one exists).
BUSCAL
The Business Calendar tool provides a solution for the question ‘How many working days exist between 2 dates?’. A ‘business calendar’ object (a *USRSPC) must be created. The definition of ‘working days’ is made by use of the WRKBUSCAL command which allows days to be ‘excluded’ such as ‘Saturday’, ‘Christmas’, or specific dates. WRKBUSCAL then builds a list of the ‘excluded’ and ‘included’ dates.
CHGOBJ
The Change Object command provides either CHGxxx or WRKxxx commands for most object types that can be changed. While the command is intended for use as a menu option where the object and object type are already known, it may be used as a general purpose CHGxxx command. Either a system or TAA command is used.
CHGSYSTXT
The Change System Library Text command allows the text descriptions of certain system libraries to be changed to the system supplied value as seen with GO LICPGM. Many system libraries are shipped with blank text descriptions. The default provides a listing of what would be changed. Other library text descriptions such as QDSNX may be optionally changed to English text.
CHKTAACMD
The Check TAA Command checks for TAA commands in a source file or all source files in a library or all libraries. The command is helpful for determining what usage is being made of TAA commands. See also the “Determining TAA Tool usage” topic on HELPTAA.
CPYAFPSTMF
The Copy AFP Resources to Stream File command copies an AFP resource such as a page segment to a stream file. This allows a PC editor such as InfoPrint Designer to edit the information. The stream file would then be copied back and a command such as CRTPAGSEG to be run to re-create the original object.
DLTGENLIB
The Delete Generic Library command deletes one library or generic libraries. You must have *ALLOBJ special authority to use DLTGENLIB. You cannot delete a library beginning with the letter Q or the letters TAA.
DLYJOBLOOP
The Delay Job Loop command simplifies the case where you are in a loop waiting for some event to occur such as a subsystem to end. Because an unusual event might occur, good coding practice would be to place a limit on the number of times the program will wait for the event to occur. DLYJOBLOOP supports a LOOPLIMIT parameter that allows the command to send the CPF9898 escape message if the limit is reached.
DSPOBJ
The Display Object command provides various DSPxxx commands for most object types. While the command is intended for use as a menu option where the object and object type are already known, it may be used as a general purpose DSPxxx command. In some cases WRK commands are used when no corresponding DSP command exists. Either a system or TAA command is used.
DSPRPGHLP
The Display RPG Help tool provides help text and samples for
Help text may be displayed when using the Source Entry Utility (SEU) by entering ‘H’ or % in any column of the sequence number or by the command DSPRPGHLP. An exit program must be specified for SEU. In addition, the F7 command key can be used to split a line or join 2 lines.
DSPSRCMBRS
The Display Source Members command displays or prints source member information from one or more source files with various selection criteria. The selection options include source type, generic member name, create date, change date, last used date, a scan of the member name or text, and the number of existing records. DSPSRCMBRS simplifies searching for source member information.
ENDSBS2
The End Subsystem 2 command is similar to the system ENDSBS command except ENDSBS2 does not complete until the subsystem has reached an inactive state. Wait time options may be specified. ENDSBS2 simplifies writing a CL program that ensures a subsystem has ended properly.
RTVCALDAYS
The Retrieve Calendar Days command returns a large variable with the days of the year in CYMD format plus a digit representing the day of the week (Sunday = 1). Each entry is 8 bytes. Selection criteria exists for specific days of the week. RTVCALDAYS is useful when a list of days is needed.
RTVSMTPA
The Retrieve SMTP Attributes command retrieves information based on a user ID about SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol). The QATMSMTPA file in QSYS is used. RTVSMTPA may only be used in a CL program.
SCNALLDTAA
The Scan All Data Areas command allows a scan for up to 20 different values for one, generic, or all data areas in a one or more libraries. This can be helpful when attempting to identify where values are located.
SNDTCPOUTQ
The Send TCP Output Queue command sends all spooled files in a named output queue to another system using TCP. The command uses SNDTCPSPLF for each spooled file to be sent.
WRKOBJTXT
The Work Object Text command provides a simple means of reviewing and cleaning up text for objects. A subfile of one or more objects in a library is displayed and allows a direct change to the text. Various selection criteria exist. Options exist to display, change, and delete the objects along with an option to display the object description.
CHKDUPAP
A new parameter allows eliminating the logical files with unique keys that appear in the listing.
CVTQHST
Additional selection criteria is now available for job, and ‘from time’ ‘to time’.
DLTOBJ
Many additional types are now supported.
DSPCMDKWD
A new option exists to directly access the command help text.
DSPOBJD2
Additional object types may now be displayed by use of F8 from the detail object display.
DSPONLINE
The new DSPRPGHLP function has been added.
DSPUSRSPCA
An OUTPUT parameter has been added.
GENRANNBR
A STRVAL of 0, now produces a more random start value than just the time of day.
HELPTAA
The TAA Release date and type of license are now on the menu.
RGZLIB
A new parameter has been added to bypass the printing of members with 0 deleted records.
RTVHOLIDAY
Veterans Day has been added and also to DSPHOLIDAY.
SBMPARMS
A special value exists for the TGTRLS parameter to allow a created to the earliest release possible. Specify TGTRLS(*EARRLS) on a PARMS statement.
SCNDTAARA
A new parameter has been added to allow translating the data area data to upper case before scanning.
SRCARC
The UPDSRCARC command now supports the special value *ALL to allow archiving all source files in a library. F14 has been added to the WRKSRCARC display to toggle between the display of the version number and the library where the source exists.
SYSHST
The number of members and their total size from the QSPL library are now included along with the number of jobs in the system.
WRKALLSPLF
The maximum number of spooled files which can be displayed has been increased from 4000 to 9999.
CHKBOF
The command was failing on a PRINT command error if a joined file was specified over physicals in a different library. This has been corrected.
CHKDBD
If ESCAPE(*YES) was specified, TAA9891 was sent whether dependencies existed or not. This has been corrected.
CHKINACT
The batch job was failing on a timing problem when a job timed out and ended at the same time.
CLRSTMF
The check for authority to clear the stream file was not completed. This has been corrected.
CPYFRMOUTQ
If the spooled file description was in lower case, the CPYTOOUTQ command failed when trying to name a member. The name is now translated to ensure upper case. If the spooled file description began only 2 characters beyond the name, an invalid spooled file name was created. This has been fixed by truncating the name.
CVTDSKSTS
If many disk units existed, the command failed with a message that says ‘List of disks retrieved this time does not match …’. This has been corrected.
DSPFMT
The W field type is now displayed as a variable length field.
MOVSPLF
Added monitor for CPF3342 on CHGSPLFA for job not found.
PMTOPR
If ALARM(*YES) was specified, a message appeared on the display. This has been corrected.
PRTSEUTXT
An overflow during a ‘room’ request was causing an extra footing line to be printed. This has been corrected.
RTVCMDSRC
The program was failing on WRKMBRPDM. This has been corrected.
RTVHOLIDAY
Some years such as 2004 returned the wrong date for *PASSOVER and *R.HASHANAH. This has been corrected.
WRKALLSPLF
If F5 was used for a refresh, spooled files in private output queues were being displayed. This has been corrected.
HELPTAA
Option 28 has changed from CHKTAATOOL to CHKTAACMD.
CHGPF2
The Change Physical File 2 command allows changes to one, generic, or all physical files in a library. Only the typical parameters that are changed by CHGPF are supported by CHGPF2. An omit list of files may be specified.
CHKDUPAP
The Check Duplicate Access Path command checks for files in one or more libraries that have a duplicate access path with another file. The system will automatically share an access path if it can. Complete duplicates and partial duplicates (where only the high order keys are the same) are listed. The purpose of CHKDUPAP is to assist in cleaning up objects that are not needed.
CLRSTMF
The Clear Stream File command clears a stream file in the IFS. The IFS entry will still exist, but the size of the entry will be 0 as seen by the WRKLNK display of attributes for the entry. The TAA RTVIFSED command will also return a 0 value for the size.
CRTCLPDCL
The Create CLP DCL command creates CLP DCL statements based on the field definitions of an externally described data base file. The DCL statements are added to the end of an existing source member. The statements can then be moved by a source editor to the DCL section of the source. CRTCLPDCL may be useful when dealing with an external definition of a data base file or a data area.
CRTCLPEXT
The Create CLP Extract command creates CLP source for use in extracting data from a record buffer to variables declared from a data base file format. The CRTCLPDCL command may be used to create the DCL commands. CRTCLPEXT simplifies the use of a RDDBR command from the CLPDBR tool. See also the CRTCLPINS command which performs the inverse function.
CRTCLPINS
The Create CLP Insert command creates CL source for use in inserting data from variables declared from a data base file into a record buffer. The CRTCLPDCL command may be used to create the DCL commands. CRTCLPINS simplifies the use of an UPDDBR or WRTDBR command from the CLPDBR tool. See also the CRTCLPEXT command which performs the inverse function.
CVTLFMD
The Convert Logical File Member Description command converts member information from one or more logical files to an outfile named LFMBRP in a named library. For each member of a logical file, one record is output for each ‘based on’ physical file. The file can then be analyzed by various functions.
CVTREGINF
The Convert Registration Information command converts the data displayed by WRKREGINF to an outfile. One record is written for each exit point and program that is registered. If no programs are registered for an exit point, a record will will still be written containing the exit point information. The QusRetrieveExitInformation API is used to extract the information.
PRTPGMCALL
The Print Program Calls command prints a listing of the calls from a program and optionally cascades to print the calls used by any sub programs. Parameter lists may optionally be printed. Only CL and RPG along with single module CLLE and RPGLE programs are supported.
RSTOBJIFS
The Restore Object from IFS command simplifies restoring objects from an IFS stream file such as was sent in an E mail attachment. The objects must have been saved by a SAVOBJ command such as the companion command SAVOBJIFS. RSTOBJIFS does the following:
See the companion tool SAVOBJIFS.
RTVSGNPOS
The Retrieve Sign Position command allows input of a zero decimal position field and returns a *CHAR LEN(1) value for the low order digit. The low order digit will be a zoned value. RTVSGNPOS is useful when attempting to convert a negative decimal value to a character value.
SAVLIBSAVF
The Save Library to Save Files command saves one or more libraries to save files in a specified library. Special values exist and libraries may be omitted. Save files are created if they do not exist using the name of the library to be saved. The intent of SAVLIBSAVF is to allow you to save to a library of save files that can then be backed up to media at a later time. The companion command DLTLIBSAVF will delete the created save files.
SAVOBJIFS
The Save Object to IFS command simplifies saving objects to an IFS stream file in order to allow the stream file to be used as an E mail attachment. The command does the following:
See the companion tool RSTOBJIFS.
SCNUPDCL
The Scan and Update CL Source command scans one or all members of CL or CMD source for an argument and if found replaces it with a replacement value. The replacement value can be the same length, a shorter length, or a longer length. The source is reformatted similar to prompting in SEU.
WRKNETA
The Work Network Attributes command provides a subfile of all network attributes and their current values. A Change option exists to allow a prompt for CHGNETA and the specifically selected network attribute. The existing current value is shown during the prompt. WRKNETA provides a significantly better interface than the system CHGNETA command which prompts for all parameters and shows *SAME.
WRKSPLF2
The Work Spooled File 2 command is similar to WRKSPLF, but allows better selection criteria. For example, you can select on a generic output queue name, spooled file size, number of pages, and other values. You must have *SPLCTL special authority to specify a user other than *CURRENT.
CHKINACT
Sequence numbers now exist for the entries to control the order of processing.
CHKSAVRST
The TAA9856 message is now listed if it exists. This allows an application program to send a message that will appear in listing.
CRTDUPOBJ2
A new parameter has been added to allow a list of objects or generic objects to be excluded.
CVTOUTQ
A new field has been added to determine if the file is open. Status and job log messages are now sent if the number of spooled files to be converted is large.
CVTWRKACT
New fields have been added to the outfile for the current user (may differ from the job user) and the subsystem library.
CVTWRKSPLF
New parameters have been added to allow selection on an output queue (the name may be generic), number of pages, the size of spooled files, the program that opened the file, whether the file is saved on the output queue, and Begin/End Date/Time. The spooled file name may now be generic.
DSPJOBSCDD
A new parameter has been added to allow printing.
DSPJOBSCDE
An option to print has been added.
EDTDTAARA
The *LDA, *PDA, and *GDA data areas are now supported. The same enhancement has been made to EDTDTAARA3.
PRTJRNCDE
Additional codes have been updated which also impacts DSPJRNCDE.
RTVSPLFA2
A new return value exists for the status as 4 characters to match what is shown on WRKSPLF and WRKOUTQ.
RTVSRCSTMT
A new return value exists to allow the sequence number to be returned as *DEC LEN(6 0).
RTVTIMSTM
The QDATETIME system value is now used instead of the separate system values QDATE and QTIME. The same change has been made to RTVTIMSTM2 and RTVSYSVAL3.
SAVALLCHG
Additional parameters have been added to allow the OUTPUT, OUTFILE, OUTMBR, and INFTYPE functions of system SAVxxx commands.
SNDBRKACT
The SBS parameter has been added so that the break message will only go to users of the named subsystem. A new value *CURUSER has been added to the UNIQUE parameter to allow break messages to be sent to the current user of the job (may differ from the user of the job).
SNDSTSCNT
The CPP may now be called directly. See the tool documentation.
SYSHST
DSPSYSHST now prints averages for the number of days listed.
WRTSRC
The relative record number for update operations now allows up to 6 digits instead of 3.
CAPNETA
The PCSACC parameter of RTNNETA was failing on a value of *REJECT. This has been corrected.
CHKINACT
Generic names in the CHKINACTP file were not being handled properly. The WRKINACT command was not rebuilding the subfile when an addition was made. These errors have been corrected.
CHKSAVRST
If a file was named other than TAA132 in QTEMP, it was not being cleared. This has been corrected.
CHKTIMSTM
Time stamp values set by *LOVAL, *HIVAL, or defaults of 0001-01-01 and 9999-12-31 were being rejected as not between the years 1600 and 4000. These values are now considered valid to be read or changed to. This was impacting EDTDBF when timestamp fields were set by *LOVAL or *HIVAL.
CLPDBR
The owner name was not displayed in the WRKDBRCTL detail display.
CMPDBF
The count of differences was wrong if the only difference occurred past the first 100 print positions. This has been corrected.
CPYDTAARA
If CRTDTAARA(*YES) was specified, CRTDUPOBJ was used which required additional authority to the From DTAARA than just *USE. This has been changed to use CRTDTAARA thus allowing *USE authority to the From data area to be used.
DYNMNU
The record change date for the records was shown in CYY/MM/DD format. This has been changed to job format. The rollup key is now available when changing a menu record.
FTP2
On an *MPUT action the local file did not allow an * which means every file. On an *MGET action the remote file did not allow an * which means every file. These errors have been corrected.
FTP2
The local parameter checking now includes an * by itself.
JOBACG
Date formats of other than *MDY were not being handled properly. This has been corrected.
JOBDEP
A request to delete a master dependent job using WRKJOBDEPD did not cause a delete. This has been corrected.
LMTDLTSPL2
The number of parameters passed to the validity checking program TAASPLSC2 difference because of a system change in V5R3. This has been corrected.
NTEFIL
The TAANTEAT file in TAATOOL was shipped without any members and caused a failure when MTNNTEFIL was used. The file is used as a backup when MTNNTEFIL is used. The problem can be fixed on a local system by adding a member and changing the authorization to the file to *PUBLIC AUT(*ALL). The change in this version ships the file as *PUBLIC AUT(*USE), but uses a new sub program which adopts to clear and write to the file.
RMVALLLFM
The temporary file TAARMVMBRS was not being cleared each time the command was run. To avoid potential problems, the file is now deleted each time RMVALLLFM is used.
RTVRPGFLD
RPGLE D specs with the word ‘varying’ were not adding 2 to the field length. This has been corrected.
RTVSRCSTMT
The command failed attempting to return a sequence number greater than 999. This has been corrected.
SPLCTL
Additional monitors for CPF3344 was added to the STRSPLCTL processing.
UPDFLD
The command is not valid on a file with null fields or variable length records. An escape message is now provided.
CHKINACT
The tool has been reworked to provide sequence numbers for the entries to allow control over the order of processing. The CHKINACTP file must be recreated. Use WRKINACT and follow the instructions which appear as messages when the program recognizes the old format of the file.
RUNMNUCMD
The tool was renamed from RUNCMD to RUNMNUCMD to avoid some naming conflicts.
CHKCMD
The Check Command command provides the functions of QCMDCHK with additional options provided by the QCAPCMD API. This includes 1) Prompting for the command on missing required parameters or some invalid entries and 2) Limited user checking. The command is not run, but can be useful when attempting to simulate a command line on a menu.
CLPDBR
The CLP Data Base Record tool provides a command interface to allow a CL program to position to (key or RR), read sequentially, read randomly (by key or RR), write, update, and delete data base records. A record buffer (string of data) must be provided (the tool does not operate on a list of fields).
CVTALLGRPP
The Convert All Group Profiles command builds a keyed data base file with one record for each combination of user profile and group profile. Supplemental groups are considered. The GRPPRFP file is output. You must have *ALLOBJ special authority to use CVTALLGRPP.
CVTSRVPGMA
The Convert Service Program Attributes command converts the attributes of *SRVPGM object types to an outfile named SRVPGMP in a named library. This provides a simple method of reviewing and processing service program objects.
DSPCMDHLP
The Display Command Help command displays the help text for a system or user command including commands the user is not authorized to. The command is useful for such functions as attempting to simulate the system command line function. The QCAPCMD API is used.
DSPLFMD
The Display Logical File Member Description command displays or prints information about a logical file member. The first based on physical file member information is also displayed.
DSPSBS
The Display Subsystem command provides a display for a single subsystem. High level information such as the status and number of active jobs are displayed. Up to 3 storage pools assigned to the subsystem are displayed and an option allows access to the storage pool statistics. Command keys exist to access the jobs that are active and the subsystem description.
DSPSTGPOOL
The Display Storage Pool command displays or prints the attributes and performance statistics of a storage pool. Either a shared pool name (such as *BASE) or a system pool ID may be specified. The display may be refreshed and the performance statistics reset.
MOVDECCHR
The Move Decimal to Character command moves a *DEC value (packed data) to a *CHAR LEN(8) variable and retains the packed representation. The data is right adjusted in the return variable. This allows the data to be passed to other functions which require a packed representation.
RSTLIBIFS
The Restore Library to IFS command simplifies restoring a library from an IFS stream file such as was sent in an E mail attachment. The library must have been saved by the companion tool SAVLIBIFS or a SAVLIB command. The command does the following:
The library to be restored must not exist.
RTVLFMD
The Retrieve Logical File Member Description command retrieves information about a logical file member. The ‘based on’ PF information is retrieved for the first physical member. The QUSRMBRD API is used.
RTVOBJAUT2
The Retrieve Object Authority 2 command retrieves the object authorities for a user of an object. Only the specific authorities for the user as seen on the DSPOBJAUT display are returned. Group authorities, Authorization List authorities, Program adopt, and *PUBLIC authorities are not considered.
RTVSBSPOOL
The Retrieve Subsystem Pool command uses the number assigned to a subsystem pool to retrieve the corresponding system pool number when the subsystem is active. This is the same information as seen on WRKSBS.
RTVSTGPOOL
The Retrieve Storage Pool command retrieves the information about a storage pool. Either a shared storage pool name or a pool ID must be specified. Various return parameters exist. The QWCRSSTS API is used.
RUNMNUCMD
The Run Menu Command command provides the functions of QCMDEXC with additional functions provided by the QCAPCMD API. The additional functions include:
The command can be useful when attempting to simulate a command line on a menu.
RVKDUPAUT
The Revoke Duplicate Authorizations command provides a method for checking and revoking duplicate authorizations such as a specific user has *CHANGE authority as well as the *PUBLIC user to the same object. Group profiles and authorization lists are also considered. By default only a check occurs which produces a listing (no authorizations are changed).
SAVLIBIFS
The Save Library to IFS command simplifies saving a library to an IFS stream file in order to allow the stream file be used as an E mail attachment. The command does the following:
See the companion tool RSTLIBIFS.
WRKJOBSTG
The Work Job Storage command provides a work display or a listing of the temporary storage used by active jobs. Selection criteria exists for the amount of storage, by job, and by user. This provides a simple review of the amount of storage being used. *JOBCTL is required to use WRKJOBSTG.
CHK400CMD
When used by CHKUSRCMD, each member with an error condition caused a spooled file to be output. A new option has been added to avoid this. Error conditions are now flagged on the CHK400CMD output.
CVTDSKSTS
The tool has been reworked to use the API QYASPOL instead of using the WRKDSKSTS spooled file. The field DSUNIT is 3 characters in the outfile. A new field DSUNI2 has been added at the end of the format to contain disk units which are 5 characters.
CVTLIBDBF
A new parameter FILE has been added to allow a generic file name. The LIB and OMITLIBS parameter now support generic names.
DLTOLDSPLF
The EXCLUDEJOB parameter now supports generic job names.
DSPTAACAT
When the ‘7=Display tool commands’ option is used and there is only a single command, the command prompt appears immediately instead of using the DSPTOOLCMD interface. If multiple commands exist, DSPTOOLCMD is displayed. If the user is not authorized to the command, an option exists to display the help text.
DYNMNU
When adding options, a check is now made for more than that allowed (either 13 or 26).
JLGCTL
The DSPJLGCTL command now supports a parameter to allow different sequencing. The options are the same as that supported by the F9 key when the first display appears.
LOGCL
A completion message is now sent.
PRTDBFANL
A new parameter has been added to the PRTDBFANL command to print only those From/To groups where the size of the From record exceeds a minimum value.
PRTSEUTXT
A new parameter has been added to allow a footing line with a page number and/or date.
RTVMBRD2
New parameters have been added for access path sharing, access path valid, and access path held.
RTVSRVPGMA
New parameters have been added for additional information.
CHKASPSTG
The command failed if the PCT(*DFT) was used. This has been corrected.
CHKIFSOPN
A documentation error described the error message ID to monitor for a file not existing as TAAA0A9. It should be CPFA0A9. This has been corrected.
CHKLMTCPB
Messages were lost if the command was run in batch. A spooled file is now output of the results.
CHKSAVDEV
TAP01 was hard coded as a value instead of the variable name passed in from the command. This has been corrected.
CRTTAATOOL
Two tools (USRIDX and DSPSECRVW) failed to create because of a reference to the TAATOOL2 library. If TAATOOL existed on the library list and a tool failed to create, TAATOOL was removed from the library list. These errors have been corrected.
CVTCMDA
The command was failing on command definition objects such as CMD, PARM, etc. Added a MONMSG for CPF6250.
CVTDEVDSP
The command was failing on a date error in some cases. This has been corrected. The same correction has been made to CVTDEVPRT.
CVTDSKSTS
The format of the spooled file being read has changed from V5R2 to V5R3. Changes have been made to adhere to the new format and if + symbols appear in any of the spooled fields, all 9s are placed in the output field.
CVTLIBCNT
If a library no longer existed during processing, the command failed. This has been corrected.
CVTLIBDBF
If the library name was *LIBL or *USRLIBL, omit libraries could not be specified. This has been corrected.
CVTWRKSPLF
The FORMTYPE was specified as TYPE(*NAME) preventing values like ‘5XA’. This has been corrected along with changing some of the other types on the command. Also changed MTNSPLSTO with same error.
DSPASPSTS
The size of the Unit field has been increased to handle 5 digit units.
DYNMNU
If an invalid option was entered, inconsistent results occurred. This has been corrected.
JOBDEP
A request to delete a dependent job using WRKJOBDEPD did not cause a delete. If DSPJOBDEPH did not find a master job, the error message was incorrect because *ALL was not supported for MSTJOB. An enhancement has been made to allow *ALL. These errors have been corrected.
PRTADPPGM
The command was failing on invalid names in the source information such as placed there by certain software vendors. These objects are now bypassed.
PRTBIGOBJ
If a library was deleted during processing, the command failed. This has been corrected to be tolerant of missing libraries.
RTVRPGFLD
RPG IV data structures with arrays were not being handled properly. This was impacting tools such as DSPRPGFLD and CMPPGMPARM. This has been corrected.
SPLARC
If the spooled file was not to be saved, an error message was listed on the SPLARC summary output. The message has been eliminated. If the spooled file retention date was the same as the DB on line date, the spooled files were deleted first which caused the ‘no audit record’ flag to occur. If the dates are the same, the flag is suppressed and the data base record is deleted.
SYSHST
The listing of IPL information was misleading when IPLs did not occur daily. The output has been changed to eliminate the days that that have the same IPL information as the previous day.
ANZRPGSRC
The Analyze RPG Source command outputs a listing for a specific RPG or RPGLE source member. Some information is standard and is always output such as the number of comments and counts by spec type. Other information is optional such as where subroutines begin/end and an operation code summary. Both RPG III and RPG IV (fixed form) member types are supported.
BLKSYSMSG
The Blank System Message command allows you to blank out an existing message in a message file and rename the message ID. This is intended for bothersome messages such as EDT0630 (‘Have you tried the modern alternative to SEU?’). The message will continue to be sent, but only blanks will appear on the display. When BLKSYSMSG is used, a confirming display appears with the text of the message to be blanked out.
CHGQHST
The Change QHST Version command creates a new version of a QHST file. The intent of the tool is to allow you to run the command at the end of some time period where you want to back up complete versions of QHST such as all for the previous month and start a new time period.
CHKASPSTG
The Check ASP Storage command allows you to check a percentage of available storage in an ASP against the size of objects you need to create. An escape message (TAA9896) is sent if the amount of requested storage exceeds a specified percent of available storage. This can be useful when an application needs to duplicate a large object in QTEMP.
CHKIFSDMG
The Check IFS Damage command attempts to save one or more individual IFS objects to a save file. *DIR, *FLR, and *DOC objects are bypassed. Messages are sent for those objects which could not be saved. While this is not a perfect solution, the messages can be used to indicate damage situations.
CLRUSRIDX
The Clear User Index command clears the entries from an existing user index. Any user index may be specified (not just those created by the TAA CRTUSRIDX command).
CPYMSGQ
The Copy Message Queue command copies messages from one message queue to another. Only *COMP, *DIAG, and *INFO message types are copied.
CRTUSRIDX
The Create User Index command creates a user index (*USRIDX) object. Only a fixed length keyed user index may be created. The length of an index entry may be from 1 to 2000 bytes. The user index may be used by other TAA tools or system functions.
CVTHEXOBJ
The Convert Hex Object Type command converts the internal object type form in hexadecimal (such as 0201) into the external object type form (such as *PGM). For the inverse function, see CVTOBJTYP. For a work display that allows interactive conversion, see DSPHEXOBJ.
CVTOBJTYP
The Convert Object Type command converts from an external object type (such as *PGM) to an integer value and/or a 4 byte character value (such as ‘0201’). For the inverse function, see CVTHEXOBJ. For a work display that allows interactive conversion, see DSPHEXOBJ.
CVTRMTOUTQ
The Convert Remote Output Queue command creates an outfile of the output queues that are specified as remote output queues. The base information is the same as that produced by CVTOUTQD plus the addition of information provided by RTVHOSTNAM. The output file name is RMTOUTP.
CVTTOMSGQ
The Convert To Message Queue command reads the output file (MSGLSTP) from CVTMSGQ and writes the messages to a specified message queue. Only *COMP, *DIAG, and *INFO message types are written. This allows copying messages from one message queue to another. See the CPYMSGQ command for a direct method of copying messages from one message queue to another.
CVTUSRIDX
The Convert User Index command creates an outfile of the entries from a user index. The outfile includes fields for the attributes of the user index as well as the entry information. The outfile created is named USRIDXP.
DLTDUPRCD
The Delete Duplicate Records command deletes duplicate records in a named file based on a series of key fields. By default, only a listing is output with what would occur if ACTION(*DELETE) was specified. When *DELETE is specified, the first duplicate record of a group is retained and the others are deleted.
DSPDUPCMD
Display Duplicate Command is intended to check if duplicate command names exist in two libraries or in one library and the rest of the system. Having duplicate command names can be an integrity or security exposure. The typical uses would be to ensure your user command names are not found in either QSYS or TAATOOL.
DSPHEXOBJ
The Display Hex Object Type command allows the input of an external object type (such as *DTAQ) and displays the internal hexadecimal value (such 0A01). It also allows the input of an internal object type (such as 0201) and displays the external object type (such as *PGM). The display may also be used for conversions.
DSPJOBSCDD
The Display Job Schedule Description command displays or prints a single job schedule entry. The command is usually entered as an option from the DSPJOBSCDE subfile, but may also be entered directly. The description may be displayed or printed.
DSPJOBSCDE
The Display Job Schedule Entries command is a ‘display only’ function similar to the system WRKJOBSCDE command. This allows making the WRKJOBSCDE command private so that only authorized users may make changes while the *PUBLIC user can use DSPJOBSCDE.
DSPUSRIDX
The Display User Index Entries command displays or prints the entries in a user index object. Only fixed length keyed user indexes are supported up to a 2000 byte maximum entry length. The initial display shows one line per entry and allows positioning to a key. A detail display is available with an option to display in hex.
DSPUSRIDXA
The Display User Index Attributes command displays or prints the attributes of a user index. Any user index may be specified (not just those created by the TAA CRTUSRIDX command).
FIXCLENDDO
The Fix CL ENDDO command adds a comment to the ENDDO commands in CL source that matches the expression such as (&A *EQ &B) of the corresponding IF command. MONMSG commands with EXEC(DO) are handled in a similar manner with the message ID added as a comment to the corresponding ENDDO. One, generic, or all CL and CLLE source members in a source file may be specified.
FIXSRCSEQ
The Fix Source Sequence Numbers command searches for invalid decimal data in the sequence number positions (1-6) of source statements. The default prints a report of any statements that have invalid decimal data. An option allows updating to create valid sequence numbers.
PRTCHGSUM
The Print Change Summary command prints one line per source member and describes the number of changes that have occurred from a specified date. This provides a good review of what has changed in a source file. By default, only the changed members are listed.
RTVHOSTNAM
The Retrieve Host Name command uses an IP address to retrieve the name of a host and up to 4 alias names. The command may be useful when the IP address is known, but not the system name. The ‘gethostbyaddr’ API is used.
RTVLSTQHST
The Retrieve Last QHST command retrieves information about the last (current) QHST file in QSYS. The number of QHST files and their total size may also be retrieved.
RTVOBJVER
The Retrieve Object Version command allows you to retrieve the first or last version (based on the create date/time) when the same object name exists in multiple libraries. The command is useful when different versions are shipped in different libraries.
RTVSRCCHG
The Retrieve Source Change command retrieves the number of source statements that have been changed in a source member since a specified date. The most current change date and the oldest change date are also returned.
RTVUSRIDXA
The Retrieve User Index Attributes command retrieves the attributes of a user index. Any user index may be retrieved from (not just those created by the TAA CRTUSRIDX command). The QUSRUIAT API is used.
SAVSRCF
The Save Source Files command allows a save of all source files in one or more libraries to tape or all source files in a single library to a save file. The system save commands allow only a save of *FILE objects and do not allow the saving of just source files.
SNDSTSCNT
The Send Status Count command provides a simple interface for sending a status message describing progress after the processing of n items. This allows the user to be informed of progress by a long running user written function that is processing items such as members or objects. Either a count, a percentage, or a ‘progress bar’ of the completed items may be sent. The command may only be used in a CL program.
USRIDX
The User Index tool provides an interface to allow reading, writing, updating, and deleting entries from a user index. Several other tools such as CRTUSRIDX also use interfaces provided by USRIDX. Only keyed fixed length user indexes are supported. The maximum entry length is 2000 bytes including the key.
WRKRMTOUTQ
The Work Remote Output Queue command provides a work display for remote output queues. Options exist such as STRRMTWTR, ENDWTR, HLDWTR, and WRKOUTQ. A print option also exists to provide a listing of all remote output queues. WRKRMTOUTQ lets you focus on the remote output queues.
AUDLOG
The audit log files no longer have to be reset if the journal sequence number is reset.
CMPJRNIMG2
A new parameter has been added to allow a journal to be specified if the journal images from a remote journal should be compared.
CVTJRNA
New fields have been added to the outfile for journal receivers for the time of attach, detach, and save.
CVTWRKACT
New fields have been added to the outfile for temporary storage used and maximum temporary storage allowed. A new field has been added to the outfile for a description of the job type. The command now supports an option to select on the amount of temporary storage used. The command has been reworked to provide faster operation.
DLTOLDSPLF
A new parameter has been added to allow a list of jobs to be excluded. Any spooled files for the named jobs will be retained.
DUPTAPIN
A SEQNBR parameter has been added to DUPTAPIN.
JOBACG
The job accounting files no longer have to be reset if the journal sequence number is reset. New information has been added to each job accounting record. Existing job accounting files must be deleted and new accounting files created (using CRTJOBACG).
LIBGRP
The POSITION parameter has been changed to a list similar to the ADDLIBLE command and new special values for *BEFORE or *AFTER have been added in which case a reference library is required.
PRTACG
The job accounting files no longer have to be reset if the journal sequence number is reset.
PRTJRNSUM
A new parameter for the journal name has been added to allow a summary for a single journal.
RTVALLUSR
New libraries QSRVAGT and QUSRVI have been added to match the SAVLIB LIB(*ALLUSR) function of V5R3.
RTVDLTRCD
A new command CHKDLTRCD has been added to assist in determining if deleted records that exist in a file only contain blanks and zeros. If RTVDLTRCD only outputs records with blanks and zeros, CHKDLTRCD may be used to ensure that RTVDLTRCD is performing accurately.
RTVVALA
A new parameter has been added to determine if the value is a generic name.
SCNVAR
A second command (SCNVAR2) has been added to allow a scan of up to 5000 bytes. SCNVAR is limited to 999.
SYSHST
The STRSYSHST command now supports a SCDTIME parameter. This allows a simple change of the 001000 default.
UPSMON
Two EXITPGM parameters have been added to CHGUPSMON to allow user programs to be invoked at different times for the UPSMON job.
AUDLOG
The CVTAUDLOG command was failing if the journal receiver had been freed. This has been corrected.
CHGLIBOWN
The escape message did not include the number of objects that could not be allocated. This has been corrected.
CHGOBJD2
The COMPILER parameter was specified as EXPR(*YES) and was causing problems with some ILE programs. It is now specified as EXPR(*NO).
CHGSRCDAT
The command was only for NEWDATE of *RESET. This has been corrected.
CHKASPTHD
The command was failing in certain instances and not properly sending a shout message. These errors have been corrected.
CHKSAVRST
The command was failing if a very large job log existed. The file used in QTEMP has been changed to *NOMAX.
CHKUSRCMD
The TYPE parameter was not being handled properly to bypass unwanted command types. This has been corrected.
CHK400CMD
Invalid data in the sequence number field was causing an error. This is now tolerated by substituting zeros. IF commands written as IF (&A=&B) (xxx) were causing the wrong THEN command to be considered. This has been corrected.
CPYJOBLOG
The time of message field was accessing the wrong positions. This has been corrected.
CVTLIBOBJA
Supplemental groups were causing duplicate key errors. The group name has been added as a key. If multiple libraries were requested and a library did not have any objects, the command ended with CPF2123. This is now bypassed.
CVTMSGQ
The MSGTYPE parameter was not handled properly if more than a single type was specified. This has been corrected.
CVTQHST
The size of the QHSTP file created has been increased to handle 10,000,000 records.
DLTOLDSPLF
The USRDTA parameter has been changed from a name field to a character field. This allows such values as ‘ABC D’. A name such as ABC or a generic name such as ABC* are still valid.
DMOSUBF
The initial display was not allowing the use of F6 or the ‘Position to’ change fields in all situations. This has been corrected. Other DMOSUBF tools have also been corrected.
DSPDTAQ
The print option was truncating the data at the entry length instead of the entry length plus the key length. This has been corrected.
DSPLSTCHG
If the last source change date of the statements was zeros, the command failed. This has been corrected.
DSPOBJD2
The command was failing in some cases if the source did not exist.
DYNMNU
The prompts for ‘user command line’ and ‘log CL’ were reversed when entering a new user. If a command was entered on a command line that did not exist for a LMTCAP(*YES) user, a prompt appeared instead of an error message. If a command is entered and is invalid (such as a required parameter is not entered), the command prompt is now shown. The documentation has been corrected to indicate that 13 options may exist on a single column menu and 26 on a 2 column menu. These errors have been corrected.
FIXQLFNAM
Commands with leading ? characters were not being handled properly. This has been corrected.
HELPTAA
Option 10 for the CONTEST has been corrected.
PRTASPLIB
Independent ASPs were not being handled properly. This has been corrected.
PRTCLPDO
The command was not recognizing a DO if the previous statement was coded as ‘… THEN(+’.
PRTLIBANL
An empty TAALIBAL member in TAATOOL was causing problems. The code now checks for this and uses the archive member if no records exist.
RCLSTG2
If the RCLSTGHSTP file did not exist in QGPL, the ADDPFM command failed because the member already existed when DUPTAADBF was used. This has been corrected.
RTVDSPFA
The LANGID parameter on CRTDSPF will not accept *NONE. The value *NONE if retrieved is changed to *JOB.
RTVIPLTIM
The use of CVTDAT was failing if the job date was other than *MDY. The command was failing if PWRDWNSEC was not specified in some cases. These errors have been corrected.
RTVRPGCALL
The sub function to RTVRPGFLD had specified the wrong parameters which overlaid fields 1000 - 1998. This has been corrected.
RTVRPGFLD
The % special values were causing failures. The fields defined in this manner are ignored.
RTVSPLFA
The handling of the single character LPI field was returning 0 in many cases. This has been corrected so the typical values or 6 or 8 would be returned properly. If the value is 7.5, 6 is returned. A value greater than 9 is returned as 0. For the specific LPI value, use the RTVSPLFA2 command and the LPIDEC and LPI2 return parameters.
RTVVALA
If only a decimal notation character or characters existed, the code assumed it was a digit value. This has been corrected.
SAVE2
If an option fails, a SIGNOFF command is used with LOG(*LIST).
SECOFR2
The command was failing when the user was not authorized to the TAASECURE library. This has been corrected by adding a new sub program which adopts.
SPLARC
The STRSPLARC command was only processing the first output queue if OUTQ(*ALL) and CLEANUP(*NO) were specified. This has been corrected. The code was made tolerant of a missing output queue or library.
SPLCTL
The single value LPI value that is stored is changed to 6 if a value of 0 exists (see RTVSPLFA fix).
SYSHST
If a specific DAYOFWEEK was described on DSPSYSHST, the day was not honored on a request to display or print ASP information. This has been corrected so only the day of week described will be processed. The MTNSYSHST command was failing with a file not found. This has been corrected.
WRKALLSPLF
The F11 key was not responsive in all cases. This has been corrected.
WRKASP
The PRTASPLIB option was not being handled properly. This has been corrected.
JOBACG
The tool has been reworked to add new information and be tolerant of resetting of journal sequence numbers. You must delete the current structure of JOBACGn files and use CRTJOBACG again. The CVTJOBACG2 requirements have changed relative to how the DSPJRN command must be specified. Check the tool documentation.
SETDAYLITE
The TAA function has been withdrawn because the system is supporting the function. See WRKTIMZON.
DSPACGSGN
The Display Job Accounting Signon command displays the job accounting records for interactive jobs within a range of ‘From date/time’ to ‘To date/time’. All users or a generic user profile name may be entered. The user must have signed off and the Job Accounting journal entries converted for the JOBACG tool to find the information.
DSPDUPFLD
The Display Duplicate Field command checks a specific field or fields in a data base member for duplicates. The file is sorted on up to 6 fields and a program checks for duplicate values. Up to 3 print fields may be specified to help identify the records that have duplicate values.
DSPLSTSGN
The Display Last Signon command allows you to sequence user profiles by the last signon date/time and select on a range of ‘From date/time’ and ‘To date/time’. All users or a generic user profile name may be entered. This can be used to display users who have signed on in the last n hours or have a last signon prior to n months ago.
DSPMBRLST
The Display Member List command is intended for multi-member data files. One, generic, or all files in a library may be listed. A heading line is printed for each file. One line is printed for each member in the file with information such as the create, change, and last used dates, number of records, etc.
DSPPWDINF
The Display Password Information command displays the information for one or more profiles relative to the password and signon information. The password itself is not displayed.
RTVPRTA
The Retrieve Printer Attributes command retrieves the attributes of a printer and the status of what it is printing. Because many attributes exist, two commands (RTVPRTA and RTVPRTA2) are used. Choose one or both to return the attributes you need.
SAVRCVL
The Save and Receive Library with FTP command is designed to simplify receiving a library from another i5 System. The SAVRCVL command saves the library to a save file in QTEMP and transmits the save file using FTP.
UPDMSGF
The Update Message File command uses the MSGFP outfile created from the TAA CVTMSGF command to update the message descriptions in a message file. UPDMSGF allows you to keep a data base file of messages or update selected messages on the same or another system.
WRTIFS
The Write IFS tool provides a solution for writing to the IFS from RPG programs using RPG’s SPECIAL file. Sample programs are provided that range from simple to complex in terms of the function that is used. You may use these as models for your programming. A standard program (WRTIFS) exists in TAATOOL that may be called as part of the SPECIAL file.
AUDLOG
The PRTAUDLOG command has been enhanced to allow selection by program, object, and member. A new print option allows printing the information on an extra line.
CHKAPOST
A new command CHKAPOST2 has been added to allow up to 5000 bytes to be checked.
CPYSPLF2
A new parameter has been added to allow the merging of print lines with 0 spacing and skipping.
CVTMSGF
New values now exist in the outfile such as the replacement values (FMT keyword), valid reply values (VALUES keyword), and special values (SPCVAL keyword). All keyword values are now converted.
CVTWRKSBS
The tool has been rewritten to use an API. Several additional fields have been added to the outfile.
DSPDTAQD
The size of the data queue is now shown.
DSPMBRD
MBR(*LAST) is now supported.
DSPOUTQA
A new value for Remote Print Queue has been added.
QRYUSE
A new command CVTQRYSTMT creates a program described file of the information retrieved from RTVQMQRY. The file can be scanned using a command such as DSPPFM.
RSTTAASTMF
A new option for *HOMDIR now exists for the DIR parameter.
RTVSBSD
A new return variable is now available for the total amount of storage.
RTVSPLFA
The return spooled number is now available on the RTVSPLFA2 command.
SAVCHG23
Edit code descriptions are now captured to the EDTDP file in TAASECURE to allow a recovery using RPLEDTD.
SORTDBF
*HEX may now be specified as a sort table.
WRKIPDEV
The number of remote output queues that can be displayed has been raised from 300. Remote output queues are now part of the 9999 limit of devices. A parameter has been added to allow selection of only display or printer devices.
WRTSRC
A source record size of 240 bytes is now supported which is the maximum supported by CRTSRCPF (maximum statement size of 228 bytes).
APYRMTJRN
The apply was failing if the number of overflow entries exceeded 20. The array size for overflow entries has been significantly increased.
CHKSYSCND
The CPI0997 message ID was added (running out of machine addresses).
CHK400CMD
The code was not handling lower case which is allowed in CLLE programs. This was impacting CHKUSRCMD also. This has been corrected.
CMPDTAARA
The command was failing on *DEC types saying the the FROM/TOPOS must be defaulted. This has been corrected.
CRTTAATOOL
The command was failing if SRCLIB(*TAAARC) was used. This has been corrected. The work-around is to use CRTSRCPF to create the QATTINFO source file in QTEMP.
CVTIPDEV
The member name of the created outfile had the wrong name. This has been changed to IPDEVP.
DLTJOBSPLF
If a specific job name was passed, the values were not being entered on CVTWRKSPLF.
DSPACTJOB
The command was failing if more than 999 jobs existed and rollup was used. This has been corrected.
DSPDTAQ
If rollup (F8) was on the detail display to advance to an entry that was on the 2nd page of the first display, when a return to the first display occurred followed by a rollup to the 2nd page, the wrong entry was displayed. If more than 30,000 entries existed, an index error occurred rather the displaying what existed. These errors have been corrected.
DUPTAPIN
The DUPTAPP file is now created as SIZE(*NOMAX).
EDTVAR2
If right adjust and a 0 value, an index error occurred. This has been corrected.
FNDOBJTXT
Certain objects were being missed because of the handling of null values. This has been corrected.
FTP2
The validity checking program failed if a current library did not exist. This has been corrected.
JLGCTL
If CVTJLGCTL OMITCVTCTL(*ABNORMAL) was specified along with OMITDLTCTL(*YES), the spooled files were not being deleted. If F7 or F18 was used from the display of messages, the subfile was not returned to the proper page after a display of a detail message. These errors have been corrected.
MOVSPLF
Added monitor for CPF3330 on CHGSPLFA for file not available.
PRTDBFANL
The ADDDBFANL command did not produce output for 2-N libraries. This has been corrected.
PRTJRNRCV
The size value was not being calculated properly. This has been corrected.
RTVASPSTS
If an ASP is varied off, the available storage information is not available. A 0 is now returned to avoid an error condition.
RTVOBJLST
Errors occurred when retrieving from a large list. This has been corrected.
RTVRPGFLD
RPG IV file names greater than 8 characters were not being handled. Integer fields and fields within a DS were not being processed. These errors have been corrected.
SAVALLCHG
If the EXPDATE parameter contained an actual date (not a special value), the command failed. This has been corrected.
SAVCHG23
If the EXPDATE parameter contained an actual date (not a special value), the command failed. If the REFDATE parameter contained an actual date (not a special value), the command failed. These errors have been corrected.
SPLSTO
The PRTSPLSTO command was failing if the number of pages was over 500. This has been corrected.
SYSHST
The DSPSYSHST command was display too high a value for the size of journal receivers and QHST size. This has been corrected.
UPSMON
The TAASYTLC12 program was failing if more than 3 digits existed for some of the values. This has been corrected.
WRKASP
The 5=Display option was failing if a device name was specified.
WRKIPDEV
If the OUTQ parameter was specified, there were situations where not all of the remote output queues were displayed. This has been corrected.
CVTMSGF
The MSGFP file has been changed to allow for larger values to be output. If you need to use existing data, use CPYF to the new format with FMTOPT(*MAP).
FTP2
The default for the FTP2 and SBMFTP2 LCLDIR parameter has been changed to *CURRENT. This allows the command to insert the proper value based on the name format.
HELPTAA
Some rearrangement of the options occurred.
CHKIFSOPN
The Check IFS Open command provides a method of determining if an IFS object is available for a type of use and allows a specified type of sharing with other jobs. If the open is successful, the file is closed and the command completes normally. If the file cannot be opened, TAA9872 is sent as an escape message.
CVTDTAARA
The Convert Data Area command converts the attributes and the data from one or more data areas to the outfile DTAARAV. Both *DEC and *CHAR data areas are supported. The outfile may then be queried for consistency or searching for specific values.
DSPCURUSR
The Display Current User command is similar to the WRKUSRJOB system command except that the current user of the job is also shown and no change options are allowed. This allows support for jobs that swap profiles to be displayed. Only active jobs are displayed.
FTP2
The FTP2 (Start TCP/IP File Transfer) command allows the use of FTP without entering the FTP subcommands. The subcommands are generated internally and used to send a file to a remote system. A log of FTP subcommands, errors, and information is kept to allow error reporting.
PRTCRTUSR
The Print by Create User command prints the objects in one or more libraries by the user who created the object. This may not be the current owner of the object. The user who created the object may not exist on your system. Selection can be used on a minimum create date, a minimum last used date, and the size of the object. PRTCRTUSR can be helpful in cleaning up the system if group profiles own most of the objects.
RSTMNYCHG
The Restore Many Changes command restores from a tape created by SAVCHGOBJ or TAA tools such as SAVALLCHG which uses SAVCHGOBJ. The command allows one or more libraries to be restored. See the companion command RSTALLCHG which allows a restore of all libraries from a tape with an optional list of excluded libraries.
RTVCURMBR
The Retrieve Current Member command retrieves information about the newest member (or generic member) in a data base file. This is based on the create date/time of the members. RTVCURMBR may be helpful when you want to process the most current member of a file and do not know the name of the member.
RTVHOMDIR
The Retrieve Home Directory command retrieves the home directory from the user profile for a named user. You must have *USE authority to the user profile to retrieve the information for a profile that is not your own. The RtvUsrInf API is used to extract the information.
RTVNONSYS
The Retrieve Non-System command retrieves the libraries that are not saved by a SAVLIB(*NONSYS). Each entry returned has 2 libraries to allow for a range test such as QSYS00033 to QSYS00255. If only a single library like QSYS is not saved, the name is placed in both parts of the entry.
RTVUSRTXT
The Retrieve User Text command retrieves a user text description based on a user profile name. The command is useful if additional information is stored in the text description of the user profile or as a sub function when just the description is needed. The user of the command does not need to be authorized to the user profile. Only the text description is retrieved.
SAVCHG23
The Save Change 23 command is intended to be used on a daily basis between a periodic use of a Save Option 21 that saves the entire system. SAVCHG23 saves
The restricted state is not required. IASPs are not saved.
SAVSNDL
The Save and Send Library with FTP tool is designed to simplify sending a library to another i5 System. Your objects should be placed in a unique library. The SAVSNDL command saves your library to a save file and the save file is transmitted using FTP. On the remote system, use RSTSNDL (part of the SAVSNDL tool) to restore the library.
SORTCMDLST
The Sort Command List command allows the sorting of a simple list. The list would normally be input from a command which allowed multiple entries (such as a list of library names) and you want to process the names in the list in ascending sequence.
UPSMON
The UPS Monitor tool provides a solution for achieving a normal system power down after a power outage occurs and a delay time has been reached. You must have a UPS attached to the system and understand its capabilities. You must ensure the TAAUPSMON job is running.
WRKCURUSR
The Work Current User command is similar to the WRKUSRJOB system command except that the current user of the job is also shown. This allows support for jobs that swap profiles to be displayed and operated on. The same options as on WRKUSRJOB such as CHGJOB are supported. Only active jobs are displayed.
AUDLOG
The PRTAUDLOG tool provides a new parameter to control the description that prints. The default is to print the code/entry/subtype description on the first line and the entry data on the second line.
CHKSAVRST
Additional messages in the range of CPF9000 to CPF9099 and CPF9400 to CPF9499 are now included as well as a few other specific message IDs relating to SAV and SAVDLO commands.
CMPDTAARA
New parameters have been added to allow a compare of character data areas at specified From/To positions.
CPYTAA2
A new parameter has been added to allow the create of QATTxxx source files in the specified library.
CVTLIBOBJD
A new parameter has been added to allow an ASP number in the range of 1-32 to subset the libraries output by the LIB or ASPDEV parameters.
DLTOLDSPLF
The USER and USRDTA parameters may now be entered as generic values.
DLYCMD
The PWRDWNSYS option now specifies CONFIRM(*NO) to avoid a prompt when DLYCMD is run interactively.
DSPMONMSG
A new option has been added to allow access to the TAA DSPMSGDTA command.
DSPQHST2
Several enhancements have been made including the entry of date in job format on both the command and display, formatting of the message text for both first and second level, and initialized ‘position to’ fields’
DSPTAA
The F7 function key has been added to allow access to summary information about the tool.
DSPUSRPRF2
A generic user profile or *ALL may now be entered to assist when the actual user profile name is not known.
DUPTAPIN
The DUPTAPPLIB parameter now supports *CURLIB. The DUPTAPP file is now created from the TAATAPEP source and DUPTAPIN is now shown on DSPOUTFILE.
RTVALLUSR
A new optional variable is returned to assist in handling generic names.
RTVSBSD
New parameters have been added including the extended subsystem status which describes additional status information.
SAVALLCHG
The tool has been reworked to provide for an optional ‘include’ list of libraries (including generic names), generic bypass libraries, an improved listing and better documentation of the libraries that are implicitly omitted by REFDATE special values.
SNDBRKACT
An ‘omit device’ list may now be specified.
SPLARC
A new command PRTSPLARC allows re-printing of all or selected spooled files from a Spool Archive. This can be helpful when converting to a new system when you want all or some of the spooled files to exist on the new system.
WRKALLSPLF
If no option or F key is pressed, a message now appears describing the need for F3 or F12.
WRKSBMJOB2
A new parameter has been added to allow the display of jobs in a specific status.
WRKTAA
The number of members and the number of source statements that make up a tool are now displayed when viewing a TXT member in the archive.
General
Several IFS tools such as CVTIFS now protect better that the switched to user profile may not be used if an error occurs during processing.
TAA Inq pgms
The TAA program that is used to send an inquiry message when a demonstration license is close to terminating was causing an error if the expected data areas did not exist in QRPLOBJ. This has been corrected.
ALCOBJ2
The error message had job number entered twice. The second version should have been job name. This has been corrected.
CHGUSRPRF2
The SUPGRPPRF keyword was not functional. This has been corrected.
CHKINACT
The SBMINACT command was failing if the QINACTITV system value was set to *NONE. An escape message is now sent.
CVTFRMSPLF
The command was failing when the file it created could not be allocated. This was due to a disaster recovery solution locking the file while it was duplicating it. A wait for 10 seconds has been added for up to 10 times.
DLTOBJ
The *QMQRY type was left out of the command definition. This has been corrected.
DSPDBFDTA
If invalid decimal data exists for zoned fields, zeros are displayed.
DSPF2
A special message has been added for the DSPMBRS option if no members exist.
DSPMSGDTA
The start position of 3 digits was not long enough for some message data. Increased size to 5 digits.
DSPTAACAT
If *2000 was entered without prompting for DSPTAACAT, the command failed because the system considers the * as an expression. Entering the command without prompting or without surrounding quotes remains an error due to system handling. The same error occurred from the *2000 selection after a word display such as DSPTAACAT CATEGORY(YEAR). The selection for *2000 now works correctly from the ‘word’ display.
DUPTAPIN
An error message was added to prevent processing a tape that had been saved with USEOPTBLK(*YES) where the block length exceeds 32,760.
DYNMNU
If a command exceeding 10 characters was entered on a command line, the menu aborted. This has been corrected to display the system message.
JLGCTL
The print occasionally printed the messages from two different jobs. This has been corrected. The size of the files when created is now *NOMAX. There were logic errors when an omit user joblog was to be converted if the job ended abnormally. This has been corrected. The code was made tolerant of failures in CVTJOBLOG.
PRTLIBANL
The command was failing if a specific ASP was entered. This has been corrected.
PRTLSTUSE2
The outfile created in QTEMP is now specified as *NOMAX.
PRTSECAUD
Code was added to release the profile handle when checking if the user password was the same as the profile name.
RTVASPSTS
The ASPSTS and ASPUSAGE values were not being returned correctly.
RTVCMDPARM
If VARY(*YES) was specified without a *INTx value, the length of the parameter was not increased. This has been corrected.
RTVLIBSRCF
The command was failing in some cases because of a level check. This has been corrected.
RTVOUTQA
The ‘writer not active’ message was not being handled properly. This has been corrected.
SCNDUPRCD
Binary fields were not properly handled as print fields. This has been corrected.
SPLARC
The WRKSPLARC command was failing if a 5 option was requested to print a spooled file from data that had never been saved.
WRKALLSPLF
When sorting was requested, an internal field was not being reset causing excess spooled files to be displayed. This has been corrected.
WRKF2
A special message has been added for the WRKMBRS option if no members exist.
WRKTAA
If the user is not authorized to the TAASRCACC *AUTL, a better message is displayed when attempting to copy information from the archive.
AUDLOG
The PRTAUDLOG command has added a new parameter ENTTXT. The default now prints two lines for most entries with the first line describing the code/type/subtype and the second line containing the entry data. To be compatible with the former version, use ENTTXT(*NO).
CHKSAVRST
Additional messages in the range of CPF9000 to CPF9099 and CPF9400 to CPF9499 are now included as well as a few other specific message IDs relating to SAV and SAVDLO commands.
DSPQHST2
The DSPQHST2 command date field has been changed to a *DATE type and must be entered in job format. The time field must now be entered as HHMMSS. The ‘position to’ field has also been changed to allow a job format entry of the date.
RTVALLUSR2
The command has been reworked and renamed RTVALLUSR. Exception lists for Q libraries that are saved by an *ALLUSR request and # libraries that are not saved may be returned.
SAVALLCHG
The tool has been reworked. Several changes have occurred and enhancements have been made. The default for REFDATE has changed from *ALLUSR to *NONSYS. If you are using SAVALLCHG, you must review your use of the tool.
CHGDSTPWD2
The Change DST Password 2 command resets the DST password to the default value. The purpose of the command is allow a user who is not QSECOFR to reset the DST password. CHGDSTPWD2 may only be used interactively by a user who is authorized to the TAADSTPWD2 authorization list.
CHGINLMNU
The Change Initial Menu command checks or changes the initial menu in one, generic, all user profiles, or in the profiles belonging to a group profile. System profiles are never changed. An existing initial menu may be named to ensure that only specific changes are made. The current initial menu value may be a specific initial menu, *ANY, or *SIGNOFF.
CHGINLPGM
The Change Initial Program command checks or changes the initial program in one, generic, all user profiles, or in the profiles belonging to a group profile. System profiles are never changed. An existing initial program may be named to ensure that only specific changes are made. The current initial program value may be a specific initial program, *ANY, or *NONE.
CHKTAP2
The Check Tape 2 command is similar to the system CHKTAP command. Neither the system CHKTAP nor the SAVxxx commands will send an inquiry message to the device’s message queue if the tape is not in a ‘ready’ status (such as no tape is mounted), the volume ID does not exist, the sequence number does not exist, etc. CHKTAP2 sends an inquiry message requesting a C = Cancel, or R = Retry response.
CVTFD
The Convert File Description command is similar to the system DSPFD command, but only creates an outfile (does not print or display). In addition to the base functions of DSPFD, CVTFD also provides for IASP support. Selection can be made by type of library and a omit list of libraries may be specified.
DLTIFSDIR
The Delete IFS Directory command optionally deletes a directory and all sub items within the directory including other directories. The default is ‘check’ which produces a listing of what would be deleted and any errors such as ‘not authorized to delete’. Several catastrophic operations are prevented such as deleting the root (‘/’), /QDLS, and /QSYS/LIB.
DSAOLDPRF
The Disable Old Profile command optionally disables user profiles that have not been signed onto recently or not at all. Two retention periods may be specified for:
Profiles created by the system or are PASSWORD(*NONE) are not considered. DSAOLDPRF may be used to minimize the exposure that profiles will be inappropriately used.
DSPPGMSTMT
The Display Program Statement command is intended as a debugging aid when an error has occurred and the MI instruction number is known, but the HLL source sequence number is not. By entering the program name and the MI instruction number, DSPPGMSTMT displays a spooled file with the HLL source sequence number and statement. Only CLP and RPG OPM program types are supported. The source for the program must exist.
DSPUSRTXT
The Display User Text command displays a user text description based on a user profile name. The command is useful if additional information is stored in the text description of the user profile. The user of the command does not need to be authorized to the user profile. Only the text description is displayed.
FIXQLFCPP
The Fix Qualified CPP command is intended to library qualify the programs that are called from the command definition object of user written commands. This is an important consideration if you write programs that adopt (USRPRF = *OWNER). A command definition object (*CMD) describes the CPP and its library. If the CPP uses *LIBL or *CURLIB, FIXQLFNAM determines if the CPP is on the library list and if so provides an option to change the command definition object.
PRTGRPPRF
The Print Group Profile command prints one or all group profiles along with the members of each group. The listing contains more information than the system commands which display group profiles. PRTGRPPRF provides for a better review of your group profiles and the members of the group.
RTVALLUSR
The Retrieve All User command retrieves the exception libraries found in the SAVLIB LIB(*ALLUSR) help text for system libraries. Unique return parameters exist for # and Q libraries. The # libraries are not saved by SAVLIB(*ALLUSR). The Q libraries are saved by SAVLIB(*ALLUSR). This assists in the processing of commands that emulate the *ALLUSR function or the unique TAA *ALLUSR2 function.
RTVLIBL
The Retrieve Library List command returns a single variable which contains the libraries in the library list in the same sequence the system will check them when *LIBL is used. RTVJOBA returns portions of the library list, but not the complete list. The return variable is large enough to account for additional growth. If the same library exists twice on the list, only the first occurrence is returned.
RTVOUTFILE
The Retrieve Outfile command retrieves the model file and format for commands which create outfiles. Both system DSPxxx and TAA CVTxxx commands are supported. RTVOUTFILE may only be used with commands that use a single outfile. For example, DSPFD and CVTFD support multiple outfiles and are not supported. If a TAA CVT command is used, the outfile name used is also retrieved if one exists.
SNDESCINF
The Send Escape Information command is designed to work in a CL program standard error handling routine such as used in the TAA Productivity Tools. You must first extract the SENDER information from an escape message and specify it on SNDESCINF. SNDESCINF sends a message with the program, library, and MI instruction where the escape message occurred.
AUDLOG
The CVTAUDLOG command has added additional messages when no entries are converted.
CAPJOBA
Additional job attributes are now captured by CAPJOBA and returned by RTNJOBA. The documentation now describes those RTVJOBA parameters that are not supported.
CHGLBLJOBD
A new parameter has been added which allows an ASP group to be named.
CHGLIBOWN
A new parameter has been added to allow a list of current owners to be omitted.
CHGPUBAUT
A new parameter has been added which defaults to bypass any objects that are set to *PUBLIC *EXCLUDE.
CHKSAVRST
Two more message IDs (CPF5729 and CPF6760) have been added.
CLRTAP
A new parameter has been added to provide for an inquiry message to be sent to the device’s message queue if the CPF6760 error (device not ready) occurs.
CPYUSRPRF
The new user profile is now changed so that the owner is QSECOFR. The user of the CPYUSRPRF retains all rights to the profile. Changing the ownership to QSECOFR prevents the problem that could occur on a disaster recovery where the system profiles are restored first followed by the user created profiles in alphabetical sequence. If user BBB created the AAA profile, the BBB profile is not on the system when AAA is restored and the ownership of the AAA profile would become QDFTOWN. The same change has been made to CPYUSRPRF2 and CPYUSRPRF3.
CVTCMDA
The owner name is now available in the outfile.
CVTLIBOBJD
The ASP number and device name have been added to the outfile. The tool has been rewritten to handle the ASPDEV parameter.
DLTOLDSPLF
A new parameter has been added to allow the deletion by a specific job name.
DLTSECTOOL
When a tool that is on the list of possible tools to be deleted by DLTSECTOOL is recreated by CRTTAATOOL, an audit entry is sent to the audit log.
DSPF2
Source files are now identified.
DSPIPLSTS
New information is now available (using F7) for the start/end date/time of the last powerdown and the last IPL.
DSPOBJD2
Source files are now identified as PF - SRC or PF38 - SRC.
DUPDBN
An option now exists to delete the summary spooled file if the command completes successfully.
DUPSTDSRC
The standard source in TAASTDAC has been enhanced to include the new SNDESCINF TAA Tool. A new member TAASTDAC3 has been added which contains the standard error handling source, but does not include the SNDESCINF command.
JLGCTL
F7 has been added to the detail display for DSPJLGCTL to allow rolldown after positioning to a specific message number of using F18 to access the last page.
RTVCMDA
The owner of the command has been added as a new parameter.
RTVJOBA2
The performance of the command has been significantly improved when repeatedly used.
RTVPWDSTS
A new parameter has been added for whether the profile is a Group Profile.
RTVSPLFA
Two new parameters have been added to RTVSPLFA2 to account for LPIs of 2 characters and LPIs with decimal positions.
SCNDUPRCD
Variable length fields are now supported.
SNDAUDE
A blank space now appears in the journal entry sent after the ID and after the program name for better readability.
SPLARC
A new parameter on STRSPLARC allows the deletion of the summary spooled files output by the command.
SYSHST
New information is now available for the start/end date/time of the last powerdown and the last IPL.
WRKF2
Source files are now identified. The EDT option may be used to invoke SEU for source files.
WRKSBMJOB2
F17 (Top) and F18 (Bottom) have been added.
CHKALLDBD
The output of dependent files was dependent on the sequence of the data in QADBXREF. The sequence is now forced into dependent library sequence.
CHKSAVRST
The command was failing if a job other than the current job was to be checked. This has been corrected.
CRTDUPOBJ2
Save files did not support duplicating of data. This has been corrected.
CRTGRCKEY
If CRTGRCKEY was used, the internal switch that described its use was not being reset by a successful use of CHGTAAKEY. This has been corrected.
CRTSTDSRCF
If a source file name was added to the CRTSTDSRCF data area in TAASECURE after the first standard source file name, the text description of the unique file was picked up from the last standard source file name. This has been corrected.
CRTTAATOOL
The TAATOOL library is no longer added to the library list if it is not part of the library list.
CVTMBRLST
The MLSIZE and MLSIZ2 fields did not consider the size of the access path for the member. This has been corrected.
DSPQHST2
An error occurred when trying to display a message that did not have a message ID. This has been corrected.
DUPMSGD
Some reply values were not being handled properly causing a CPF2424 error condition. This has been corrected.
DUPTAADBF
Depending on the existence of a member in the shipped version, some files were not being created properly. This has been corrected.
JLGCTL
The OMITDLTCTL AND OMITCVTCTL parameters were not being processed properly. This has been corrected.
LMTDLTSPL2
The validity checking program (TAASPLSC2) used for DLTSPLF is now library qualified to TAATOOL.
NTEFIL
The CRTNTEFIL command failed because the file was specified for a single member. This has been corrected.
If the first use of the command was not ACTION(*OPN), the error message did not indicate the problem. This has been corrected.
Several TAA tools use the PRINT command internally. This caused conflicts when a user program also used the PRINT command. The PRINT2 command has been added which is part of the PRINT tool and all TAA use of PRINT has been changed to PRINT2.
PRTJRNCDE
The base program for passing journal code descriptions only handled the first 300 entries. This has been corrected to allow for 900. Other tools impacted by this change are DSPJRNCDE and AUDLOG.
PRTLIBANL
If many libraries were specified, the SNDJLGMSG command failed with a message greater than 256. This has been corrected.
PRTPAGRNG
The command was failing if LPI(12) or an LPI with decimal positions was specified for the file. This has been corrected. Changes have also been made to RTVSPLFA, DSPSPLFA, and RTVSPLFOVR.
RTVIFSEAUT
The command was failing (and causing DLTIFS to fail) when an excess of user profiles was processed. This has been corrected.
RTVPGMNAM
In December of 2002, the command was enhanced to provide return library parameters for both the current and calling program. This was done by the use of the RTVPGMSTK2 command instead of the previous technique of sending and receiving messages to determine just the current and calling program names. If frequent use of RTVPGMNAM occurred, there was a significant performance degradation. Two changes have been made: 1) The old technique is now used if neither library parameter was requested 2) The RTVPGMSTK2 performance has been significantly improved. There is still a performance difference to request either or both of the return library values.
RTVPGMSTK2
The performance of the tool has been significantly enhanced when used frequently.
SAVE2
If the date was entered with separators, the command failed. This has been corrected so that the date may be entered with or without separators.
SCNDUPRCD
Several errors have been corrected.
SCNLIBL
The command was failing when a scan failed to properly close a spooled file. This has been corrected.
SCNSRC
The SCNSRC command is now tolerant of decimal data errors in the sequence number and date fields.
SPLARC
The WRKSPLARC 5 option failed if the current job’s OUTQ was specified with a library of *LIBL. If STRSPLARC CLEANUP(*NO) was requested, the SPLARC printer file was left open. These errors have been corrected.
SRCARC
The CRTSRCARC command failed because the file was specified for a single member. The MTNSRCARC command was deleting non-current versions when a number was specified for VERDAYS. These errors have been corrected.
STRSTSMSG
If the message queue was already allocated, the message described &1 instead of the message queue name. This has been corrected.
WRKSBMJOB2
If a job was on a job queue, the STS2 information was blanked out after using the display option. The ENDJOB option was not working. These errors have been corrected.
WRKSBSJOBQ
An array index error occurred if a large number of jobs existed. This has been corrected.
CHGPUBAUT
A new parameter has been added which defaults to bypass the objects which are specified as *PUBLIC *EXCLUDE. To retain compatibility specify BYPEXCLUDE(*NO).
CPYUSRPRF
The owner of the new profile is now changed to QSECOFR. The user of the CPYUSRPRF command retains all rights to the user profile. See the discussion in TAAENHANCE. The same change has been made to CPYUSRPRF2 and CPYUSRPRF3.
CVTGRPPRF
The default for the REFRESH parameter has been changed from *DAYCHG to *YES.
STSMSG
The STRSTSMSG command now sends TAA9891 if the message queue cannot be allocated.
ANZFLD
The Analyze Field command sequences an externally described file on a named field and allows analysis by percentiles, ranges, or unique values. For each summary line printed, decimal fields may be summed, averaged, the maximum and minimum values determined, and the standard deviation calculated. Selection criteria may be specified to limit what is processed.
DLTEVENT
The Delete EVENT command deletes the EVFEVENT files in one or more libraries. EVFEVENT files are created by ILE compilers and debuggers and may consume a large amount of space. Only one file will exist per library, but will contain a member for each program. If you don’t have any, using STRTRCDBG will create one.
MTNALLJRN
The Maintain All Journals command provides a simple means of creating and deleting journal receivers for all journals on the system. The command is intended to be run just prior to a backup. This allows for a full save of the recently detached journal receivers and deletes any old journal receivers that are already saved. A listing is provided of all journals and journal receivers with any action taken.
PRTBIGOBJ
The Print Big Object tool assists in determining the large size objects on your system. This can help cleanup of a system. One or more libraries may be processed by a single command. An optional exception file may be used to avoid flagging those objects which are known to be large.
PRTOWNOBJ
The Print Owned Objects command prints a listing of owned objects. The command is similar to the system DSPUSRPRF TYPE(*OBJOWN) function, but provides better output (such as last change date, last used date, size, etc). You can select on the last used date and a minimum size to reduce the number of objects that will be listed.
RTVIPLTIM
The Retrieve IPL Time command retrieves the date/time the IPL started/ended, the number of seconds required to IPL, and the same information for the last powerdown. The end time of the IPL is not the time the system is fully operational as other jobs must be started such as TCP. RTVIPLTIM provides basic information about the time required.
RTVQLFNAM
The Retrieve Qualified Name command extracts the command, qualifier, and label from a string. It also returns variables for whether a prompt character (?) exists, whether a leading comment exists, and the library where the command exists.
RTVSYSPTN
The Retrieve System Partition command returns the total number of partitions on a system and the current partition. The command is useful when dealing with LPAR systems.
CVTPGMA
Several new fields have been added including the source information for single module ILE programs. A new option exists to convert only those programs specified as USRPRF(*OWNER).
FAVCMD
Error handling has been improved when a duplicate key is attempted to be added and for invalid commands. The values as entered are re-prompted.
FIXQLFNAM
A new command parameter has been added to allow the command names to be kept in column and the library qualifier shifted left. If a command is not found, a better message exists and if the command exists on the system, the libraries where it exists are listed.
PMTOPR
A new parameter for ALARM (beep sound) has been added.
QRYUSE
The F6 key has been added to DSPQRYUSE to allow access to WRKQRY.
RTVPGMA
Several new parameters have been added along with an option to return source information for single module ILE programs.
RTVVALA
New parameters have been added for the number of decimal positions to the right of the decimal format value and a return field of the digits without the decimal format.
SNDGRPPRF
A new parameter has been added to prevent refreshing the user profile outfile if it is the same day.
General
Several IFS commands have been changed to account for path names that begin or end with blanks. New fields have been added to the CVTIFS outfiles to allow the other IFS tools to account for names with blanks.
CHGLIBOBJA
The command was failing if the OAUSR field contained *GROUP. These records are now bypassed.
CHKALLDBD
If a library was deleted during processing, an error occurred. Any such library is now bypassed.
CRTUSRSPC
If DELETE(*YES) was specified, the code did not delete the user space, but passed the value to the API REPLACE function. This replaced the user space, but placed the old version in QRPLOBJ. This has been corrected so the user space is now deleted.
CVTJOBQ
The command was failing if SEQ(*WRKJOBQ) was specified. This has been corrected.
CVTLIBOBJA
If multiple libraries were specified where one had a name of 10 bytes, an error occurred. This has been corrected.
DUPTAADBF
The file created is set to SIZE(*NOMAX) and LVLCHK(*NO). This impacts many TAA CVT commands which create an outfile.
EDTVAR2
Very large values were being truncated on the right. This has been corrected.
FAVCMD
ADDFAVCMD was translating the command string to upper case and placing the all upper case version in the file. The command string as specified is now place in the file.
RSTTAASTMF
The command was failing if when a slash did not exist or a directory ended with a slash. This has been corrected.
RTVCMDA
If a single ALLOW value such as *INTERACT exists, the value was returned with a leading blank. This has been corrected.
RTVVALA
If DECFMT(*JOBFMT) was specified, a blank return from RTVJOBA was not translated to a ‘.’.
SORTDBF
The data types L, T, and Z are now supported.
WRKASP
When certain options were taken, an erroneous message appeared stating the ‘position to’ ASP could not be found. This has been corrected.
FIXQLFNAM
The command now defaults to end with a completion message instead of the CPF9898 escape message if errors exist. An option has been added to send the new TAA9891 escape message if an error occurs.
ADDRPYLE2
The Add Reply List Entry 2 command uses the outfile created by CVTRPYLE on one system to allow individual entries to be added to another system. One entry at a time is added to the System Reply List. The command can make it easier to keep the System Reply Lists similar on multiple systems.
CHKCPPAUT
The Check CPP Authority command checks command objects in one or more libraries that are specified as *PUBLIC *EXCLUDE. If the Command Processing Program (CPP) is not also *PUBLIC *EXCLUDE, the command is flagged. If your intent is to prevent access by the *PUBLIC user to a command, the CPP should also be considered for *PUBLIC *EXCLUDE to prevent the use of the CALL command to the CPP.
CHKDUPOBJ
The Check Duplicate Object command checks for duplicate object type/names in multiple libraries. A listing is output describing the duplicate groups. This can be helpful when attempting to clean up the system or solving problems.
CLCUCCCHKD
The Calculate UCC Check Digit command calculates the check digit for several UCC standards such as UPC-12 used for most grocery items. This can be used to assist in assigning the value for a new item.
CMPMNU
The Compare Menu command compares the CRTMNU command parameters of two Menu objects. A spooled file is created of any differences.
CVTASPA
The Convert ASP Attributes command builds an outfile of one or all ASPs (Auxiliary Storage Pools). The outfile created is named ASPP. The outfile may then be queried for consistency or searching for specific values such as the overflow recovery policy.
CVTJOBQA
The Convert Job Queue Attributes command builds an outfile of one or more Job Queue objects. The outfile created is named JOBQAP. The outfile may then be queried for consistency or searching for specific values such as those job queue objects containing jobs.
CVTLIBA
The Convert Library Attributes command builds an outfile of one or more Library objects. The outfile created is named LIBP. The outfile may then be queried for consistency or searching for specific values such as those Library objects that are specified as TEST types.
CVTMNUA
The Convert Menu Attributes command builds an outfile of one or more Menu objects. The outfile created is named MNUP. The outfile may then be queried for consistency or searching for specific values such as the programs that are used for menus.
CVTMSGFA
The Convert Message File Attributes command builds an outfile of one or more Message File objects. The outfile created is named MSGFAP. The outfile may then be queried for consistency or searching for specific values such as those Message File objects containing a certain CCSID.
CVTOPNF
The Convert Open Files command builds an outfile of the files that are open to a job. The outfile created is named OPNFILP. You must have *JOBCTL special authority to specify a job that is not being run under the same profile name. The QDMLOPNF API is used.
CVTUSRSPCA
The Convert User Space Attributes command builds an outfile of one or more User Space objects. The outfile created is named USRSPCP. The outfile may then be queried for consistency or searching for specific values such as the Autom Extend option.
DLTDSAPRF
The Delete Disabled Profile tool provides a cleanup function to allow disabled profiles to be deleted after N days. You must run a nightly job that is entered into the job scheduler by the STRDSAPRF command. Q name profiles and PWD(*NONE) profiles are never deleted. The default provides a check of what the command would do.
DSPPHNINTL
The Display Phone International command displays one, some, or all of the prefixes used for international calls. You may search by prefix or country abbreviation (such as POR). Only major cities are supported and many cities in English speaking countries.
DSPUSRAUT2
The Display User Authority 2 command displays a user’s authority to objects within a library. Both individual authority, group authority (including supplemental groups), and authority controlled by authorization lists are described. An individual object, a generic name, or all objects can be specified. A specific type, or all object types may be requested.
FIXQLFNAM
The Fix Qualified Name command allows you to add a library qualifier to non-system commands (and optionally to system commands) used within CL source. The source is updated to include the library that the command is found in. The source is reformatted in a manner similar to if you had prompted for every command in SEU. The library of the command must be on the library list and the first occurrence is used.
PRTJRNANLI
The Print Journal Analysis IFS command analyzes the IFS Journal Code entries (JOCODE = B). You must first create an OUTFILE using DSPJRN with a *TYPE1 format. Only the B entries are selected and sorted. You may cause a control break on the object, program within object, or user within program within object.
PRTPHNINTL
The Print Phone International command prints a listing of the prefix phone codes used for international long distance. You may search by prefix or country abbreviation (such as POR). An option exists to print all countries by prefix. Only major cities are supported and many cities in English speaking countries.
RTVAUTSRCD
The Retrieve Authority Source Description command translates the 2 character ‘Authority Source’ provided by the QSYRUSRA API or the TAA RTVOBJAUT command and returns a 30 byte text description. The description can be used to provide a meaningful value for how authority is determined.
RTVIFSPATH
The Retrieve IFS Path command retrieves the IFS path name based on a ‘File ID’ such as found in a journal entry when an IFS object is journaled. An IFS journal entry does not contain the complete path name. The ‘File ID’ (16 bytes) is placed in the object name and library name (first 6 bytes). RTVIFSPATH allows a conversion from the ‘File ID’ to the actual path name. The API Qp0LGetPathFromFileID is used.
RTVMNUA
The Retrieve Menu Attributes command retrieves the attributes of a *MENU object. This assists in any application function where the attributes of a menu are needed. The function is release dependent and limited to upper and lower case English versions of the listing output.
RTVOBJLIB
The Retrieve Object Library command returns the library name where a specified object was found. The libraries searched are specified in a library group as defined by the TAALIBGRP tool. The intent of the tool is to be used as sub function when the library list cannot be used to identify all of the libraries where an object may exist.
RTVRPYLE
The Retrieve Reply List Entry command retrieves the attributes of a specific System Reply List Entry based on a Sequence Number. Because the command returns variables, it may only be used in a CL program.
CRTDUPOBJ2
A new parameter has been added to allow the authorities of the object being replaced to be retained.
CVTJRNDBF
The number of files that may be output has been increased from 60,000 to 250,000.
CVTLIBOBJD
The ASPDEV parameter has replaced the ASP parameter. The same change has been made to CHKPGMRLS and CVTDLTSPC.
CVTOUTQ
Additional fields have been added to the end of the outfile for the system the file was created on, the date/time the writer started to write the file, the date/time the writer completed writing the file, user defined text, and user defined data.
CVTSAVFD
The tool has been reworked to use the QSRLSAVF API. This makes the performance better and removes the restrictions of being release dependent and English language dependent. New fields are available in the output and a new parameter has been added to the command to avoid writing member records.
DLYCMD
A new parameter has been added to allow a call to an exit program after the timeout has occurred. The intention of the parameter is to allow a program to perform cleanup before ending any subsystems.
DSPMSGQA
New values for ALWALR and MSGQFULL have been added. FULLACN has been added to PRTPRMMSGQ.
DSPOBJD2
The command has been enhanced for the new ASP function. Both command parameters and additional information on the detail display are provided.
DSPONLINE
The menu now supports an option for the DSPPHNINTL command.
DSPPERTAA
The menu now supports an option for the DSPPHNINTL command.
DSPSECRVW
The SPCAUT parameter has been enhanced to allow *ALL to select user profiles with all special authorities.
FNDSRCMBR
A new parameter has been added to allow a search of a specific source file name. The same enhancement has been made to FNDSRCTXT.
MOVM
A new parameter allows moving a member to a To file that has a longer length.
RSNLSTMSG
A new parameter exists to allow resending of the previous diagnostic message if an *EXCP message is received.
RSTTAASTMF
The command will now operate if SAVOBJ was used to save the objects. This is in addition to the normal SAVLIB support.
RTVCMDSRC
PTFs for V5R1 SI06296 and V5R2 SI06403 now allow retrieving all of the CMD statements. RTVCMDSRC has been enhanced to allow for this.
RTVJOBD
New parameters for SPLFACN and INLASPGRP has been added. The parameters have also been accounted for in CVTJOBD, CMPJOBD and PRTPRMJOBD.
RTVOBJD2
New fields have been added for the externally defined data structure TAAOBJWP. The length of data structure remains the same (fewer bytes exist in the reserved field).
RTVOBJLST
The new ASPDEV parameter has been added.
RTVSPLFA
A new parameter has been added to RTVSPLFA2 to determine if the spooled file is still open.
Install
The previous May 1 version did not monitor for all cases where the TAAINQn jobs were in the process of being ended. This has been corrected.
APYUSRCHG
An error message has been added if the format of the the DSPJRN outfile to be read was not converted using OUTFILFMT(*TYPE1).
CHGSRCDAT
The *RESET function was placing the value ‘*RESET’ as the date in the actual data. When SEU displayed the data, it inserted ‘000000’ giving a false impression that the data was actually ‘000000’. This has been corrected.
CHKDAT3
The range check was failing in some situations. Incorrect separators were specified for *USA and *EUR. These errors have been corrected.
CPYGENSRC
The command was failing on FROMSRCF(*ALL). This has been corrected.
CRTDBFJRN
The command now ignores any field references and uses the hard coded field values. This avoids some errors due to reference files no longer being in existence.
CRTDUPOBJ2
The command now rejects an attempt to replace an object which differs in attributes. For example, you cannot replace a display file with a physical file.
CVTIFS
The buffer for accessing the attributes was too small in some cases. When a failure occurred in some cases, no escape message was being sent. These errors have been corrected.
CVTJOBLOG
The V5R2 job log changed relative to the time field. This has been corrected and a new field added to the outfile for time as hh:mm:ss.nnnnnn.
CVTJRNA
The command failed if a file was being journaled in QTEMP of a different job. The command also failed if a dependent file no longer existed. Any such files are now bypassed. If RCVRONLY(*YES) was specified, the files being journaled were still being converted. This has been corrected.
DSPCMDKWD
Some of the newer TAA tools were left out of the file. This has been corrected.
DSPOBJD2
If the command was run in batch, a specific error message now occurs for OBJTYPE(*ALL) and LIB(*LIBL or *USRLIBL).
DSPTAACAT
If an invalid category was entered, the *CATEG category was used. If F3 was pressed, the tool went into a loop. This has been corrected.
DUPSPLF
The API used now gives an error in some cases when the spooled file is still open. An escape message (TAA9896) is now issued in this case. The RTVSPLFA2 command supports the FILEOPEN parameter to allow a determination if the spooled file is still open.
FIXCLPSRC
If a ‘label only’ statement ended in a + followed by a blank statement, an index error occurred. This has been corrected.
JLGCTL
The V5R2 job log changed relative to the time field. This has been corrected.
QRYUSE
The CVTQRYUSE command was not converting all possible formats. This has been corrected.
RCVLSTMSG
The RCVLSTMSG3 command was not coded to allow only some of the variables to be returned. This has been corrected.
RTVASPSTS
The ASP parameter now allows a number between 1 and 23. A similar change has been made to CHKASPTHD, CHGASPA2, and DSPASPA2.
RTVFLDA
The EDTCDE field was always returned as a blank. This has been corrected.
RTVIFSEAUT
The message relating to switching profiles is now removed from the job log.
RTVLIBSRCF
The program should have been created with USRPRF(*OWNER). This has been corrected. This was impacting tools such as SCNALLSRC. The maximum number of source files is stated as 999 in a library, but was actually 500 due to a coding error. This has been corrected.
RTVPFSRC
The FLDREF(*NO) functions was not being handled properly. The UNSIGNED keyword was not being output. These errors have been corrected.
SAVE2
The error handling such as a media error now aborts the save and restarts the controlling subsystem. The ‘before exit’ program was called in the wrong place. It is now called by using a new parameter on the DLYCMD before ending any subsystems.
SCNSRC
The 2nd version of the program which is used in such tools as SCNGENSRC now allows source files the maximum length source file of 240 bytes. The final total of ‘Arguments found’ has been corrected.
WRKTAA
The C code stored in the QATTPL1 file for DUPTAPIN and CLCDBFHSH is now included in the archive.
CHKDAT3
All date errors now cause TAA9891 to be sent as an escape message.
CHKTAAAUTL
The OPTION(*CHANGE) value is now OPTION(*EXCLUDE) to better describe what the function does.
CRTDUPOBJ2
The command now rejects replacing an object that differs by attribute. For example, you cannot replace a display file with a physical file.
CVTLIBOBJD
The ASP parameter has been changed to the ASPDEV parameter to align with the system. The same change has been made to CHKPGMRLS and CVTDLTSPC.
CVTSAVFD
The tool has been reworked to use the QSRLSAVF API. This has caused some minor changes such as the sequence of the output records (alphabetical object type is now the primary sequence) and the member output records no longer contain values for SFOWNR, SFSIZE, and SFODTA.
DUPSPLF
The API used now sends an escape message in some cases if the spooled file is still open. A new escape message TAA9896 is now sent if the file is still open. The RTVSPLFA2 command now supports the FILEOPEN parameter to allow you to determine if the spooled file is still open.
CPYIFSSPLF
The Copy IFS to Spooled File (CPYIFSSPLF) command creates a spooled file from the output of CPYSPLFIFS STMFTYPE(*SYS). The intent of the two commands is to allow a spooled file on a source system to be converted to the IFS, sent as an attachment to an E-mail, received on a target system, downloaded to the IFS, and then converted to a spooled file.
CVTCLSA
The Convert Class Attributes command builds an outfile of one or more Class objects. The outfile created is named CLSP. The outfile may then be queried for consistency or searching for specific values such as those Class objects containing a certain run priority.
CVTCMDA
The Convert Command Attributes command builds an outfile of one or more Command objects. The outfile created is named CMDP. The outfile may then be queried for consistency or searching for specific values such as those Command objects containing a prompt override program.
CVTDTAARAA
The Convert Data Area Attributes command builds an outfile of one or more Data Area objects. The outfile created is named DTAARAP. The outfile may then be queried for consistency or searching for specific values such as those Data Area objects containing decimal values.
CVTDTAQA
The Convert Data Queue Attributes command builds an outfile of one or more Data Queue objects. The outfile created is named DTAQP. The outfile may then be queried for consistency or searching for specific values such as those Data Queue objects with keyed sequence.
CVTMSGQA
The Convert Message Queue Attributes command builds an outfile of one or more Message Queue objects. The outfile created is named MSGQP. The outfile may then be queried for consistency or searching for specific values such as those Message Queue objects containing messages.
FRCOBJSTG
The Force Object Storage command forces an object in the *USER domain to non-volatile storage. Only the object types *USRIDX, *USRQ, and *USRSPC may be specified and the object must be in the *USER domain. Without forcing the object to non-volatile storage (disk), a system failure could cause the object on disk to contain the value prior to your change.
CHKALLDBD
The size and text description have been added to the listing
CHKDBD
The size and text description have been added to the listing
CHKINACT
The WRK command now supports a print option. The SBM command now supports the ability to name a user profile for the batch job.
CHKTAAAUTL
A new option exists to list the objects that are tied to the Authorization Lists and their usage information.
CLRTAP
A new parameter has been added to allow prompting for the INZTAP command with the current values.
CPYSPLFIFS
A new STMFTYPE(*SYS) option has been added to allow a spooled file to be placed in the IFS in a format that can be made into a spooled file. This allows a spooled file on a source system to be sent to a target system using an E-mail attachment and then made into a spooled file on the target system. See the new CPYIFSSPLF command to be used on the target system.
CPYUSRPRF
Auditing values are now updated to the new user profile using CHGUSRAUD. The same enhancement has also been made to CPYUSRPRF2 and CPYUSRPRF3.
CRTUSRSPC
A new parameter has been added to allow the domain to be specified.
CVTDTAQ
The number of entries which can be converted has been significantly enhanced.
CVTLIBDBF
The function has been rewritten to use an RPGLE program and avoid creating a logical file. You should see better performance for the tools that use CVTLIBDBF. The same approach has also been used for RTVLIBSRCF and DSPLIBSRCF.
DSPDTAQ
The number of entries which can be displayed has been significantly enhanced.
DSPOBJD2
The domain type is now displayed.
RPLPGM
Multi-module ILE programs are now supported along with additional source types. Tools that use RPLPGM such as RPLOBJ, RPLGENPGM, CHKPGMSRC, etc have been enhanced to allow use on multi-module programs.
SNDDTAQ
The SNDDTAQ ENTRY parameter now accepts an expression.
WRKALLSPLF
New command parameters and a standard F21 key now allow sorting and sequencing such as by spooled file name, by job, by user. Ascending or descending sequence may be specified. A new special value has been added for *CPYSPLFSYS to allow for the enhancement described previously for the CPYSPLFIFS tool.
IFS Commands
Many command were failing if TOUSRPRF(*CURRENT) was specified and the user did not have *ALLOBJ authority. This includes CHKIFSE, CVTIFS, CVTIFSAUT, CVTIFSEAUT, DLTIFS, DSPIFS, DSPIFSED, PRTIFS, RTVIFSEAUT, RTVIFSED, RTVIFSSUM, and WRKIFS. This has been corrected.
Install
If the TAAINQMSG2 had ended or was in the process of ending, the ENDJOB of TAAINQMSG2 failed and the install status was set to FAIL. MONMSG has been added for CPF1360 to recognize the job does not need to be ended.
CHGOBJD2
The prompt overrides program was failing on the COMPILER parameter. This has been corrected. The length of the LICPGM variable in the command and CL program was changed from *CHAR 13 to 16.
CHKTAAAUTL
The wording at the end of the listing was incorrect. It now reads ‘Use CHKTAAAUTL OPTION(*CHANGE)…’ instead of OPTION(*EXCLUDE).
CVTMBRLST
The escape message TAA9891 was sent when the number of members was greater than 0. This error has been corrected. If the member change date was blank, the command failed. The member create date is now used.
CVTSYSSTS
The total storage field (SSSTT2 was set to 0 if the value exceeded 999,999. This has been corrected. The CVTSYSSTS value is used by other tools such as DSPSYS.
DSPAUDLOG2
If a specific file was named for the JRN parameter, no selection by entry type occurred. This has been corrected.
DSPDTAQ
If OUTPUT(*PRINT) was specified and the maximum number of entries that could be handled was exceeded, an index error occurred. A message now appears on the listing stating that the maximum has been reached. The detail display of a large entry was failing with an index error. This has been corrected.
DSPJOBQ
The command was failing after a large number of jobs. This has been corrected.
DSPSYS
The disk storage information was being truncated on large systems. This has been corrected.
PRTLIBANL
The TAALIBAL file failed to create in QTEMP because WRTSRC was using the wrong relative record number. This has been corrected.
PRTNONOBS
An allocation error occurred on TAATMOBJD in TAATOOL. This has been corrected.
PRTPAGRNG
The size of the QTEMP/TAASPLWRK file has been increased. An OVRPRTF for MAXRCDS(*NOMAX) is now handled properly. The FORMTYPE, FOLD, ALIGN, PRTQLTY, and DRAWER attributes of the original file are duplicated to the new file.
RTVFLDARR
The number of bytes in large fields was not handled properly. This impacted DSPFMT and other tools. This has been corrected.
RTVPGMNAM
The correct current program and calling program are now returned.
SAVALLCHG
A specific reference date was not being handled properly. This has been corrected.
WRKSBMJOB2
The command was failing after a large number of jobs. This has been corrected.
CHGLIBOBJA
The Change Library Object Authorities command changes the owner, authorization list, and individual authorities of one or more objects in a library based on the output of the CVTLIBOBJA command. This may be used to help keep the authorization information the same between libraries on different systems.
CHKINACT
The Check Inactive tool provides a function to end or discontinue inactive interactive jobs. The typical example is where the user has walked away from the workstation without signing off. The system values QINACTITV and QINACTMSGQ are used plus a standard program which runs continuously in batch. A list of exception devices/users may be specified and a list of ‘run status’ values may be used to check whether to perform an action on the job.
CMPLIBOBJA
The Compare Library Object Authorities command compares the output of two uses of CVTLIBOBJA and prints a list of differences. This may be used to compare the authorizations between what should be the same library on different systems or a previous version of the authorizations from the same library.
CVTALLDBD
The Convert All Data Base Dependencies command finds all files on the system or all files in all user libraries for the situation where the -Based on- physical file is in a library other than the dependent file. An outfile ALLDBDP is created containing one record for each dependent file that is in a different library.
CVTJOBD
The Convert Job Description command builds an outfile of one or more Job Descriptions. The outfile created is named JOBDP. The outfile may then be queried for consistency or searching for specific values such as those job descriptions containing a certain job queue.
CVTLIBOBJA
The Convert Library Object Authorities command builds an outfile of all the authorizations to objects in one or more libraries. The outfile may then be used for a function such as the CMPLIBOBJA or the CHGLIBOBJA TAA Tools.
DUPTAADBF
The Duplicate TAA Data Base File command is an internal tool that is used to duplicate certain files from TAATOOL when a CVTxxx TAA command is used. The command is not intended to be used by users except within the CVT programs. The purpose of the tool is to allow files in TAATOOL to be *PUBLIC *USE and still allow the file to be duplicated. The program adopts QSECOFR authority.
FNDOBJTXT
The Find Object Text command searches for a string of characters in the object descriptions in a single library, multiple libraries, or all libraries. Either messages are sent or a spooled file is output. The intent of FNDOBJTXT is to assist you when you cannot remember the object name, but you do remember some string of characters in the object text.
FNDSRCTXT
The Find Source Text command searches for a string of characters in the text description of all source members in a single library, multiple libraries, or all libraries. Either messages are sent or a spooled file is output. The intent of FNDSRCTXT is to assist you when you cannot remember the source member name, but you do remember some string of characters in the member text description.
PRTCPYSPL2
The Print CPYSPL2 command provides an inverse function of the CPYSPLF2 TAA function. CPYSPLF2 creates a data base file from a spooled input file with blank lines and a new page indication. This allows a display of the data using a program rather than DSPSPLF. PRTCPYSPL2 reads the outfile created by CPYSPLF2 and re-generates a spooled file.
PRTJOBQTIM
The Print Job Queue Time tool provides assistance in answering the question ‘How much time is spent by batch jobs on a job queue waiting to go active?’ You must be using the TAA Job Accounting tool. The CVTJOBQTIM command is used first to select records from the JOBACGP file and create the JOBQTIMP outfile. The PRTJOBQTIM command may then be used to print a listing with various selection and sort criteria.
RCLSYSPRF
The Reclaim System Profiles command is a damage recovery tool that resets the system profiles that are not intended to be signed onto (such as QDBSHR) to their original critical attributes. The API QSYRESPA is used.
CVTLIBDBF
Additional special values for LIB are now supported for *LIBL, *USRLIBL, *ALLUSR, and *IBM.
CVTLIBOBJD
Library *ALLNONQ is now supported.
DLTOBJ
The command has been re-written to allow a more consistent approach.
DUPTAPIN
The programs that were originally written in PL/1 have been replaced with C programs.
DYNMNU
Several enhancements have been made.
New commands have been added to allow ADD, CHG, DLT, RTV of the user file. This is an alternative to the MTNDYNMNUU displays.
New commands have been added to allow ADD, CHG, DLT, RTV of the menu master file. This is an alternative to the MTNDYNMNUM displays.
An option now exists to secure a menu option on the basis of a group user profile (or supplemental group profile).
Blank lines are now allowed both before and/or after an option.
Adding a user to a security option now requires the user to be in the MNUUSRP file.
PRTJRNANL
Better handling of *DTAARA and *DTAQ objects is now provided.
SCNSRCTYP
A spooled file is only created for a member if an argument is found. The prior implementation generated a spooled file for all members and then deleted those where the argument was not found. The new implementation minimizes the possibility of overflowing the number of spooled files allowed in a job.
SORTDBF
The default for the field name on both the SELFLD and KEYFLD parameters has been changed from blanks to *NONE. You may use *NONE if you have multiple selection (or key) fields that are primed by multiple conditions and not all conditions have the same number of selection (or key) values. For example if CODE = A you want to select on FLDB, but if CODE = B you want to select on FLDA and FLDB. You may prime the selection fields with IF logic and then have a single SORTDBF command.
General
An error occurred if a tool that used a display file with the ASSUME keyword was called using QCMDEXC. This has been corrected by adding the DSPSIZ keyword to all such files.
APYRMTJRN
The SNDAPYRMTE *FORCE was being allowed to flow to the APYRMTJRN1 job. This has been corrected.
CHKBOF
Multiple lines were being printed for Join files. This has been corrected.
CHKJRNLIB
The JRN(*NONE) function was not being handled. This has been corrected.
CHKSAVRST
If a specific file was named for the output, the command failed trying to find TAA132 in QTEMP. This has been corrected.
CHKSGNCNT
The shipped range for the MAXSGNCNT value was incorrectly set with a low limit of 5. The limit has been changed to 1 by the install process.
CHKUSRCMD
The Omit list of libraries was not being printed if a single file was named.
CHK400CMD
Better handling of an invalid command name has been added.
CPYSPLFIFS
The command failed if the stream file existed, but the code page did not match. This has been corrected.
CRTDBFJRN
If a REF keyword extended to a second line, the second line was dropped. This has been corrected.
CVTIFS
In the Dec 2002 version, if system request was used to cancel the request the user profile became QSECOFR. This has been corrected.
CVTJOBLOG
The code was written to output to QTEMP only. This has been corrected to use the OUTLIB library name.
CVTMSGQ
The MSGLSTP file has been changed to size *NOMAX.
CVTWRKSPLF
Error message CPF3C40 (spooled file not in system) is now ignored.
DLTOBJ
The command was failing on OBJ(*ALL) and did not delete certain object types. These errors have been corrected.
FNDOBJNAM
The TAA9894 message was not being issued for a library that did not exist. This has been corrected.
PRTJRNANL
Misleading output occurred if IFS journal entries existed. This has been corrected.
PRTLIBANL
LIB(*ALLNONQ) failed. This has been corrected.
QRYUSE
A duplicate key error is now handled by printing an error on the listing.
RTVDLTRCD
A temporary file was changed to SIZE(*NOMAX). Errors occurred for larger record lengths on larger files (exceeding 16MB). These have been corrected.
RTVJOBA2
The ACTJOBSTS field was being returned with trailing nulls. This has been changed to trailing blanks.
RTVOUTQA
The MSGQ/MSGQL fields were not being returned unless a remote writer was being used. This has been corrected.
RTVSAVFD
The release level was returned incorrectly. This has been corrected.
SAVACT
The SAVALLACT and SAVCHGACT VOL parameter was defaulted to *NONE instead of *MOUNTED. The handling of the CPF3712 message in the SAVACTMSG job was wrong. These errors have been corrected. The subsystems which were active prior to entering the restricted state are only restarted if they are not active (such as started by the startup program).
SCNSRCTYP
When multiple libraries were specified, the scan missed certain members. This has been corrected.
WRKALLSPLF
If OUTQ(*LIBL/*ALL) was specified, an error occurred. An escape message is now issued. Private OUTQs were not being handled correctly if the user had *USE authority to TAAALLSPLF. This has been corrected.
Install
The TAA Authorization Lists will be ensured to be owned by QSECOFR. If a user other than QSECOFR did the install, the owner will be changed.
DLTOBJ
The function has been re-written. The qualified name no longer defaults to *LIBL. *USRLIBL is used instead. The IGNDLTERR(*YES) function now extends to any escape message issued by a delete command. This allows the command to delete what it can and produce error messages for those objects which cannot be deleted.
APYRMTJRN
The Apply Remote Journal tool provides ‘real time’ data replication to a remote system using the system remote journaling support. Only data from data base members, data areas, and data queues are supported. The function may be used for a variety of application needs. If used for high availability, you have the responsibility of keeping the environment in synch (such as changes to programs, object attributes, etc).
CHKJRNLIB
The Check Journal Library command checks a library to see if a specified list of object types is journaled to a named journal. Physical data files, data areas, and data queues may be checked. Diagnostic messages are sent for the objects that are not journaled and a final escape message occurs if any objects are not journaled.
CHKPGMRLS
The Check Program Release command allows you to check for programs and modules that were created on a specific release. You may run the command over multiple or all libraries. Options exist to exclude certain releases, omit a list of libraries, and to replace the program or module if the source exists.
CHKRMTJRN
The Check Remote Journal command checks for an *ACTIVE journal state of a remote journal. If the state is not *ACTIVE, different escape messages are sent to describe the current state (*INACTIVE = TAA9895, *FAILED = TAA9896, and *CTLINACT = TAA9897). This provides a simple means of testing for the critical ongoing requirement that allows remote journaling to be successful.
CLCDAYS
The Calculate Days command allows you to determine how many specific days (Sundays, Mondays … Saturdays) exist between two dates. You may name one or more days in the week to be considered. For example, you can count the number of Tuesdays and Thursdays that exist between two dates (the start and end dates are included).
CLCDBFHSH
The Calculate Data Base File Hash command determines a hash value for the data in a data base member. The intent of the command is to provide a comparison method for large files on different systems without transporting the entire file and making a comparison. An optional outfile HASHP may be written. The CMPDBFHSH command is supported to compare HASHP files in different libraries.
CMPDTAQE
The Compare Data Queue Entries command compares the entries and keys (if any) for two data queues. The intent of the command is to allow a comparison when data queue entries are duplicated such as in a remote journal environment. The date/time values of when an entry was sent are not compared.
CPYBCKDTAQ
The Copy Back Data Queue command is intended for refreshing a data queue or duplicating the entries to a different data queue. You must first convert the entries in the data queue to the DTAQP file with the TAA CVTDTAQ command. CPYBCKDTAQ then reads the data from the DTAQP file and uses the QSNDDTAQ API to send the entries to a named data queue. Both keyed and non-keyed data queues are supported.
CVTDEVDSP
The Convert Device Display command creates an outfile of display devices. The outfile created is named DEVDSPP. The information in the outfile is taken from the device description for each device.
CVTDEVPRT
The Convert Device Printer command creates an outfile of printer devices. The outfile created is named DEVPRTP. The information in the outfile is taken from the device description for each device.
CVTDLTSPC
The Convert Deleted Space command converts member information from one or more files to an outfile. It is intended to be used for queries regarding members with deleted record space. If variable length fields exist, the allocated length is output in addition to the maximum record length. A ‘minimum’ amount of total deleted space is included. An omit list of libraries may also be specified.
CVTDTAQ
The Convert Data Queue command converts the entries from a keyed or non-keyed TYPE(*STD) data queue to an outfile named DTAQP. One record is written for each entry. The size of the entry field in the outfile is limited to 9,000 bytes. Data is truncated if it exceeds this amount.
CVTGRPPRF
The Convert Group Profiles command creates an outfile of the members of a group profile. The user profile information will appear in the outfile if the user profile is specified as the value for the GRPPRF parameter or is in the list supplied for the SUPGRPPRF parameters. This provides a simple method of reviewing and processing the members of a group. The outfile name is GRPPRFP.
CVTIPDEV
The Convert IP Device command converts the IP devices to the IPDEVP outfile in a named library. TCP must be active. Only TCP/IPv4 network interfaces are supported. One record is written for each IP device. The API QtocLstNetIfc is used. For a description of the field values in the outfile, refer to the API documentation for format NIFC0100.
DLTJOBSPLF
The Delete Job’s Spooled Files command deletes the spooled files for a specified job. The major intent of the command is to be used in batch where spooled files may be created that are not needed if the job ends normally. If a user has multiple interactive jobs and one creates excess spooled files, DLTJOBSPLF may be used to cleanup.
DLTOBJTYP
The Delete Object Type command allows you to delete one, generic, or a list of object types in a library. Most popular object types are supported. If *FILE type objects are requested, all non physical files are deleted first. A spooled file describes the results. An escape message will occur if not all of the requested objects can be deleted.
DSPALLSAVF
The Display All Save Files command displays or prints a listing of one, generic, or all save files in one or more libraries. A minimum size may be specified to help determine the large save files that are on the system. A special minimum size value *NONCLR will find all save files that are not empty.
DSPDLTSPC
The Display Deleted Space command displays the amount of deleted record space that exists in one or more libraries. If variable length fields exist, the allocated length is considered rather than the maximum record length. An omit list of libraries may also be specified.
DSPOBJJRNA
The Display Object Journal Attributes command displays or prints the journal attributes for a physical file, a data area, or a data queue. This is the same information that may be seen using DSPOBJD and rolling up several screens.
DSPSRCTYP
The Display Source Type tool displays the standard source types used by the system and a text description for each.
FNDOBJNAM
The Find Object Name command searches for an object name, a generic object name, or a string of characters in a object name. A single object type or all object types may be searched. A single library, multiple libraries, or all libraries may be searched. Either messages are sent or a spooled file is output. The intent of FNDOBJNAM is to assist you when you can remember something about the object name, but not necessarily the full name or where you placed the object.
RSTTAASTMF
The Restore TAA Stream File command is designed to restore the PF528 stream file containing a library for TAA tool source. The stream file is the standard name used when revised TAA source is sent to you via an E mail attachment. You must first copy the E mail attachment into an IFS directory. You may perform the copy by mounting the IFS through ‘Network Neighborhood’ (Net Server) or by FTP.
RTVRMTJRNA
The Retrieve Remote Journal Attributes command returns information for a single remote journal. The command runs on the source system and the source journal must be specified. If no relational data base entry and no target journal is specified, the information for the first remote journal is retrieved.
CHGSRCDAT
The NEWDATE((*RESET) value is now valid with FROMDATE/TODATE or FROMSEQ/TOSEQ values.
DSPASPSTS
Storage size fields have been increased.
DSPCMDAUT
Additional commands are supported.
DSPDBFA
The IMAGES value now appears if the file is journaled.
DSPDBFDTA
A print output option has been added. If no text for a field exists, the field name is now displayed. Date, time, and timestamp fields are now supported.
DSPDTAQD
Journaling status is now included.
DSPHOLIDAY
The year now prints at the top of the page. An option now exists when printing for a ‘landscape’ or ‘portrait’ version.
DSPONLINE
An option for DSPCMDAUT has been added.
EXTLST2
An new parameter exists for allowing quotes to be placed around each element to avoid confusion in a subsequent command.
FNDSRCMBR
The member parameter now supports a generic name and a string capability in addition to a completed name. This allows the command to be used when you remember only part of a member name and/or you cannot remember the source file or library the member exists in.
HELPTAA
An new option has been added to allow a discussion of the cleanup requirements for the system and tools that assist in cleanup.
PRTDBFSIZ
The command now operates on *ALL, *ALLUSR etc libraries.
PRTLIBCNT
The command now allows libraries with a much larger number of objects to be processed.
RCLSTG2
A new parameter has been added to MTNRCLHST to allow deletion of the test records added to the RCLSTGHSTP file by the testing function described in the documentation.
RTVIPIFC
The STATUS parameter is now filled by use of the QtocLstNetIfc API to reflect the proper status including additional values. The prior version returned *ACTIVE or *INACTIVE based on the VFYTCPCNN command (a ‘ping’). A new parameter for the PING result has been added.
RTVJOBA2
A new return parameters has been added for the library of the last program in the stack.
RTVPGMNAM
New return parameters have been added for the library of the current program and the calling program.
RTVPGMSTK2
A new value has been added to the STKNBR parameter to allow return of the top program in the stack.
STRJRNLIB
New parameters have been added to allow checking for consistent options such as the journal specified on the command must be used for any object being journaled in the library. TAA9892 is now sent as an escape message.
General
For most IFS commands, a new parameter (USRPRF) has been added to allow for access to file systems (such as QNTC) when the QSECOFR user profile does not exist for that file system.
APPVAL
Both the F1 and HELP keys are now supported for help.
CHKOLDOBJ
If a single library was requested, the completion message did not include the library name. This has been corrected.
CHKSAVRST
The date/time values for messages used the wrong offset. This has been corrected.
CHKSGNCNT
If the prompt appears for Signoff, the SETATNPGM command is used to prevent the use of the Attention key.
CPRDLTRCD
In some cases an error occurred trying to write to a deleted record because another job had added a record at the same slot. This is now monitored for and another slot is tried.
CVTDSKSTS
New fields have been added to the outfile (DSSIZ2 and DSDUS2) to allow larger sizes.
CVTIFS
An error occurred if the user’s current directory was not found. An error occurred if a null pointer was returned for the user’s home directory. If the command was used in a never ending program, the CPF22E6 (max handle limit) message occurred. These errors have been corrected.
CVTWRKUSR
The WRKUSRP file is now set to SIZE(*NOMAX).
DLTOBJ
The QMQRY and SQLPKG types were not properly handled. This has been corrected.
DSPDBFDTA
A packed field with a value of X’40’ in one of the positions was not processed properly. Date (L), time (T), and timestamp fields were not processed. These errors have been corrected.
DSPDTAQ
An array index error occurred if the entry exceeded 5,000 bytes. Other index errors occurred with different combinations of SEQ and SNDRID. These errors have been corrected.
DSPIFS
The SORTBY(*CRTDATE) function failed with the wrong field name. This has been corrected.
DSPOBJTYPD
If a detail display is requested, the command now returns to the subfile.
NAMADR
The wrong file was updated if a second use of the EDTNAMADR command was used in a different library. This has been corrected.
RCLSTG2
The RCLSTG2 command failed if there were no objects in QRCL. The MTNRCLHST command failed if there were no records in RCLSTGHST2. These errors have been corrected.
RTVJOBA2
The LSTSTKPGM for RTVJOBA2B is now working properly for RTVJOBA2. If you are using this parameter, review the new definition.
RTVOBJJRNA
The IMAGES value was incorrect for *BOTH. It was returned as ‘BEFORE’. This has been corrected to use *BOTH.
RTVSPLFA
A documentation and help text error has been corrected for the PAGLEN and PAGWDT fields. The correct length is 3 (not 5).
SCNGENSRC
The command now allows a value such as ‘*55’ to be scanned for.
SETDAYLITE
The QUTCOFFSET option was not working properly. This has been corrected.
SNDAUDE
The program now adopts the QSECOFR profile to allow sending an entry to the QAUDJRN which may be *PUBLIC *EXCLUDE.
SRCCTL
The CHKSRCIN OPTION(*DELETE) function did not delete the master record if the member was locked (Checked Out). This has been corrected.
STRJRNLIB
If a data area or data queue is already being journaled, an informational message is now sent instead of an escape message.
WRKIFS
The SORTBY(*CRTDATE) function failed with the wrong field name. This has been corrected.
DSPDBFDTA
A new parameter has been added for an output option. This is upward compatible unless the TAADBIBC CPP is called directly.
DSPOUTFILE
The parameters have been switched so the command name is now first to simplify entering.
RTVIPIFC
The STATUS parameter is now accessed using the QtocLstNetIfc API to reflect the correct status. Additional values are now returned (see the command documentation). Prior versions used the VFYTCPCNN command (a ‘ping’) to return either *ACTIVE or *INACTIVE. The ping status is now returned in the new parameter PING.
STRJRNLIB
If a data area or data queue is already being journaled, an informational message is now sent instead of an escape message. The command now defaults to ensure that the options (such as the journal name) specified on the command is the same as used for an object which is found to be already journaled. TAA9892 is now sent as an escape message for typical error conditions.
CHGIFSOWN
The Change IFS Owner command allows a change of ownership of IFS objects. The list of IFS objects to operate on is created as part of the command. The objects for a specific owner or the ownership of all objects found may be changed. An option exists to check what changes would occur.
CPYUSRPRF3
The Copy User Profile 3 command assists in duplicating a user profile from one system to another. The DSPUSRPRF OUTFILE function must be used to capture the information from one or more profiles on the source system. The outfile must then be transferred to a target system. The CPYUSRPRF3 command may then be used to create a new profile based on the existing information.
CVTSVRAUTE
The Convert Server Authentication Entries command converts the Authentication Entries for one or all servers to an outfile. Each record contains the name of the server and a user. You must have *ALLOBJ and *SECADM special authorities to use CVTSVRAUTE.
DSPCMDAUT
The Display Command Authority command displays the required authorities and typical exceptions for popular system commands. Not all commands are supported. The display describes the authorities (such as *OBJOPR or *READ) that are required to operate on an object. Notes also appear if applicable.
DSPSRCMBR2
The Display Source Member 2 command provides a similar display to STRSEU SRCMBR(*SELECT), but only display or print options exist. The user cannot delete or edit a member. The display of the source may be done using either STRSEU (browse mode) or DSPPFM.
PMTCMD
The Prompt Command command is intended for situations where a command is entered into a field that will be checked by QCMDCHK. If the command to be entered should be prompted, QCMDCHK ensures that all required parameters are entered. PMTCMD allows you to enter just the command name. You may optionally enter some keywords and values and determine if a keyword value should be protected.
RTVOBJJRNA
The Retrieve Object Journal Attributes command retrieves information about an object that is being journaled. Only *FILE (physical files), *DTAARA, and *DTAQ objects may be specified. The information returned includes whether the object is journaled, the journal name, images value, etc.
RTVPGMSTK2
The RTVPGMSTK2 command allows you to extract one or more values from a program stack entry into a CL program. This provides such information as who the caller of your program is. You may ‘walk thru’ the stack by bumping the stack number each time you use RTVPGMSTK2. If the user has *JOBCTL special authority, the command may be used against any job.
SCNDBFLEN
The Scan Data Base File Record Length command scans one or more libraries for data base files that exceed a specified record length. The record length of a file is specified on the CRTPF command RCDLEN parameter for program described files or is the sum of the field lengths for an externally described file. An omit list of libraries may also be specified.
SCNDTAQLEN
The Scan Data Queue Maximum Length command scans one or more libraries for data queues that are defined with a maximum entry length that exceeds a specified value. The maximum entry length of a data queue is specified on the CRTDTAQ MAXLEN parameter. An omit list of libraries may also be specified.
SCNFLDTYP
The Scan Field Type command scans data base files in one or more libraries for one or more field types. For example, you can determine which files have field types for date (L), timestamp (Z), variable length (W), or BLOB (1).
SCNUPDHEX0
The Scan and Update Hex 00s command replaces X’00’ values with blanks (X’40’s) and returns them in the same variable. The command can be useful when dealing with system data which frequently uses X’00’ in values. The variable must be declared as 5000 bytes.
WRKF2
The Work File 2 command provides a subfile with options to display the attributes, relations, format, and data of a file. These are the same options as on the DSPF2 command. In addition, there are options to change, edit, clear, and delete a file.
WRKMBRS
The Work Members command displays the members of a data base file and provides options to display or change the member level information and the data. The options are similar to the DSPMBRS command with the
WRKSVRAUTE
The Work Server Authentication Entries command provides a display of a user, generic user, all users, or all non-Q users for a named server. A *SELECT option exists to provide a display of the existing servers. When a list of users is displayed for a specific server, options exist to add, change, remove, or display authentication entries.
ADDPDMOPT
DSPMBRD is now supported with a default of DM.
CLRUSRSPC
The performance on large user spaces has been significantly improved.
CVTDSKSTS
A new field has been added to the outfile for compression information.
DLTPGMSRC
Single module ILE programs may now be deleted.
DSPARACDE
Area codes have been updated.
DSPCMDKWD
A new parameter has been added to prevent the display of commands that do not exist on your system.
DSPMBRD
An OUTPUT parameter has been added to allow printing of the member information.
DSPOUTQA
An F5 refresh key has been added.
LMTDLTSPL2
*ALLOBJ may now be specified along with *SPLCTL, *JOBCTL, etc to limit who may delete a spooled file.
PRTDB
The number of allowed decimal fields has been increased so that the maximum of 50 fields printed can be all decimal.
PRTJRNANL
The column counts have been expanded to hold 9 digit values.
RSTALLCHG
The MBROPT parameter has been added.
RTVDEVDSP
New parameters have been added for the message queue and library assigned to the device.
RTVOUTQA
The RMTPRTQ parameter has been added.
WRKJRNLIB
The command now supports data areas and data queues in addition to data base files.
CAPJOBA
The command was failing if the user space already existed. This has been corrected.
CHKACTUSR
The command was failing because an extra CVTWRKUSR command existed. This has been corrected.
CHKOLDOBJ
Generic library names were not being handled. This has been corrected.
CHKSAVDEV
Due to a system change in V5R2, the tape device must be varied on/off surrounding a change to the MSGQ parameter. This has been corrected.
CHKSAVRST
If CHKSAVRST was run multiple times, the previous QPJOBLOG spool data was not reset. This has been corrected.
CMPPGMPARM
If RTVRPGCALL fails (such as for Free form RPG IV), the program now continues to run and notes the error.
CVTIFS
An error occurred if a time value was null. This has been corrected.
CVTOUTQ
The COUNT field was increased from 5/0 to 7/0. New monitor for message CPF3C40 (spooled file not found) added.
INDCLPDO
If a list was specified (such as a DCL with excess blanks after some elements), the excess blanks were not retained. This has been corrected. The size of the internal arrays and indexes has been increased to allow for larger commands to be built. If an IF/ELSE command with a GOTO of a label contained the letters DO, it was assumed to be and ENDDO command. This has been corrected.
LMTDLTSPL2
The validity checking program now supports the new
LOCKMSG
The TAADBFFE program described the current job’s user as the holder of the lock instead of the user who had the lock. This has been corrected.
PRTCLPDO
An an IF/ELSE command with a GOTO of a label contained the letters DO, it was assumed to be and ENDDO command. This has been corrected.
PRTDBFANL
Data was missing when over 90%. This has been corrected by reformatting the printed output to prevent overlaying. The command parameters have been changed to allow valid years to be entered.
PRTJRNANL
The counts were wrong for some columns. This has been corrected.
PRTJRNSUM
The command failed if the user did not have all rights to the TAAJRNAP file in TAATOOL to allow duplication. The code has been changed to allow any user to duplicate the file.
PRTLVLCHK
If the FILLIB specified libraries, the file was not properly checked for in all cases. This has been corrected.
PRTSECAUD
If the user was disabled and had a password other than his profile name, the code enabled to allow checking, but did not reset to *DISABLED. This has been corrected.
PRTSYSANL
Added CHGJOB JOBMSGQFL(*WRAP) to avoid job log full message.
RPLPF
The command now monitors for a missing source library and provides a better error message.
RSTAUTL
The GRTAUTL now flags *DOC objects as non-supported.
If the call to the API fails, a CPF9898 message is now sent.
RTVDTAQD
The RTVJOBA2B command failed in some cases with an
RTVJOBA2
The RTVJOBA2B command failed in some cases with an MCH3601 message. This has been corrected.
RTVPGMA
The OBSERVABLE return parameter may now return *UNOB for the *UNOBS new value in V5R2.
RTVTAPID
The OWNER return field was only filled with 10 positions. This has been corrected to 14.
SAVALLCHG
Corrections were made for a specific expiration date and the REFDATE special values.
SNDCOMPMSG
The command now operates properly if sent from and ILE program so that the message is sent to the prior program and not the prior module.
SPLARC
An error occurred when attempting to restore the second spooled file from a save. This has been corrected.
SRCCTL
When CHKSRCIN is used, the text and source type of the From member are now used to replace the values in the To member.
SYSHST
The CAPSYSHST command failed if TAATOOL was on the system portion of the library list. This is now allowed.
WRKIPDEV
If a remote printer queue is used, the tool now returns its name rather than the system name.
CVTDSKSTS
Because the format has changed, the values for the fields DSPRSZ, DSPPRC, DSUPSZ, DSUPPC no longer exist in the spooled file. The fields names are still in the outfile, but zero values will exist.
DSPCMDKWD
A new parameter has been added to allow a display of only those commands that exist on the system. Use *NO to display all commands in the file which was provided by default in the previous releases.
CLRDTAQ
Keyed data queues are now supported.
CPYSPLF2
A new parameter has been added that allows the command to attempt to remove duplicate spooled records that exist due to overprinting.
DSPSRCMBR
If MBR(*SELECT) is specified, a new display appears which allows only display and print functions. This prevents the use of editing the source. If SEU does not exist, *SELECT now be used to front end the use of DSPPFM.
INZPWD
An Application Value has been added to allow the setting of the user profile STATUS parameter after the use of INZPWD. This allows forcing the status to *ENABLED.
PRTJRNANL
The columns now include all of the Journal Code R entries as well as summaries of other entries.
QRYUSE
Queries using multiple files now provide a record for each file used.
SAVACT
The TAAJOBQ is now checked for in both CRTSAVACT and SAVALLACT and created if it does not exist.
SELDBF
An AUT parameter has been added to prevent files from appearing on the display that the user is not authorized to.
SELOBJ
An AUT parameter has been added to prevent objects from appearing on the display that the user is not authorized to.
STRJRNLIB
The STRJRNLIB command has been reworked to allow data areas and data queue objects to be journaled in addition to data base files. The companion command ENDJRNLIB has also been reworked. ### Fixes
Install
If the TAA3001 - TAA3005 messages did not exist in TAAMSGF in TAATOOL on install, an invalid message was sent to the install listing. This has been corrected.
CPYSRCF2
The source types and text descriptions were not changed if members existed. This has been corrected. A QTEMP file is now used for DSPFD output instead of the ALCTMPMBR function.
CRTTAATOOL
WRKJRNLIB and STRJRNLIB failed to create using *TAAARC because the internal IDs were reversed. This has been corrected.
CVTMSGF
The command failed was failing after 100,000 messages. This has been corrected.
CVTSPLSTO
The command failed if too much data existed in CVTSPLP in QTEMP. The size has been changed to *NOMAX.
DLTIFS
If the OBJ path name specified did not find any objects, the system message CPFA0A9 was bubbled up. This has been changed to send the TAA9896 message described in the documentation as ‘no objects to delete’. The text of the TAA9896 message now varies depending on whether the were no objects found or the selection criteria prevented any objects from being deleted.
DSPCMDKWD
If the command did not exist, some options failed. A specific message now exists.
DSPMBRS
The position to option was wrong if more than 999 members existed. This has been corrected.
HORSERACE
The name of the horse holding the Track Record was truncated. This has been corrected.
RTVMSGD2
In some cases the program went into a loop. This has been corrected.
SAVALLCHG
The command was failing if a specific reference date was entered. This has been corrected.
SBMPARMS
The CP function was failing on certain entries from WRKMBRPDM. This has been corrected.
SRCARC
The DSPSRCARCM command allowed the use of ARCMBR(*ALL), but did not support the function. *ALL is no longer supported.
WRKJRNLIB
The command was failing after 999 files. The change was to an index field from 3/0 to 5/0. A similar change was made to several other tools such as DSPDTAQ, SELMBR, WRKSBMJOB2, etc.
CVTDSPTAP
Because the format of the DSPTAP output changed, the fields in the output file TLFTYP and TLBUFO are no longer supported.
SELDBF
The AUT parameter has been added. By default, the user must have at least *USE authority to a file to allow it to be displayed.
SELOBJ
The AUT parameter has been added. By default, the user must have at least *USE authority to an object to allow it to be displayed.
STRJRNLIB
The STR and ENDJRNLIB commands have been reworked to include data areas and data queues. The defaults now cause journaling to start or end against these additional object types.
CHGALLSPLF
The DRAWER parameter was rejecting numeric values. This has been corrected.
CHKSAVRST
Multiple job logs in the same job (either from DSPJOBLOG or wrapping of the job log) caused a failure. This has been corrected.
CRTDBFJRN
The command failed if the REF keyword was used and field definitions that reference it. This has been corrected.
CRTSTDSRCF
The sub program which accesses a data area in TAASECURE now does a program adopt to avoid authorization errors.
CVTFRMSPLF
Increased size of attribute area for both CVT functions.
CVTIFSAUT
An error occurred in an apostrophe existed in the path name. This has been corrected.
CVTJRNA
The JRNFILP etc files created are now set to SIZE(*NOMAX).
CVTLIBDBF
If QTEMP is specified, an error message now occurs. QTEMP is not in the system file that is searched. QTEMP is bypassed if *USRLIBL or *ALL libraries are requested.
CVTVOLSTAT
The listing for 3570 devices now follows the same format of 3590 devices. The convert program has been corrected to use the new format.
DSPDTAQ
A previous fix caused the hex display to lose records. This has been corrected.
DSPMONLOAN
The year and year count were in error when *PAYFREQ was used in some cases. This has been corrected.
DSPTAACAT
When a word is entered a list of categories is displayed. If a category is selected, a return now re-displays the list of categories.
DSPTIMZON
After Enter was pressed, the To location state (or country) was offset leaving some garbage at the beginning of the field. This has been corrected.
EDTVAR2
Some negative values were not handled properly. This has been corrected.
EXCSRC
Multiple use of the PRMVARNBx values on the same source statement was not handled. This has been corrected.
JLGCTL
The files are now created with an initial size of 10,000,000 and the CPYSPLFP file is set to *NOMAX.
LIBGRP
The ADD and CHGLIBGRP commands were failing when 25 libraries had been defined for a group.
PRTJRNSUM
The JRNFILP2 and JRNACPP2 files created are now set to SIZE(*NOMAX).
RSNALLMSG
The ACTION(*IGNORE) value failed if no messages exist. This has been corrected.
RTVDEVPRT
The IP address was not being returned for LAN printers. This has been corrected.
RTVIFSSUM
The command prompt now shows the size of the return The command was failing if an owner was not requested. This has been corrected. A monitor has been added for TAA9891 from CVTIFS for unusual errors such as objects which no longer exist. Same monitor has been added to several IFS commands.
RTVILEMODA
The program was failing if many modules existed with an MCH1210 (variable not large enough). This has been corrected.
RTVPFSRC
If DATFMT or TIMFMT specified *ISO, *USA, *EUR, or *JIS, a DATSEP or TIMSEP cannot be used. These keywords are now suppressed. The ALWNULL keyword is now supported.
SAVACT
If the Save While Active function failed, the message sent to the job log was missed by CHKSAVRST. The forcing of the SAVACTMSG job log was not handled properly. These errors have been corrected.
SPLARC
The WRKSPLARC DSPSPLF option was failing on an ASCII file. A new message has been added for any DSPSPLF error.
TRCDBG
A variable name of PGM was causing a syntax error. This has been corrected.
WRKALLSPLF
The command was failing after 1000 entries or so. This has been corrected.
CMPSRC
The escape message for ‘differences found’ has been made to the unique value of TAA9891 to allow specific monitoring. CPF9898 continues to be sent for other errors.
CVTWRKUSR
The escape message for ‘no jobs to convert’ has been made to the unique value of TAA9891 to allow specific monitoring. CPF9898 continues to be sent for other errors.
DSPMBRD
The display has been reworked. The Function key for Member Statistics is no longer supported. The information is now shown on the third display.
RTVSPLFA
The DRAWER return parameter now requires a *CHAR 7 return variable.
ADDDTAARA
Escape message TAA9891 is now sent if the new value exceeds 999,999,999.
CMPDBF
The From/To start positions were not handled properly. This has been corrected.
CPYSPLF2
The CRTPF of TAAPRTTXT has been changed to SIZE(*NOMAX). If the JOB value was not * and less than a fully qualified name was entered, the command failed. This has been corrected.
CVTJOBQ
The Job Entry time was output as the wrong value. This has been corrected.
CVTJRNRCVA
The REPLACE(*YES) function was not being handled. This has been corrected.
DSPASPSTS
If unconfigured disk units existed, the cursor was not positioned properly. This has been corrected.
DSPJOB2
Excess data appeared in some cases in the second status field. This has been corrected and also on WRKJOB2.
DSPTAACAT
If F13 was used to display related categories, the level was assumed to be 1. This has been corrected.
DUPMSGD
The CCSID value was not being duplicated properly. This has been corrected.
MOVSPLF
Added MONMSG CP3341 for the case where the file changed status to WTR after CVTOUTQ was run.
PAGSEP
If file separators were used, the information from the file separator was picked up rather than the actual job for the job separator. This has been corrected.
RBLDBF
The command is now more tolerant if a source member, file, or library does not exist.
RSNALLMSG
Any *EXCP messages are now resent as *ESCAPE messages rather than aborting the command.
RSTAUTL
The authorities for *EXECUTE, *OBJALTER, *OBJREF, and *AUTLMGT were not being restored to the authorization lists. This has been corrected.
RTVJRNRCVA
The command was failing if the maximum entry length exceeded 5 digits. A second field has been added for long maximum entry lengths.
RTVRPGFLD
The definition of various forms of /COPY was in error. This has been corrected.
SCNUPDVAR
The command failed if the update variable was greater than 50 bytes. This has been corrected.
UPDFLD
An invalid error message describing *BLANKS was being output when selecting on a decimal field. This has been corrected.
SECOFR2
Some of the option numbers have changed to account for the new INZPWD2 option.